+
Go to previous line history buffer
+
Rewrites or pastes the line
+
Go to next line in history buffer
+
Print last deleted character
+
Enables serial flow
+
Disables serial flow
+
Return to root command prompt
Command-line completion
end
Return to the root command prompt
exit
Go to next lower command prompt
List choices
Using the CLI
51
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Operating on Multiple Objects (Range)
The CLI allows the user to operate on the set of objects at the same time. The guidelines are as
follows for range operation:
•
Operations on objects with four or more instances support the range operation.
•
The range key word is used to identify the range of objects on which to operate.
•
The range may be specified in the following manner:
(#-#) — a range from a particular instance to another instance (inclusive). For example,
1/g1-g10 indicates that the operation applies to the gigabit Ethernet ports 1 to 10 on unit
1.
(#, #, #) — a list of non-consecutive instances. For example, (1/g1, 1/g3,1/g5) indicates
that the operation applies to the gigabit Ethernet ports 1, 3, and 5 on unit 1.
(#, #-#, #) — ranges and non-consecutive instances listed together. For example, (1/g1,
1/g3-g5, 1/g7) indicates that the operation applies to the gigabit Ethernet ports 1, 7, and
3 to 5 on unit 1.
NOTE: Each # must be a fully qualified port identifier, that is,
type/, where unit is 1-12, port_type is g or xg and port_number is
1-24 or 1-48 in the case of port_type g and 1-4 for port_type xg. The following formats are allowed:(##,#), (#,#-#,#), (#,#-#,#-#,#). For LAG, use "interface range port-channel 1-18".
•
When operating on a range of objects, the CLI implementation hides the parameters
that may not be configured in a range (for example, parameters that must be uniquely
configured for each instance).
•
The CLI uses best effort when operating on a list of objects. If the user requests an
operation on a list of objects, the CLI attempts to execute the operation on as many
objects in the list as possible even if failure occurs for some of the items in the list. The
CLI provides the user with a detailed list of all failures, listing the objects and the reasons
for the failures.
•
Some parameters must be configured individually for each port or interface.
Command Scripting
The CLI can be used as a programmable management interface. To facilitate this function, any
command line starting with the character is treated as a comment line and ignored by the
CLI. Also, the CLI allows the user to disable session timeouts.
52
Using the CLI
CLI Command Notation Conventions
When entering commands there are certain command-entry notations which apply to all
commands. The following table describes these conventions as they are used in syntax definitions.
Convention
Description
[]
In a command line, square brackets indicate an optional entry.
{}
In a command line inclusive brackets indicate a selection of compulsory
parameters separated by the |character. One option must be selected. For
example: flowcontrol {auto|on|off} means that for the flowcontrol
command either auto, on or off must be selected.
Italic
Indicates a variable.
Any individual key on the keyboard.
+
Any combination of keys pressed simultaneously on the keyboard.
Screen
Display
Indicates system messages and prompts appearing on the console.
all
Indicates a literal parameter, entered into the command as it is.
Interface Naming Conventions
The conventions for naming interfaces in CLI commands are as follows:
•
Unit#/Interface ID—each interface is identified by the Unit# followed by a symbol
and then the Interface ID. For example, 2/g10 identifies the gigabit port 10 within the
second unit.
•
Unit#—the unit number is used only in a stacking solution where a number of switches
are stacked to form a virtual switch. In this case, the Unit # identifies the physical switch
identifier within the stack.
•
Interface ID—is formed by the interface type followed by the interface number. For
example, 2/g10 identifies the gigabit port 10 on the second unit; 1/g1 identifies the fast
Ethernet port 1 on the first unit within the stack.
•
Interface Types—the following interface types are defined. g stands for gigabit Ethernet
port (for example, g2 is the gigabit port 2). xg stands for 10 Gigabit Ethernet port (for
example, xg2 is the 10 gigabit Ethernet port 2).
CLI Command Modes
Since the set of CLI commands is very large, the CLI is structured as a command-tree hierarchy,
where related command sets are assigned to command modes for easier access. At each level, only
the commands related to that level are available to the user and only those commands are shown in
the context sensitive help for that level.
Using the CLI
53
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
In this guide, commands are organized in two separate categories: Data Link Layer commands and
Network Layer commands. The Data Link Layer (Layer 2) describes the logical organization of data
bits transmitted on a particular medium. This layer defines the framing, addressing and
checksumming of Ethernet packets. The Network Layer (Layer 3) describes how a series of
exchanges over various data links can deliver data between any two nodes in a network. This layer
defines the addressing and routing structure of the Internet.
Commands that cause specific actions to be taken immediately by the system and do not directly
affect the system configurations are defined at the top of the command tree. For example,
commands for rebooting the system or for downloading or backing up the system configuration
files are placed at the top of the hierarchy tree.
Commands that result in configuration changes to the switch are grouped in a Configuration sub
tree.
There are levels beneath the Configuration mode for further grouping of commands. The system
prompt reflects these sub-Configuration modes.
All the parameters are provided with reasonable defaults where possible.
When starting a session, the initial mode is the User EXEC mode. Only a limited subset of
commands is available in this mode. This level is reserved for tasks that do not change the
configuration. To enter the next level, the Privileged EXEC mode, a password is required.
The Privileged EXEC mode provides access to commands that can not be executed in the User
EXEC mode and permits access to the switch Configuration mode.
The Global Configuration mode manages switch configuration on a global level. For specific
interface configurations, command modes exist at a sub-level.
Entering a at the system prompt displays a list of commands available for that particular
command mode. A specific command is used to navigate from one command mode to another.
The standard order to access the modes is as follows: User EXEC mode, Privileged EXEC mode,
Global Configuration mode, and Interface Configuration and other specific configuration modes.
User EXEC Mode
After logging into the switch, the user is automatically in the User EXEC command mode unless
the user is defined as a privileged user. In general, the User EXEC commands allow the user to
perform basic tests, and list system information.
The user-level prompt consists of the switch host name followed by the angle bracket (>).
console>
The default host name is Console unless it has been changed using the hostname command in the
Global Configuration mode.
54
Using the CLI
Privileged EXEC Mode
Because many of the privileged commands set operating parameters, privileged access is passwordprotected to prevent unauthorized use. The password is not displayed on the screen and is case
sensitive.
Privileged users enter into the Privileged EXEC mode from User EXEC mode, where the following
prompt is displayed.
console#
Global Configuration Mode
Global Configuration commands apply to features that affect the system as a whole, rather than
just a specific interface. The Privileged EXEC mode command configure is used to enter the
Global Configuration mode.
console(config)#
Interface and Other Specific Configuration Modes
Interface configuration modes are used to modify specific interface operations. The following are
the Interface Configuration and other specific configuration modes:
•
MST—The Global Configuration mode command spanning-tree mst configuration is used
to enter into the Multiple Spanning Tree configuration mode.
•
Line Interface—Contains commands to configure the management connections. These
include commands such as line speed and timeout settings. The Global Configuration mode
command line is used to enter the Line Interface mode.
•
VLAN Database—Contains commands to create a VLAN as a whole. The Global
Configuration mode command vlan database is used to enter the VLAN Database mode.
•
Router OSPF Configuration – Global configuration mode command router ospf is used to
enter into the Router OSPF Configuration mode.
•
Router RIP Configuration – Global configuration mode command router rip is used to enter
into the Router RIP Configuration mode.
•
Router OSPFv3 Configuration – Global configuration mode command ipv6 router ospf is
used to enter into the Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode.
•
IPv6 DHCP Pool Mode– Global configuration mode command ipv6 dhcp pool is used to
enter into the IPv6 DHCP Pool mode.
•
Management Access List—Contains commands to define management access
administration lists. The Global Configuration mode command management access-list is
used to enter the Management Access List configuration mode.
Using the CLI
55
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
56
•
Policy-map—Use the policy-map command to access the QoS policy map configuration
mode to configure the QoS policy map.
•
Policy Class—Use the class command to access the QoS Policy-class mode to attach or
remove a diffserv class from a policy and to configure the QoS policy class.
•
Class-Map—This mode consists of class creation/deletion and matching commands. The
class matching commands specify layer 2, layer 3 and general match criteria. Use the classmap class-map-name commands to access the QoS Class Map Configuration mode to
configure QoS class maps.
•
Stack—Use the stack command to access the Stack Configuration Mode.
•
Ethernet—Contains commands to manage Ethernet port configuration. The Global
Configuration mode command interface ethernet enters the Interface Configuration mode
to configure an Ethernet interface.
•
Port Channel—Contains commands to configure port-channels, i.e., assigning ports to a
port-channel. Most of these commands are the same as the commands in the Ethernet
interface mode and are used to manage the member ports as a single entity. The Global
Configuration mode command interface port-channel is used to enter the Port Channel
mode.
•
Tunnel-Contains commands to manage tunnel interfaces. The Global Configuration mode
command interface tunnel enters the Tunnel Configuration mode to configure an tunnel type
interface.
•
Loopback-Contains commands to manage loopback interfaces. The Global Configuration
mode command interface loopback enters the Loopback Configuration mode to configure an
loopback type interface.
•
SSH Public Key-chain—Contains commands to manually specify other switch SSH public
keys. The Global Configuration mode command crypto key pub-key chain ssh is used to
enter the SSH Public Key-chain configuration mode.
•
SSH Public Key-string—Contains commands to manually specify the SSH Public-key of a
remote SSH Client. The SSH Public-Key Chain Configuration mode command user-key
command is used to enter the SSH Public-Key Configuration mode.
•
MAC Access-List—Configures conditions required to allow traffic based on MAC addresses.
The Global Configuration mode command mac-access-list is used to enter the MAC AccessList configuration mode.
•
TACACS— Configures the parameters for the TACACS server.
•
Radius— Configures the parameters for the RADIUS server.
•
SNMP Host Configuration— Configures the parameters for the SNMP server host.
•
SNMP v3 Host Configuration—Configures the parameters for the SNMP v3 server host.
•
SNMP Community Configuration—Configures the parameters for the SNMP server
community.
Using the CLI
•
Crypto Certificate Request— Configures the parameters for crypto certificate request.
•
Crypto Certificate Generation—Configures the parameters for crypto certificate generate.
•
Logging—Configures the parameters for syslog log server.
Identifying the Switch and Command Mode from the System Prompt
The system prompt provides the user with the name of the switch (hostname) and identifies the
command mode. The following is a formal description of the system command prompt:
[device name][([command mode-[object]])][#|>]
[device name]— is the name of the managed switch, which is typically the user-configured
hostname established by the hostname command.
[command mode]—is the current configuration mode and is omitted for the top configuration
levels.
[object]—indicates specific object or range of objects within the configuration mode.
For example, if the current configuration mode is config-if and the object being operated on is
gigabit ethernet 1 on unit 1, the prompt displays the object type and unit (for example, 1/g1).
[# | >]—The # sign is used to indicate that the system is in the Privileged EXEC mode. The >
symbol indicates that the system is in the User EXEC mode, which is a read-only mode in which
the system does not allow configuration.
Using the CLI
57
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Navigating CLI Command Modes
The following table describes how to navigate through the CLI Command Mode hierarchy.
58
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
User EXEC
The user is
automatically in User
EXEC mode unless the
user is defined as a
privileged user.
console>
logout
Privileged EXEC
Use the enable
command to enter into
this mode. This mode
is password protected.
console#
Use the exit
command, or press
+ to
return to the User
EXEC mode.
Global Configuration
From Privileged EXEC
mode, use the
configure command.
console(config)#
Use the exit
command, or press
+ to
return to the
Privileged EXEC
mode.
Line Interface
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the line command.
console(configline)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
Management AccessList
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the management
access-list command.
console(configmacal)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
Policy-Class-Map
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the policy-map
class command.
console(configpolicy-classmap)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
Using the CLI
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
Class-Map
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the class-map
command.
console(configclassmap)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
MAC Access List
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the mac access-list
command.
console(configmac-access-list)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
SSH Public Key-Chain
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the crypto key
pubkey-chain ssh
command.
console(configpubkey-chain)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
SSH Public Key String
From the SSH Public
Key- Chain mode, use
the user-key {rsa|dsa}
command.
console(configpubkey-key)#
To return to the
SSH Public keychain mode, use
the exit command,
or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
TACACS
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the tacacs-server
host command.
console(tacacs)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
Using the CLI
59
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
60
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
Radius
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the radius-server
host command.
console(configradius)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
SNMP Host
Configuration
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the snmp-server
command.
console(configsnmp)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
SNMP v3 Host
Configuration
From Global
console(configConfiguration mode,
snmp)#
use the snmp-server v3host command.
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
SNMP Community
Configuration
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the snmp-server
community command.
console(configsnmp)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode
Crypto Certificate
Generation
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the crypto
certificate number
generate command.
console(configcrypto-cert)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
Crypto Certificate
Request
From Privileged EXEC
mode, use the crypto
certificate number
request command.
console(configcrypto-cert)#
To exit to
Privileged EXEC
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+.
Using the CLI
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
Stack
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the stack
command.
console(configstack)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
Logging
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the logging
command.
console(configlogging)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
MST
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the spanning-tree
mst configuration
command.
console(configmst)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
VLAN Config
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the vlan database
command.
console(configvlan)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
Router OSPF Conf
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the router ospf
command.
console(configrouter)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode
Router RIP Config
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the router rip
command.
console(configrouter)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode
Using the CLI
61
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
Router OSPFv3 Config
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the ipv6 router
ospf command.
console(configrtr)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode
IPv6 DHCP Pool Mode
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the ipv6 dhcp pool
command.
console(configdhcp6s-pool)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode
Interface Configuration Modes
62
Ethernet
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the interface
ethernet command.
console (configif-n/gn or n/xgn)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
Port Channel
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the interface portchannel command.
console (configif-chn)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
VLAN
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the interface vlan
command.
console(config-ifvlann)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
Using the CLI
Command Mode
Access Method
Command Prompt
Exit or Access
Previous Mode
Tunnel
From Global
Configuration mode,
use the interface
tunnel command.
console(configtunneln)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
Loopback
From Global
configuration mode,
use the interface
loopback command.
console(configloopbackn)#
To exit to Global
Configuration
mode, use the exit
command, or press
+ to
Privileged EXEC
mode.
Starting the CLI
To begin running the CLI, perform the following steps:
NOTE: This procedure is for use on the console line only.
NOTE: The Easy Setup Wizard is available only when the system is in default state with no user
configuration saved previously.
1
Start the switch and wait until the startup procedure is complete and the User EXEC mode is
entered. The prompt console> is displayed.
2
Configure the switch using the Easy Setup Wizard and enter the necessary commands to
complete the required tasks.
3
When finished, exit the session with the quit or exit command.
The switch can be managed over a direct connection to the switch console port or through a Telnet
connection. If access is through a Telnet connection, the switch must have a defined IP address,
corresponding management access granted, and a connection to the network .
Easy Setup Wizard
The Easy Setup Wizard guides the user in the basic initial configuration of a newly installed switch
so that it can be immediately deployed and functional in its basic operation and be completely
manageable through the Web, CLI and the remote Dell Network Manager. After initial setup, the
user may enter to the system to set up more advanced configurations.
By default the switch is shipped from the factory with an IP address of 192.168.2.1 but the Easy
Setup Wizard provides the opportunity to customize the IP address. Also the system is set up with
default management VLAN ID=1. The initial activation must be done using the serial interface
since, without a unique IP address, the user can not access the other management interfaces.
Using the CLI
63
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The wizard sets up the following configuration on the switch:
•
Establishes the initial privileged user account with a valid password. The wizard
configures one privileged user account during the setup. The user may return to add users
later. The initial account is given the highest privilege level (level 15).
•
Enables CLI login and HTTP access to use the local authentication setting only, which
allows user account access via these management interfaces. The user may return later to
configure Radius or TACACS+.
•
Sets up the IP address for the management VLAN or enables support for DHCP to
configure the management IP address dynamically.
•
Sets up the SNMP community string to be used by the SNMP manager. The user may
choose to skip this step if SNMP management is not used. If it is configured, the default
access level is set to the highest available access for the SNMP management interface.
The user may return later to add to the community string or reconfigure the access level
of the community string. Initially only SNMPv1/2c will be activated. SNMPv3 is disabled
until the user returns to configure security access for SNMPv3 (for example, engine ID,
view, and so on). The SNMP community string may include spaces. The wizard requires
the use of quotation marks when the user wants to enter spaces in the community string.
Although spaces are allowed in the community string, their use is discouraged. The
default community string contains no spaces.
•
Allows the user to specify the management server IP or permit SNMP access from all IP
addresses.
•
Sets up the default gateway IP address.
If the user chooses not to use the wizard initially, the session defaults to the CLI mode with a
warning to refer the documentation. During a subsequent login, the user may again elect not to run
the setup wizard. Once the wizard has established configuration, however, the wizard is presented
only if the user resets the switch to the factory default settings. While the wizard is running, the
system does not display any unsolicited or unrelated status messages. For example, the system does
not display event notification or system status messages.
After completing the wizard, the user is given a chance to save his configuration and continue to
the CLI. If the user chooses to discard his configuration, any restart of the wizard must be from the
beginning. When the user chooses to restart the wizard, any configuration the user saved previously
automatically is offered for the user to accept. The user may elect to correct only a few items
instead of re-entering all the data.
Since a switch may be powered on in the field without a serial connection, the switch waits 60
seconds for the user to respond to the setup wizard question in instances where no configuration
files exist. If there is no response, the switch continues normal operation using the default factory
configuration. While waiting for the response from the user, normal switch operation will continue,
including but not limited to:
64
Using the CLI
• If BOOTP/DHCP is supported and enabled by default, the switch attempts to get its address.
• The switch continues to switch traffic.
• The switch continues do MAC learning. If spanning-tree is on by default, the switch participates
in the spanning-tree protocol.
Using the CLI
65
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Functional Flow
The functional flow diagram below illustrates the procedures for the Easy Setup Wizard.
Did the user
previously save a startup
configuration?
Yes
Transfer to CLI mode
No
Transfer to CLI mode
No
Does the user want
to use setup wizard?
Yes
Is SNMP Management
Required?
Request SNMP
Community String &
Server IP Address
Yes
No
Request user name,
password
DHCP?
No
Request IP Address, Network
Mask, Default Gateway IP
Yes
Save Setup?
No
Discard Changes and Restart Wizard
Yes
Copy to Config
66
Using the CLI
Transfer to CLI mode
Example Session
This section describes an Easy Setup Wizard session. Refer to the state diagram in the previous
section for general flow. The following values used by the example session are not the only possible
ones:
•
IP address for the management VLAN is 192.168.1.100:255.255.255.0.
•
The user name is admin, and the password should be 8-64 characters in length.
•
The network management system IP address is 192.168.1.10.
•
The default gateway is 192.168.1.1.
•
The SNMP community string to be used is Dell_Network_Manager.
The setup wizard configures the initial values as defined above. After the user completes the
wizard, the system is configured as follows:
•
SNMPv1/2c is enabled and the community string is set up as defined above. SNMPv3 is
disabled.
•
The admin user account is set up as defined.
•
A network management system is configured. From this management station, the user
can access the SNMP, HTTP, and CLI interfaces. The user may also choose to allow all IP
addresses to access these management interfaces by choosing the (0.0.0.0) IP address.
•
An IP address is configured for the default management VLAN (1).
•
A default gateway address is configured.
The following example contains the sequence of prompts and responses associated with running an
example Dell Easy Setup Wizard session, using the input values listed above. Note in this case a
static IP address for the management interface is being set up. However it may be requested that
the system automatically retrieve an IP address via DHCP. If DHCP is used, the system does not
request a network mask or default gateway. In this example, the user employs the setup wizard to
configure the initial values as defined above.
NOTE: In the example, the possible user options are enclosed in [ ]. Also, where possible, default values
are enclosed in []. If the user enters with no options defined, the default value is accepted. Help
text is in parentheses.
After the switch completes the POST and is booted, the following dialog appears:
Welcome to Dell Easy Setup Wizard
The setup wizard guides you through the initial switch
configuration, and gets you up and running as quickly as possible.
You can skip the setup wizard, and enter CLI mode to manually
configure the switch. You must respond to the next question to run
the setup wizard within 60 seconds, otherwise the system will
continue with normal operation using the default system
configuration.
Using the CLI
67
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Would you like to run the set up wizard (you must answer this
question within 60 seconds)? [Y/N] y
Step 1:
The system is not configured for SNMP management by default. To
manage the switch using SNMP (required for Dell Network Manager)
you can
o Setup the initial SNMP version 1 & 2 now.
o Return later and setup other SNMP accounts (for more information
on setting up an SNMP version 3 account, see the user
documentation).
Would you like to configure the SNMP management interface now?
[Y/N] y
To configure the SNMP management account you must specify the
management system IP address and the "community string" or
password that the particular management system uses to access the
switch. The wizard automatically assigns the highest access level
[Privilege Level 15] to this account. You can use Dell Network
Manager or other management interfaces to change this setting and
to add additional management systems later. For more information
on adding management systems, see the user documentation.
To add a management station:
Type the SNMP community string to be used [public]:
Dell_Network_Manager
NOTE: If it is configured, the default access level is set to the
highest available access for the SNMP management interface.
Initially only SNMPv1/2c will be activated. SNMPv3 is disabled
until you return to configure security access for SNMPv3 (e.g.
engine ID, view, etc.).
Type the IP address of the Management System (A.B.C.D) or wildcard
(0.0.0.0) to manage from any Management Station [0.0.0.0]:
192.168.1.10
Step 2:
68
Using the CLI
Now we need to configure your initial privilege (Level 15) user
account. This account is used to login to the CLI and Web
interface. You may set up other accounts and change privilege
levels later. For more information on setting up user accounts and
changing privilege levels, see the User’s Guide.
To set up a user account:
Type the user name [admin]: admin
Type the user password: ********
Type the user password again: ********
NOTE: If the first and second password entries are not identical,
the user is prompted until they are.
NOTE: You can create additional user accounts after completing the
Easy Setup Wizard. See the User’s Guide for more information.
Step 3:
Next, an IP address is set up. The IP address is defined on the
default VLAN (VLAN #1), of which all ports are members. This is the
IP address you use to access the CLI, Web interface, or SNMP
interface for the switch. Optionally you may request that the
system automatically retrieve an IP address from the network using
DHCP (this option requires that you have a DHCP server running on
the network).
To set up an IP address:
Type the IP address of the device (A.B.C.D) or enter "DHCP"
(without the quotation marks) to automatically request an IP
address from the network DHCP server. [192.168.2.1].
Type the IP subnet mask (A.B.C.D or /nn). [255.255.255.0]
Step 4:
Finally, set up the default gateway. Type the IP address of the
gateway from which this network is reachable [0.0.0.0]:
This is the configuration information that has been collected:
User Account set up = admin
Password = ********
Management IP address = 192.168.2.1 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway = 0.0.0.0
Using the CLI
69
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Step 5:
If the information is correct, select (Y) to save the configuration
and copy to the start-up configuration file. If the information is
incorrect, select (N) to discard configuration and restart the
wizard: [Y/N]
Thank you for using the Dell Easy Setup Wizard. You will now enter
CLI mode.
Using CLI Functions and Tools
The CLI has been designed to manage the switch’s configuration file system and to manage switch
security. A number of resident tools exist to support these and other functions.
Configuration Management
All managed systems have software images and databases that must be configured, backed up and
restored. Two software images may be stored on the system, but only one of them is active. The
other one is a backup image. The same is true for configuration images, which store the
configuration parameters for the switch. The system has three configuration images. One image is
a memory-only image and is the current configuration image for the switch. The second image is
the one that is loaded by the system when it reboots. There is one backup configuration image. The
system also provides methods to back up these images to a remote system.
File System Commands
All files are stored in a flat file system. The following commands are used to perform operations on
these files.
Command
Description
delete file
Deletes file.
filedescr file description
Adds a description to a file (up to 20
characters can be used).
copy source destination
Copies a file from source file to destination file.
Copying Files
The copy command not only provides a method for copying files within the file system, but also to
and from remote servers. With the copy command and URLs to identify files, the user can back up
images to local or remote systems or restore images from local or remote systems.
70
Using the CLI
To use the copy command, the user specifies the source file and the destination file. For example,
copy tftp://remotehost/pub/backupfile backup-config copies a file from the remote TFTP server to a
local backup configuration file. In this case, if the local configuration file does not exist, then it is
created by the command. If it does exist, it is overwritten. If there is not enough space on the local
file system to accommodate the file, an error is flagged.
Refer to the copy command description in the Layer 2 commands section of the guide for
command details.
Referencing External/Internal File systems
Configuration or software images are copied to or retrieved from remote file systems using TFTP
and XMODEM protocols.
•
tftp://server-name/path/filename —identifies a file on a remote file system accessible
through the server-name. Trivial file transfer protocol is a simplified FTP and uses a UDP
port instead of TCP and does not have password protection.
•
xmodem: filename —identifies the file available on the XMODEM connection.
Special System Files
The following special filenames are used to refer to special virtual system files, which are under
control of the system and may not be removed or added. These file names are reserved and may not
be used as user-defined files. When the user copies a local source file into one of these special files
and the source file has an attached file description, it also is copied as the file description for the
special file.
•
backup-config—This file refers to the backup configuration file.
•
running-config—This file refers to the configuration file currently active in the system. It
is possible to copy the running-config image to a backup-config file or to the startupconfig file.
•
startup-config—This file refers to the special configuration image stored in flash memory
which is loaded when the system next reboots. The user may copy a particular
configuration file (remote or local) to this special file name and reboot the system to
force it to use a particular configuration.
•
image1 & image2 - These files refer to software images. One of these will be loaded when
the system next reboots. Either image1 or image2 can be chosen for the next reboot using
the command boot system.
CLI prevents the user from accidentally copying a configuration image onto a software image and
vice versa.
Management Interface Security
This section describes the minimum set of management interface security measures implemented
by the CLI. Management interface security consists of user account management, user access
control and remote network/host access controls.
Using the CLI
71
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
CLI through Telnet, SSH, Serial Interfaces
The CLI is accessible through a local serial interface, a remote telnet, or secure shell sessions. Since
the serial interface requires a physical connection for access, it is used if all else fails. The serial
interface is the only interface from which the user may access the Easy Setup Wizard. It is the only
interface that the user can access if the remote authentication servers are down and the user has
not configured the system to revert to local managed accounts.
The following rules and specifications apply to these interfaces:
•
The CLI is accessible from remote telnet through the management IP address for the
switch.
•
The CLI is accessible from a secure shell interface.
•
The CLI generates keys for SSH locally.
•
The serial session defaults to 9600 baud rate, eight data bits, non-parity and one stop bit.
User Accounts Management
The CLI provides authentication for users either through remote authentication servers supporting
TACACS+ or Radius or through a set of locally managed user accounts. The setup wizard asks the
user to create the initial administrator account and password at the time the system is booted.
The following rules and specifications apply:
72
•
The user may create as many a five local user accounts.
•
User accounts have an access level, a user name, and a user password.
•
The user is able to delete the user accounts but the user will not be able to delete the last
level 15 account.
•
The user password is saved internally in encrypted format and never appears in clear text
anywhere on the CLI.
•
The CLI supports TACACS+ and Radius authentication servers.
•
The CLI allows the user to configure primary and secondary authentication servers. If the
primary authentication server fails to respond within a configurable period, the CLI
automatically tries the secondary authentication server.
•
The user can specify whether the CLI should revert to using local user accounts when the
remote authentication servers do not respond or if the CLI simply fails the login attempt
because the authentication servers are down. This requirement applies only when the
user is login through a telnet or an SSH session.
•
The CLI always allows the user to log in to a local serial port even if the remote
authentication server(s) are down. In this case, CLI reverts to using the locally configured
accounts to allow the user to log in.
Using the CLI
User Access Control
In addition to authenticating a user, the CLI also assigns the user access to one of two security
levels. Level 1 has read-only access. This level allow the user to read information but not configure
the switch. The access to this level cannot be modified. Level 15 is the special access level assigned
to the superuser of the switch. This level has full access to all functions within the switch and can
not be modified.
If the user account is created and maintained locally, each user is given an access level at the time
of account creation. If the user is authenticated through remote authentication servers, the
authentication server is configured to pass the user access level to the CLI when the user is
authenticated. When Radius is used, the Vendor-Specific Option field returns the access level for
the user. Two vendor specific options are supported. These are CISCO-AV-Pairs(Shell:priv-lvl=x)
and Dell Radius VSA (user-group=x). TACACS+ provides the appropriate level of access.
The following rules and specifications apply:
•
The user determines whether remote authentication servers or locally defined user
authentication accounts are used.
•
If authentication servers are used, the user can identify at least two remote servers (the
user may choose to configure only one server) and what protocol to use with the server,
TACACS+ or Radius. One of the servers is primary and the other is the secondary server
(the user is not required to specify a secondary server). If the primary server fails to
respond in a configurable time period, the CLI automatically attempts to authenticate
the user with the secondary server.
•
The user is able to specify what happens when both primary and secondary servers fail to
respond. In this case, the user is able to indicate that the CLI should either use the local
user accounts or reject all requests.
•
Even if the user configures the CLI to fail login when the remote authentication servers
are down, the CLI allows the user to log in to the serial interface authenticated by locally
managed account data.
Syslogs
The CLI uses syslog support to send logging messages to a remote syslog server. The user configures
the switch to generate all logging messages to a remote log server. If no remote log server exists,
then the CLI maintains a rolling log of at most the last 1000 critical system events.
The following rules and specifications apply:
•
The CLI permits the user to configure a remote syslog server to which all system logging
messages are sent.
•
Log messages are implementation-dependent but may contain debug messages, security
or fault events.
•
If a log server is not specified by the user, the CLI maintains at most the last 1000 critical
system events. In this case, less important events are not recorded.
Using the CLI
73
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Security Logs
Security logs are maintained to record all security events including the following:
•
User login.
•
User logout.
•
Denied login attempts.
•
User attempt to exceed security access level.
•
Denied attempts by external management system to access the system.
The security log record contains the following information:
•
The user name, if available, or the protocol being accessed if the event is related to a
remote management system.
•
The IP address from which the user is connecting or the IP address of the remote
management system.
•
A description of the security event.
•
A timestamp of the event
If syslog is available, the CLI sends the security log records to the syslog server. If syslog is not
available, the CLI records the last 1000 security log records in a log separate from the system log
records itemized above. Also in this case, the CLI suppresses repeated events from the same source
and instead the CLI records one event within a period of time and includes that count as part of
the log.
Management ACAL
In addition to user access control, the system also manages the access level for particular
management interfaces. The system allows individual hosts or subnets to access only specific
management protocols.
The user defines a management profile, which identifies management protocols such as the
following:
•
Telnet.
•
SSH and the keying information to use for SSH.
•
HTTP.
•
HTTPS and the security certificate to be used.
•
SNMPv1/v2c and the read and read/write community strings to be used.
•
SNMPv3 and the security information for used this protocol.
For each of these management profiles, the user defines the list of hosts or subnets from which the
management profiles may be used.
74
Using the CLI
Other CLI Tools and Capabilities
The CLI has several other capabilities associated with its primary functions.
Terminal Paging
The terminal width and length for CLI displays is 79 characters and 25 lines, respectively. The
length setting is used to control the number of lines the CLI will display before it pauses. For
example, the CLI pauses at 24 lines and prompts the user with the -more- prompt on the 25th line.
The CLI waits for the user to press either or any other key. If the user presses any key except
, the CLI shows the next page. A key stops the display and returns to the CLI prompt.
Boot Message
The boot message is a system message that is not user-configurable and is displayed when the
system is booting. Displayed information includes the following:
•
Operational code date
•
The board type
•
The CPU
•
Memory size
To start the normal booting process, select item 1 in the Boot Menu. The following is a sample log
for booting information.
Boot Menu Version: Oct 20 2004
Select an option. If no selection in 10 seconds then
operational code will start.
1 - Start operational code.
2 - Start Boot Menu.
Select (1, 2):1
Operational Code Date: Wed Feb 8 17:02:25 2006
Uncompressing.....
50% 100%
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Attaching interface lo0...done
Adding 39868 symbols for standalone.
VxWorks
Using the CLI
75
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Copyright 1984-2002 Wind River Systems, Inc.
CPU: Motorola E500 : Unknown system version
Runtime Name: VxWorks
Runtime Version: 5.5.1
BSP version: 1.2/0
Created: Feb 8 2006, 16:40:43
WDB Comm Type: WDB_COMM_NETWORK
WDB: Ready.
Timebase: 66.666666 MHz, MEM: 266.666664 MHz, PCI: 66.666666 MHz,
CPU:
533.33332
8 MHz
SOC unit 0 attached to PCI device BCM56304_B0
SOC unit 1 attached to PCI device BCM56304_B0
Adding BCM transport pointers
Configuring CPUTRANS TX
Configuring CPUTRANS RX
st_state(0) = 0x0
st_state(1) = 0x4
st_state(2) = 0x2
(Unit 1)>STACK: master on 0:2:bc:0:30:66 (1 cpu, 2 units)
STACK: attach 2 units on 1 cpu
This switch is manager of the stack.
User:
Boot Utility Menu
If a user is connected through the serial interface during the boot sequence, pressing the
key interrupts the boot process and displays a Boot Utility Menu. Selecting item 2 displays the
menu and may be typed only during the initial boot up sequence. Once the system boot up is
complete, typing the escape sequence does not display the menu.
76
Using the CLI
During the bootup sequence, if a user is connected using the serial interface, the system provides
an escape key sequence to interrupt the bootup process and bring up a boot utility menu. The
menu provides the users with the following:
•
The boot key sequence is 2 and may be typed only during the initial bootup sequence. After
the system bootup is complete, then typing the escape sequence does not have any
consequence and does not put the user into the "boot utility menu".
•
Randall supports a utility with which users can write FRU (EEPROM) data.
The following is the typical bootup sequence on the Randall switch box (with FASTPATH image):
Reloading all switches.
Boot code......
SDRAM 256
Boot Menu Version: Nov 10 2006
Select an option. If no selection in 10 seconds then
operational code will start.
1 - Start operational code.
2 - Start Boot Menu.
Select (1, 2):2
Boot Menu Version:
24 Sep 2006
Options available
1
- Start operational code
2
- Change baud rate
3
- Retrieve event log using XMODEM
4
- Load new operational code using XMODEM
5
- Display operational code vital product data
6
- Run flash diagnostics
Using the CLI
77
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
7
- Update boot code
8
- Delete backup image
9
- Reset the system
10 - Restore configuration to factory defaults (delete config
files)
11 - Activate Backup Image
12 - Password Recovery Procedure
[Boot Menu] 30
FRU Utility Menu
This is a secret option and is not displayed in the main menu. Users can bring up the secret menu
using option 30. The password for the secret menu is pc62xxkinnick. Option 14 under the secret
menu brings up a submenu for the FRU utility. The FRU utility submenu provides options to
download and set FRU, save to flash, update RU with the data saved in flash, upload FRU data,
and dump FRU data. Service tag and serial number information is part of the FRU data, and users
can read the service tag and serial number information from the CLI with the command show
system id.
Boot Menu Version:
24 Sep 2006
Options available
1
- Start operational code
2
- Change baud rate
3
- Retrieve event log using XMODEM
4
- Load new operational code using XMODEM
5
- Display operational code vital product data
6
- Run flash diagnostics
7
- Update boot code
8
- Delete backup image
9
- Reset the system
10 - Restore configuration to factory defaults (delete config
files)
11 - Activate Backup Image
12 - Password Recovery Procedure
78
Using the CLI
[Boot Menu] 30
Password: *************
Boot code utilities menu
Options are:
1
- Read/Write memory
2
- Display PCI bus
3
- Display PCI bus details
4
- Display core info and bus speeds
5
- Display file system details
6
- RAM test
7
- File system directory listing
8
- CPLD diagnostics
9
- Switch diagnostics
10 - Format file system
11 - File system test
12 - Comprehensive test (RAM, PCI, FLASH)
13 - Start vxWorks shell
14 - FRU utility menu
0
- Return to main menu
Select option (0-14): 14
FRU Utility Menu
Options are:
1 - Download data through X-Modem and store into FRU
2 - Download data through X-Modem and store into FLASH
3 - Update FRU with data stored in FLASH
4 - Upload FRU data through X-Modem
5 - Dump FRU data
0 - Return to previous menu
Using the CLI
79
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Select option (0-5):
CLI command output for the show system id command:
console>show system id
Service Tag: 89788978
Serial Number:
Asset Tag: none
Unit
Service tag
Serial number
Asset tag
-----
------------
--------------
------------
2
89788978
none
Monitoring Traps from CLI
It is possible to connect to the CLI session and monitor the events or faults that are being sent as
traps from the system. This feature is equivalent to the alarm-monitoring window in a typical
network management system. The user enables events or monitor traps from the CLI by entering
the command logging console. Traps generated by the system are dumped to all CLI sessions that
have requested monitoring mode to be enabled. The no logging console command disables trap
monitoring for the session. By default, console logging is enabled.
80
Using the CLI
Layer 2 Commands
The chapters that follow describe commands that conform to the OSI model data link layer (Layer
2). Layer 2 commands provide a logical organization for transmitting data bits on a particular
medium. This layer defines the framing, addressing, and checksum functions for Ethernet packets.
Layer 2 Commands
83
84
Layer 2 Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Management ACL Commands
deny (management)
Use the deny command in Management Access-List Configuration mode to set conditions for the
management access list.
Syntax
deny [ethernet interface-number | vlan vlan-id | port-channel number] [service service]
[priority priority]
deny ip-source ip-address [mask mask | prefix-length] [ethernet interface-number | vlan vlanid | port-channel number] [service service] [priority priority]
•
ethernet interface-number—A valid Ethernet-routed port number.
•
vlan vlan-id—A valid VLAN number.
•
port-channel number—A valid routed port-channel number.
•
ip-address—Source IP address.
•
mask mask—Specifies the network mask of the source IP address.
•
mask prefix-length—Specifies the number of bits that comprise the source IP address
prefix. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 0-32)
•
service service—Indicates service type. Can be one of the following: telnet, ssh, http,
https or snmp.
•
priority priority—Priority for the rule. (Range: 1 - 64)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Management Access-list Configuration mode
Management ACL Commands
85
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
Rules with ethernet, vlan, and port-channel parameters are valid only if an IP address is
defined on the appropriate interface. Ensure that each rule has a unique priority.
Example
The following example shows how all ports are denied in the access-list called mlist.
console(config)# management access-list mlist
console(config-macal)# deny
management access-class
Use the management access-class command in Global Configuration mode to restrict
management connections. To disable restriction, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
management access-class {console-only|name}
no management access-class
•
name—A valid access-list name. (Range: 1 to 32 characters)
•
console-only—The switch can be managed only from the console.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures an access-list called mlist as the management access-list.
console(config)# management access-class mlist
management access-list
Use the management access-list command in Global Configuration mode to define an access list
for management, and enter the access-list for configuration. Once in the access-list configuration
mode, the denied or permitted access conditions are configured with the deny and permit
commands. To remove an access list, use the no form of this command.
86
Management ACL Commands
Syntax
management access-list name
no management access-list name
•
name—The access list name. (Range: 1 to 32 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command enters the access-list configuration mode, where the denied or permitted
access conditions with the deny and permit commands must be defined.
If no match criteria are defined the default is deny.
If reentering to an access-list context, the new rules are entered at the end of the access-list.
Use the management access-class command to select the active access-list.
The active management list cannot be updated or removed.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure two management interfaces, Ethernet 1/g1
and Ethernet 2/g9.
console(config)#management access-list mlist
console(config-macal)# permit ethernet 1/g1 priority <1-64>
console(config-macal)# permit ethernet 2/g9 priority <1-64>
console(config-macal)# exit
console(config)#management access-class mlist
The following example shows how to configure all the interfaces to be management interfaces
except for two interfaces, Ethernet 1/g1 and Ethernet 2/g9.
console(config)# management access-list mlist
console(config-macal)# deny ethernet 1/g1 priority <1-64>
console(config-macal)# deny ethernet 2/g9 priority <1-64>
console(config-macal)# permit priority <1-64>
console(config-macal)# exit
console(config) # management access-class mlist
Management ACL Commands
87
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
permit (management)
Use the permit command in Management Access-List configuration mode to set conditions for the
management access list.
Syntax
permit [ethernet interface-number | vlan vlan-id | port-channel number] [service service]
[priority priority-value]
permit ip-source ip-address [mask mask | prefix-length] [ethernet interface-number | vlan
vlan-id |port-channel number] [service service] [priority priority-value]
•
ethernet interface-number—A valid routed port number.
•
vlan vlan-id—A valid VLAN number.
•
port-channel number—A valid port channel number.
•
ip-address—Source IP address.
•
mask mask—Specifies the network mask of the source IP address.
•
mask prefix-length—Specifies the number of bits that comprise the source IP address
prefix. The prefix length must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 0-32)
•
service service—Indicates service type. Can be one of the following: telnet, ssh, http,
https or snmp.
•
priority priority-value—Priority for the rule. (Range: 1 - 64)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Management Access-list Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Rules with ethernet, vlan, and port-channel parameters are valid only if an IP address is
defined on the appropriate interface. Ensure that each rule has a unique priority.
Examples
The following example shows how to configure two management interfaces, Ethernet 1/g1
and Ethernet 2/g9.
console(config)#management access-list mlist
console(config-macal)# permit ethernet 1/g1 priority <1-64>
console(config-macal)# permit ethernet 2/g9 priority <1-64>
console(config-macal)# exit
console(config)# management access-class mlist
88
Management ACL Commands
The following example shows how to configure all the interfaces to be management interfaces
except for two interfaces, Ethernet 1/g1 and Ethernet 2/g9.
console(config)# management access-list mlist
console(config-macal)# deny ethernet 1/g1 priority <1-64>
console(config-macal)# deny ethernet 2/g9 priority <1-64>
console(config-macal)# permit priority <1-64>
console(config-macal)# exit
console(config)# management access-class mlist
show management access-class
Use the show management access-class command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information
about the active management access list.
Syntax
show management access-class
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the management access-list information.
console# show management access-class
Management access-class is enabled, using access list mlist
show management access-list
Use the show management access-list command in Privileged EXEC mode to display management
access-lists.
Syntax
show management access-list [name]
•
name—A valid access list name. (Range: 1 to 32 characters)
Management ACL Commands
89
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the active management access-list.
console# show management access-list
mlist
----permit priority 1 ethernet 1/g1
permit priority 2 ethernet 2/g1
! (Note: all other access implicitly denied)
90
Management ACL Commands
User Interface Commands
enable
Use the enable command in User EXEC mode to enter the Privileged EXEC mode.
Syntax
enable
Default Configuration
The default privilege level is 15.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example shows how to enter privileged mode.
console>enable
console#
User Interface Commands
93
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
end
Use the end command to get the CLI user control back to the privileged execution mode or user
execution mode.
Syntax Description
end
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
All command modes
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#end
console#end
console>
exit (configuration)
Use the exit command to go to the next lower command prompt.
Syntax
exit
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
All command modes
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example changes the configuration mode from Interface Configuration mode
to User EXEC mode.
94
User Interface Commands
console(config-if-1/g1)# exit
console(config)# exit
console#exit
console>
exit (EXEC)
Use the exit command in User EXEC mode to close an active terminal session by logging off the
switch.
Syntax
exit
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC command mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example closes an active terminal session.
console>exit
User Interface Commands
95
96
User Interface Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
AAA Commands
aaa authentication enable
Use the aaa authentication enable command in Global Configuration mode to set authentication
for accessing higher privilege levels. To return to the default configuration, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
aaa authentication enable {default|list-name} method1 [method2...]
no aaa authentication enable default
•
default—Uses the listed authentication methods that follow this argument as the default
list of methods, when using higher privilege levels.
•
list-name—Character string used to name the list of authentication methods activated,
when using access higher privilege levels. (Range: 1-12 characters)
•
method1 [method2...]—Specify at least one from the following table:
Keyword
Source or destination
enable
Uses the enable password for authentication.
line
Uses the line password for authentication.
none
Uses no authentication.
radius
Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication.
tacacs
Uses the list of all TACACS+ servers for authentication.
Default Configuration
If the default list is not set, only none, or no authentication is checked.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
AAA Commands
97
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
The default and optional list names created with the aaa authentication enable command are
used with the enable authentication command.
Create a list by entering the aaa authentication enable list-name method command where
list-name is any character string used to name this list. The method argument identifies the
list of methods that the authentication algorithm tries, in the given sequence.
The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an
error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an
error, specify none as the final method in the command line. For example, if none is specified
as an authentication method after radius, no authentication is used if the RADIUS server is
down.
NOTE: Requests sent by the switch to a RADIUS or TACACS server include the username "$enabx$.",
where x is the requested privilege level. For login to be authenticated on Radius and TACACS+ servers,
add "$enabx$" users to them.
Example
The following example sets authentication when accessing higher privilege levels.
console(config)# aaa authentication enable default enable
aaa authentication login
Use the aaa authentication login command in Global Configuration mode to set authentication at
login. To return to the default configuration, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
aaa authentication login {default|list-name} method1 [method2...]
no aaa authentication login {default|list-name}
98
•
default—Uses the listed authentication methods that follow this argument as the default
list of methods when a user logs in.
•
list-name—Character string used to name the list of authentication methods activated
when a user logs in. (Range: 1-12 characters)
•
method1 [method2...]—Specify at least one from the following table:
Keyword
Source or destination
enable
Uses the enable password for authentication.
line
Uses the line password for authentication.
local
Uses the local username database for authentication.
none
Uses no authentication.
AAA Commands
radius
Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication.
tacacs
Uses the list of all TACACS+ servers for authentication.
Default Configuration
If the default list is not set, only none, or no authentication is checked.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The default and optional list names created with the aaa authentication login command are
used with the login authentication command. Create a list by entering the aaa
authentication login list-name method command for a particular protocol, where list-name is
any character string used to name this list. The method argument identifies the list of
methods that the authentication algorithm tries, in the given sequence.
The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an
error, not if there is an authentication failure. To ensure that the authentication succeeds
even if all methods return an error, specify none as the final method in the command line. For
example, if none is specified as an authentication method after radius, no authentication is
used if the RADIUS server is down.
Example
The following example configures authentication login.
console(config)# aaa authentication login default radius local
enable none
enable authentication
Use the enable authentication command in Line Configuration mode to specify the
authentication method list when accessing a higher privilege level from a remote telnet or console.
To return to the default specified by the enable authentication command, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
enable authentication {default|list-name}
no enable authentication
•
default—Uses the default list created with the aaa authentication enable command.
•
list-name—Uses the indicated list created with the aaaa authentication enable
command.
AAA Commands
99
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
Uses the default set with the command aaa authentication enable.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies the default authentication method when accessing a higher
privilege level console.
console(config)# line console
console(config-line)# enable authentication default
enable password
Use the enable password command in Global Configuration mode to set a local password to
control access to the normal level. To remove the password requirement, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
enable password password [encrypted]
no enable password
•
password—Password for this level (Range: 8- 64 characters).
•
encrypted—Encrypted password entered, copied from another switch configuration.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines password "xxxyyyzzz" to control access to user and privilege
levels.
console(config)# enable password xxxyyyzzz
100
AAA Commands
ip http authentication
Use the ip http authentication command in Global Configuration mode to specify authentication
methods for http server users. To return to the default, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip http authentication method1 [method2...]
no ip http authentication
•
method1 [method2...]—Specify at least one from the following table:
Keyword
Source or destination
local
Uses the local username database for authentication.
none
Uses no authentication.
radius
Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication.
tacacs
Uses the list of all TACACS+ servers for authentication.
Default Configuration
The local user database is checked. This action has the same effect as the command ip http
authentication local.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an
error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an
error, specify none as the final method in the command line. For example, if none is specified
as an authentication method after radius, no authentication is used if the RADIUS server is
down.
Example
The following example configures the http authentication.
console(config)# ip http authentication radius local
ip https authentication
Use the ip https authentication command in Global Configuration mode to specify authentication
methods for https server users. To return to the default configuration, use the no form of this
command.
AAA Commands
101
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip https authentication method1 [method2...]
no ip https authentication
•
method1 [method2...]—Specify at least one from the following table:
Keyword
Source or destination
local
Uses the local username database for authentication.
none
Uses no authentication.
radius
Uses the list of all RADIUS servers for authentication.
tacacs
Uses the list of all TACACS+ servers for authentication.
Default Configuration
The local user database is checked. This action has the same effect as the command ip https
authentication local.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an
error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an
error, specify none as the final method in the command line. If none is specified as an
authentication method after radius, no authentication is used if the RADIUS server is down.
Example
The following example configures https authentication.
console(config)# ip https authentication radius local
login authentication
Use the login authentication command in Line Configuration mode to specify the login
authentication method list for a remote telnet or console. To return to the default specified by the
authentication login command, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
login authentication {default|list-name}
no login authentication
102
•
default—Uses the default list created with the aaa authentication login command.
•
list-name—Uses the indicated list created with the aaa authentication login command.
AAA Commands
Default Configuration
Uses the default set with the command aaa authentication login.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies the default authentication method for a console.
console(config)# line console
console(config-line)# login authentication default
password (Line Configuration)
Use the password command in Line Configuration mode to specify a password on a line. To remove
the password, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
password password [encrypted]
no password
•
password—Password for this level. (Range: 8- 64 characters)
•
encrypted—Encrypted password to be entered, copied from another switch
configuration.
Default Configuration
No password is specified.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies a password "mcmxxyyy" on a line.
console(config-line)# password mcmxxyyy
AAA Commands
103
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
password (User EXEC)
Use the password command in User EXEC mode to allow a user to change the password for only
that user. This command should be used after the password has aged. The user is prompted to
enter the old password and the new password.
Syntax
password
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for this command.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows the prompt sequence for executing the password command.
console>password
Enter old password:********
Enter new password:********
Confirm new password:********
show authentication methods
Use the show authentication methods command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information
about the authentication methods.
Syntax
show authentication methods
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
104
AAA Commands
Example
The following example displays the authentication configuration.
console#show authentication methods
Login Authentication Method Lists
--------------------------------defaultList
: local
Enable Authentication Method Lists
---------------------------------enableList
: local
Line
------Console
Telnet
SSH
Login Method List
----------------defaultList
defaultList
defaultList
HTTPS
HTTP
DOT1X
Enable Method List
-----------------enableList
enableList
enableList
:local
:local
:none
show users accounts
Use the show users accounts command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information about the
local user database.
Syntax
show users accounts
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about the local user database.
console#show users accounts
AAA Commands
105
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
UserName
Privilege Password
Aging
------------------- --------- -------admin
15
--guest
1
---
Password
Expiry date
----------------
Lockout
------False
False
show users login history
Use the show users login history command in Global Configuration mode to display information
about the login history of users.
Syntax
show users login-history [username name]
•
name—name of user. (Range: 1-20 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example show user login history outputs.
console#show users login-history
106
Login Time
Username
--------------------
--------- --------- ---------------
Jan 19 2005 08:23:48
Bob
Serial
Jan 19 2005 08:29:29
Robert
HTTP
172.16.0.8
Jan 19 2005 08:42:31
John
SSH
172.16.0.1
Jan 19 2005 08:49:52
Betty
Telnet
172.16.1.7
AAA Commands
Protocol
Location
username
Use the username command in Global Configuration mode to add a new user to the local users
database. To remove a user name use the no form of this command.
Syntax
username name password password [level level] [encrypted]
no username name
•
name—The name of the user. (Range: 1-20 characters)
•
password—The authentication password for the user. (Range: 8-64 characters)
•
level—The user level. Level 0 can be assigned by a level 15 user to another user to
suspend that user’s access. (Range: 0-15)
•
encrypted—Encrypted password entered, copied from another switch configuration.
Default Configuration
No user name is defined.
The default privilege level is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command can be used to unlock a locked user account for an already existing user.
Example
The following example configures user "bob" with password "xxxyyymmmm" and user level
15.
console(config)# username bob password xxxyyymmmm level 15
AAA Commands
107
108
AAA Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Address Table Commands
bridge address
Use the bridge address command in Interface Configuration mode to add a static MAC-layer
station source address to the bridge table. To delete the MAC address, use the no form of the
bridge address command (using the no form of the command without specifying a MAC address
deletes all static MAC addresses belonging to this VLAN).
Syntax
bridge address mac-address {ethernet interface|port-channel port-channel-number}
[permanent|delete-on-reset|delete-on-timeout|secure]
no bridge address [mac-address]
•
mac-address—A valid MAC address in the format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
•
interface—A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number—A valid port-channel number.
•
permanent—The address can be deleted only by using the no bridge address command.
•
delete-on-reset—The address is deleted after reset.
•
delete-on-timeout—The address is deleted after "age out" time has expired.
•
secure—The address is deleted after the port changes mode to unlock learning (no port
security command). This parameter is only available when the port is in learning locked
mode.
Default Configuration
No static addresses are defined. The default mode for an added address is permanent.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Address Table Commands
109
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example adds a permanent static MAC-layer station source address
3aa2.64b3.a245 to the bridge table.
console(config-if-vlan1)#bridge address 3AA2.64B3.A245 ethernet
1/g8 permanent
bridge aging-time
Use the bridge aging-time command in Global Configuration mode to set the aging time of the
address. To restore the default, use the no form of the bridge aging-time command.
Syntax
bridge aging-time seconds
no bridge aging-time
•
seconds—Time is the number of seconds. (Range: 10 - 1000000 seconds)
Default Configuration
300 seconds
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In this example the bridge aging time is set to 400.
console(config)#bridge aging-time 400
bridge multicast address
Use the bridge multicast address command in Interface Configuration mode to register MAC-layer
Multicast addresses to the bridge table and to add ports to the group statically. To deregister the
MAC address, use the no form of the bridge multicast address command.
Syntax
bridge multicast address {mac-multicast-address|ip-multicast-address}
bridge multicast address {mac-multicast-address|ip-multicast-address} [add|remove]
{ethernet interface-list|port-channel port-channel-number-list}
110
Address Table Commands
no bridge multicast address {mac-multicast-address|ip-multicast-address}
•
add—Adds ports to the group. If no option is specified, this is the default option.
•
remove—Removes ports from the group.
•
mac-multicast-address—MAC multicast address in the format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
•
ip- multicast-address—IP multicast address.
•
interface-list—Separate nonconsecutive Ethernet ports with a comma and no spaces; use
a hyphen to designate a range of ports.
•
port-channel-number-list—Separate nonconsecutive port-channels with a comma and no
spaces; use a hyphen to designate a range of port-channels.
Default Configuration
No Multicast addresses are defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
If the command is executed without add or remove, the command registers only the group in
the bridge database.
Static Multicast addresses can be defined only on static VLANs.
Examples
The following example registers the MAC address.
console(config)#interface vlan 8
console(config-if-vlan8)#bridge multicast address 0100.5e02.0203
The following example registers the MAC address and adds ports statically.
console(config)#interface vlan 8
console(config-if-vlan8)#bridge multicast address 0100.5e02.0203
add ethernet 1/g1-1/g9, 1/g2
bridge multicast filtering
Use the bridge multicast filtering command in Global Configuration mode to enable filtering of
Multicast addresses. To disable filtering of Multicast addresses, use the no form of the bridge
multicast filtering command.
Syntax
bridge multicast filtering
Address Table Commands
111
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
no bridge multicast filtering
Default Configuration
Disabled. All Multicast addresses are flooded to all ports of the relevant VLAN.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If switches exist on the VLAN, do not change the unregistered Multicast addresses’ state to
drop on the switch ports.
If switches exist on the VLAN and IGMP snooping is not enabled, use the bridge multicast
forward-all command to enable forwarding all Multicast packets to the Multicast routers.
Example
In this example, bridge Multicast filtering is enabled.
console(config)#bridge multicast filtering
bridge multicast forbidden address
Use the bridge multicast forbidden address command in Interface Configuration mode to
forbid adding a specific Multicast address to specific ports. To return to the system default,
use the no form of this command. If routers exist on the VLAN, do not change the
unregistered multicast addresses state to drop on the routers ports.
Syntax
bridge multicast forbidden address {mac-multicast-address|ip-multicast-address} {add |
remove} {ethernet interface-list|port-channel port-channel-number-list}
no bridge multicast forbidden address {mac-multicast-address | ip-multicast-address}
112
•
add—Adds ports to the group.
•
remove—Removes ports from the group.
•
mac-multicast-address—MAC Multicast address.
•
ip- multicast-address—IP Multicast address.
•
interface-list—Separate nonconsecutive valid Ethernet ports with a comma and no
spaces; use a hyphen to designate a range of ports.
•
port-channel-number-list—Separate nonconsecutive valid port-channels with a comma
and no spaces; use a hyphen to designate a range of port-channels.
Address Table Commands
Default Configuration
No forbidden addresses are defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
Before defining forbidden ports, ensure that the Multicast group is registered.
Examples
In this example the MAC address 01:00:5e:02:02:03 is forbidden on port 2/g9 within VLAN 8.
console(config)#interface vlan 8
console(config-if-vlan8)#bridge multicast address
01:00:5e:02:02:03
console(config-if-vlan8)#bridge multicast forbidden address
01:00:5e:02:02:03 add ethernet 2/g9
bridge multicast forbidden forward-unregistered
Use the bridge multicast forbidden forward-unregistered command in Interface Configuration
mode to forbid Forwarding-unregistered-multicast-addresses. Use the no form of this command to
return to the default.
Syntax
bridge multicast forbidden forward-unregistered
no bridge multicast forbidden forward-unregistered
Default Configuration
The default for this command is not forbidden.
Command Mode
Interface configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example forbids forwarding unregistered multicast addresses on VLAN8.
console(config-if-vlan8)#bridge multicast forbidden forwardunregistered
Address Table Commands
113
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
bridge multicast forward-all
Use the bridge multicast forward-all command in Interface Configuration mode to enable
forwarding of all Multicast packets. To restore the default, use the no form of the bridge multicast
forward-all command.
Syntax
bridge multicast forward-all
no bridge multicast forward-all
Default Configuration
Forward-unregistered
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In this example all VLAN1 Multicast packets are forwarded.
console(config-if-vlan1)#bridge multicast forward-all
bridge multicast forward-unregistered
Use the bridge multicast forward-unregistered command in Interface Configuration mode to
enable the forwarding of unregistered multicast addresses.
Syntax
bridge multicast forward-unregistered
Default Configuration
Forward-unregistered
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
If routers exist on the VLAN, do not change the unregistered multicast addresses state to drop
on the routers ports.
114
Address Table Commands
NOTE: Do not use the bridge multicast forbidden forward-unregistered command with the bridge
multicast forward-unregistered command on the same interface.
Example
The following example displays how to enable forwarding of unregistered multicast addresses.
console(config-if-vlan1)#bridge multicast forward-unregistered
clear bridge
Use the clear bridge command in Privileged EXEC mode to remove any learned entries from the
forwarding database.
Syntax
clear bridge
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In this example, the bridge tables are cleared.
console#clear bridge
port security
Use the port security command in Interface Configuration mode to disable the learning of new
addresses on an interface. To enable new address learning, use the no form of the port security
command.
Syntax
port security [forward|discard|discard-shutdown] [trap seconds]
no port security
•
forward—Forwards frames with unlearned source addresses, but does not learn the
address.
Address Table Commands
115
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
discard—Discards frames with unlearned source addresses. This is the default if no
option is indicated.
•
discard-shutdown—Discards frames with unlearned source addresses. The port is also
shut down.
•
trap seconds—Sends SNMP traps and defines the minimal amount of time in seconds
between two consecutive traps. (Range: 1 - 1000000)
Default Configuration
Disabled - No port security
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
When port security is enabled on an interface, all dynamic entries learned up to that point are
flushed, and new entries can be learned only to the limit set by the port security max
command. The default limit is 100 dynamic MAC addresses.
Example
In this example, frame forwarding is enabled without learning, and with traps sent every 100
seconds on port g1.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g1
console(config-if-1/g1)#port security forward trap 100
port security max
Use the port security max command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the maximum
addresses that can be learned on the port while the port is in port security mode. To return to the
system default, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
port security max max-addr
no port security max
•
max-addr—The maximum number of addresses that can be learning on the port. (Range:
0- 100)
Default Configuration
The default value for this command is 100.
116
Address Table Commands
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows using this command in Ethernet Interface Configuration mode.
console(config-if-1/g3)# port security max 80
show bridge address-table
Use the show bridge address-table command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all entries in the
bridge-forwarding database.
Syntax
show bridge address-table [vlan vlan] [ethernet interface | port-channel
port-channel-number]
•
vlan—Specific valid VLAN, such as VLAN 1.
•
interface—A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number—A valid port-channel number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In this example, all classes of entries in the bridge-forwarding database are displayed.
console#show bridge address-table
Aging time is 300 Sec
Vlan
------1
Mac Address
--------------0000.0001.0000
Port
Type
-----
-------------
1/g1
Dynamic
Address Table Commands
117
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
1
0000.8420.5010
1/g1
Dynamic
1
0000.E26D.2C2A
1/g1
Dynamic
1
0000.E89A.596E
1/g1
Dynamic
1
0001.02F1.0B33
1/g1
Dynamic
show bridge address-table count
Use the show bridge address-table count command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
number of addresses present in the Forwarding Database.
Syntax
show bridge address-table count [vlan vlan|ethernet interface-number|port-channel
port-channel-number]
•
vlan—Specifies a valid VLAN, such as VLAN 1
•
interface—Specifies a valid Ethernet port
•
port-channel-number—Specifies a valid port-channel-number
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the addresses in the Forwarding Database:
console#show bridge address-table count
Capacity: 8192
Used: 109
Static addresses: 2
Secure addresses: 1
Dynamic addresses: 97
Internal addresses: 9
118
Address Table Commands
show bridge address-table static
Use the show bridge address-table static command in Privileged EXEC mode to display static
entries in the bridge-forwarding database.
Syntax
show bridge address-table static [vlan vlan] [ethernet interface|port-channel port-channelnumber]
•
vlan—Specific valid VLAN, such as VLAN 1.
•
interface—A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number—A valid port-channel number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In this example, all static entries in the bridge-forwarding database are displayed.
console#show bridge address-table static
Vlan
---1
Mac Address
-------------0001.0001.0001
Port
----1/g1
Type
----Static
show bridge multicast address-table
Use the show bridge multicast address-table command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
Multicast MAC address table information.
Syntax
show bridge multicast address-table [vlan vlan-id] [address mac-multicast-address | ipmulticast-address] [format ip | mac]
•
vlan_id—A valid VLAN ID value.
•
mac-multicast-address—A valid MAC Multicast address.
•
ip- multicast-address—A valid IP Multicast address.
Address Table Commands
119
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
format—Multicast address format. Can be ip or mac.
Default Configuration
If format is unspecified, the default is mac.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
A MAC address can be displayed in IP format only if it is in the range 01:00:5e:00:00:00
through 01:00:5e:7f:ff:ff.
Example
In this example, Multicast MAC address table information is displayed.
console#show bridge multicast address-table
Vlan
MAC Address
Type
-------------
-------------------
-------
1
0100.5E05.0505
Static
Ports
--------------------------
Forbidden ports for multicast addresses:
Vlan
MAC Address
---- --------------------------1
Ports
-----------------------------------
0100.5E05.0505
NOTE: A multicast MAC address maps to multiple IP addresses, as shown above.
show bridge multicast filtering
Use the show bridge multicast filtering command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
Multicast filtering configuration.
Syntax
show bridge multicast filtering vlan-id
120
Address Table Commands
•
vlan_id—A valid VLAN ID value.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In this example, the Multicast configuration for VLAN 1 is displayed.
console#show bridge multicast filtering 1
Filtering: Disabled
VLAN: 1
Mode:
Forward-Unregistered
show ports security
Use the show ports security command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the port-lock status.
Syntax
show ports security [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number]
•
interface—A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number—A valid port-channel number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Address Table Commands
121
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
In this example, all classes of entries in the port-lock status are displayed.
console#show ports security
Port
Status
Action
Maximum
Trap
Frequency
----
------
----------------- -------- ------- -------
1/g1
Locked
Discard
1/g2
1/g3
3
Enable
Unlocked -
28
-
-
Locked
8
Disable
-
Discard, Shutdown
100
The following table describes the fields in this example.
Field
Description
Port
The port number.
Status
The status can be one of the following: Locked or
Unlocked.
Actions
Action on violations.
Maximum
The maximum addresses that can be associated on this
port in Static Learning mode or in Dynamic Learning
mode.
Trap
Indicates if traps would be sent in case of violation.
Frequency
The minimum time between consecutive traps.
show ports security addresses
Use the show ports security addresses command in Privileged EXEC mode to display current
dynamic addresses in locked ports.
Syntax
show ports security addresses {ethernet interface|port-channel port-channel-number}
•
interface—Valid Ethernet port
•
port-channel-number—Valid port-channel number
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
122
Address Table Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example displays dynamic addresses for port channel number 1/g1.
console#show ports security addresses ethernet 1/g1
Dynamic addresses: 83
Maximum addresses: 100
Learned addresses
------- ---------
Address Table Commands
123
124
Address Table Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Clock Commands
show clock
Use the show clock command in User EXEC mode to display the time and date from the system
clock.
Syntax
show clock
Default Configuration
This command has no default setting.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example displays the time and date from the system clock
console>show clock
15:29:03 Jun 17 2002
Time source is SNTP
show sntp configuration
Use the show sntp configuration command in Privileged EXEC mode to show the configuration of
the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP).
Syntax
show sntp configuration
Clock Commands
125
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the current SNTP configuration of the device.
console# show sntp configuration
Polling interval: 7200 seconds
MDS Authentication keys: 8, 9
Authentication is required for synchronization
Trusted keys: 8, 9
Unicast Clients: Enabled
show sntp status
Use the show sntp status command in Privileged EXEC mode to show the status of the Simple
Network Time Protocol (SNTP).
Syntax
show sntp status
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example shows the status of the SNTP.
console#show sntp status
126
Clock Commands
Unicast servers:
server
status
Last response
---------
-----------
--------------------------
sntp authenticate
Use the sntp authenticate command in Global Configuration mode to require server
authentication for received Network Time Protocol (NTP) traffic. To disable the feature, use the
no form of this command.
Syntax
sntp authenticate
no sntp authenticate
Default Configuration
No authentication.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The command is relevant for both Unicast and Broadcast.
Example
The following example, after defining the authentication key for SNTP, grants authentication.
console(config)# sntp authentication-key 8 md5 ClkKey
console(config)# sntp trusted-key 8
console(config)# sntp authenticate
sntp authentication-key
Use the sntp authentication-key command in Global Configuration mode to define an
authentication key for Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP). To remove the authentication key
for SNTP, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
sntp authentication-key key-number md5 value
no sntp authentication-key number
Clock Commands
127
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
key-number— number (Range: 1 - 4294967295)
•
value— value (Range: 1-8 characters)
Default value
No authentication is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples define the authentication key for SNTP.
console(config)# sntp authentication-key 8 md5 ClkKey
console(config)# sntp trusted-key 8
console(config)# sntp authenticate
sntp broadcast client enable
Use the sntp broadcast client enable command in Global Configuration mode to enable a Simple
Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Broadcast client. To disable an SNTP Broadcast client, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
sntp broadcast client enable
no sntp broadcast client enable
Default Configuration
The SNTP Broadcast client is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables a Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) Broadcast client.
console(config)# sntp broadcast client enable
128
Clock Commands
sntp client poll timer
Use the sntp client poll timer command in Global Configuration mode to set the polling time for
the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) client. To return to the default settings, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
sntp client poll timer seconds
no sntp client poll timer
•
seconds — Polling interval. (Range: 64-1024 seconds, in powers of 2)
Default Configuration
The polling interval is 64 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If a user enters a value which is not an exact power of two, the nearest power-of-two value is
applied.
Example
The following example sets the polling time for the Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP)
client to 1024 seconds.
console(config)# sntp client poll timer 1024
sntp server
Use the sntp server command in Global Configuration mode to configure the device to use Simple
Network Time Protocol (SNTP) to request and accept SNTP traffic from a specified server. To
remove a server from the list of SNTP servers, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
sntp server {ip-address | hostname} [priority priority] [poll] [key key-number]
no sntp server ip-address
•
ip-address — IP address of the server.
•
hostname — Hostname of the server. (Range: 1-158 characters)
•
poll — Enables polling.
Clock Commands
129
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
key-number — Authentication key to use when sending packets to this peer.
(Range: 1-4294967295)
•
priority—Priority assigned to the server. (Range: 1-8)
Default Configuration
No servers are defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Up to 8 SNTP servers can be defined.
Use the sntp client enable command in Global Configuration mode to enable unicast clients
globally.
Polling time is determined by the sntp client poll timer <64-1024> global configuration
command.
Example
The following example configures the device to accept Simple Network Time Protocol
(SNTP) traffic from the server at IP address 192.1.1.1.
console(config)# sntp server 192.1.1.1
sntp trusted-key
Use the sntp trusted-key command in Global Configuration mode to authenticate the identity of a
system to which Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) will synchronize. To disable
authentication of the identity of the system, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
sntp trusted-key key-number
no sntp trusted-key key-number
•
key-number — Key number of authentication key to be trusted. (Range: 1 - 4294967295)
Default Configuration
No keys are trusted.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
130
Clock Commands
User Guidelines
This command is relevant for both received Unicast and Broadcast.
Example
The following defines SNTP trusted-key.
console(config)# sntp authentication-key 8 md5 ClkKey
console(config)# sntp trusted-key 8
console(config)# sntp authenticate
sntp unicast client enable
Use the sntp unicast client enable command in Global Configuration mode to enable a client to
use Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) predefined Unicast clients. To disable an SNTP
Unicast client, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
sntp unicast client enable
no sntp unicast client enable
Default Configuration
The SNTP Unicast client is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use the sntp server command to define SNTP servers.
Examples
The following example enables the device to use Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP) to
request and accept SNTP traffic from servers.
console(config)# sntp unicast client enable
clock timezone hours-offset
Use the clock timezone hours-offset [minutes minutes-offset] [zone acronym] command to set the
offset to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). If the optional parameters are not specified, they will
be read as either '0' or '\0, as appropriate.
Clock Commands
131
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
clock timezone hours-offset [minutes minutes-offset] [zone acronym]
•
hours-offset—Hours difference from UTC. (Range: –12 to +13)
•
minutes-offset—Minutes difference from UTC. (Range: 0–59)
•
acronym—The acronym for the time zone. (Range: Up to four characters)
Command Mode
Global Configuration
Default Value
No default setting
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config)#clock timezone -5 minutes 30 zone IST
no clock timezone
Use the no clock timezone command to reset the time zone settings.
Syntax
no clock timezone
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration
User Guidelines
This command has no specific user guidelines.
Example
console(config)#no clock timezone
132
Clock Commands
clock summer-time recurring
Use the clock summer-time recurring {usa | eu | {week day month hh:mm week day month
hh:mm}} [offset offset] [zone acronym] command to set the summertime offset to UTC
recursively every year. If the optional parameters are not specified, they are read as either '0' or '\0',
as appropriate.
Syntax
clock summer-time recurring {usa | eu | {week day month hh:mm week day month hh:mm}}
[offset offset] [zone acronym]
•
week—Week of the month. (Range: 1–5, first, last)
•
day—Day of the week. (Range: The first three letters by name; sun, for example.)
•
month—Month. (Range: The first three letters by name; jan, for example.)
•
hh:mm—Time in 24-hour format in hours and minutes. (Range: hh: 0–23, mm: 0–59)
•
offset—Number of minutes to add during the summertime. (Range:1–1440)
•
acronym—The acronym for the time zone to be displayed when summertime is in effect.
(Range: Up to four characters)
Default Value
No default setting
Command Mode
Global Configuration
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Examples
console(config)# clock summer-time recurring 1 sun jan 00:10 2 mon
mar 10:00 offset 1 zone ABC
clock summer-time date
Use the clock summer-time date {date|month} {month|date} year hh:mm {date|month}
{month|date} year hh:mm [offset offset] [zone acronym] command to set the summertime offset
to UTC. If the optional parameters are not specified, they are read as either '0' or '\0', as appropriate.
Syntax
clock summer-time date {date|month} {month|date} year hh:mm {date|month}
{month|date} year hh:mm [offset offset] [zone acronym]
Clock Commands
133
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
date—Day of the month. (Range: 1–31)
•
month—Month. (Range: The first three letters by name; jan, for example.)
•
year—Year. (Range: 2000–2097)
•
hh:mm—Time in 24-hour format in hours and minutes. (Range: hh: 0–23, mm: 0–59)
•
offset—Number of minutes to add during the summertime. (Range: 1–1440)
•
acronym—The acronym for the time zone to be displayed when summertime is in effect.
(Range: Up to four characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Examples
console(config)# clock summer-time date 1 Apr 2007 02:00 28 Oct
2007 offset 90 zone EST
or
console(config)# clock summer-time date Apr 1 2007 02:00 Oct 28
2007 offset 90 zone EST
no clock summer-time recurring
Use the no clock summer-time recurring command to reset the recurring summertime
configuration.
Syntax Description
no clock summer-time recurring
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
134
Clock Commands
Example
console(config)#no clock summer-time recurring
show clock
Use the show clock command to display the time and date from the system clock. Use the show
clock detail command to show the time zone and summertime configuration.
Syntax Description
show clock [detail]
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
The following example shows the time and date only.
console# show clock
15:29:03 PDT(UTC-7) Jun 17 2005
Time source is SNTP
The following example shows the time, date, timezone, and summertime configuration.
console# show clock detail
15:29:03 PDT(UTC-7) Jun 17 2005
Time source is SNTP
Time zone:
Acronym is PST
Offset is UTC-7
Summertime:
Acronym is PDT
Recurring every year.
Clock Commands
135
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Begins at first Sunday of April at 2:00.
Ends at last Sunday of October at 2:00.
Offset is 60 minutes.
136
Clock Commands
Denial of Service Commands
dos-control firstfrag
Use the dos-control firstfrag command in Global Configuration mode to enable Minimum TCP
Header Size Denial of Service protection. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is
active for this type of attack. If packets ingress having a TCP Header Size smaller than the
configured value, the packets are dropped.
Syntax
dos-control firstfrag [size]
no dos-control firstfrag
•
size —TCP header size. (Range: 0-255). The default TCP header size is 20. ICMP packet
size is 512.
Default Configuration
Denial of Service is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines a minimum TCP header size of 20. Packets entering with a
smaller header size are dropped.
console(config)#dos-control firstfrag 20
Denial of Service Commands
139
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
dos-control icmp
Use the dos-control icmp command in Global Configuration mode to enable Maximum ICMP
Packet Size Denial of Service protections. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is
active for this type of attack. If ICMP Echo Request (PING) packets ingress having a size greater
than the configured value, the packets are dropped.
Syntax
dos-control icmp [size ]
no dos-control icmp
•
size — Maximum ICMP packet size. (Range: 0-1023). If size is unspecified, the value is
512.
Default Configuration
Denial of Service is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example activates the Maximum ICMP Packet Denial of Service protection
with a maximum packet size of 1023.
console(config)#dos-control icmp 1023
dos-control l4port
Use the dos-control l4port command in Global Configuration mode to enable L4 Port Denial of
Service protection. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of
attack. If packets ingress having Source TCP/UDP Port Number equal to Destination TCP/UDP
Port Number, the packets are dropped.
Syntax
dos-control l4port
no dos-control l4port
Default Configuration
Denial of Service is disabled.
140
Denial of Service Commands
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example activates L4 Port Denial of Service protection.
console(config)#dos-control l4port
dos-control sipdip
Use the dos-control sipdip command in Global Configuration mode to enable Source IP Address
= Destination IP Address (SIP=DIP) Denial of Service protection. If the mode is enabled, Denial
of Service prevention is active for this type of attack. If packets ingress with SIP=DIP, the packets is
dropped if the mode is enabled.
Syntax
dos-control sipdip
no dos-control sipdip
Default Configuration
Denial of Service is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example activates SIP=DIP Denial of Service protection.
console(config)#dos-control sipdip
dos-control tcpflag
Use the dos-control tcpflag command in Global Configuration mode to enable TCP Flag Denial of
Service protections. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this type of
attack. If packets ingress having TCP Flag SYN set and a source port less than 1024, having TCP
Denial of Service Commands
141
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Control Flags set to 0 and TCP Sequence Number set to 0, having TCP Flags FIN, URG, and PSH
set and TCP Sequence Number set to 0, or having TCP Flags SYN and FIN both set, the packets
are dropped.
Syntax
dos-control tcpflag
no dos-control tcpflag
Default Configuration
Denial of Service is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example activates TCP Flag Denial of Service protections.
console(config)#dos-control tcpflag
dos-control tcpfrag
Use the dos-control tcpfrag command in Global Configuration mode to enable TCP Fragment
Denial of Service protection. If the mode is enabled, Denial of Service prevention is active for this
type of attack. If packets ingress having IP Fragment Offset equal to one (1), the packets are
dropped.
Syntax
dos-control tcpfrag
no dos-control tcpfrag
Default Configuration
Denial of Service is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
142
Denial of Service Commands
Example
The following example activates TCP Fragment Denial of Service protection.
console(config)#dos-control tcpfrag
show dos-control
Use the show dos-control command in Privileged EXEC mode to display Denial of Service
configuration information.
Syntax
show dos-control
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays Denial of Service configuration information.
console#show dos-control
SIPDIP Mode.................................... Disable
First Fragment Mode........................ Disable
Min TCP Hdr Size............................ 20
TCP Fragment Mode........................ Disable
TCP Flag Mode................................. Disable
L4 Port Mode.................................... Disable
ICMP Mode...................................... Disable
Max ICMP Pkt Size.......................... 512
Denial of Service Commands
143
144
Denial of Service Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
DHCP Filtering Commands
ip dhcp filtering
Use the ip dhcp filtering command in Global Configuration mode to enable DHCP filtering
globally. To disable DHCP filtering globally, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip dhcp filtering
no ip dhcp filtering
Default Configuration
DHCP Filtering is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to enable DHCP filtering globally.
console(config)#ip dhcp filtering
ip dhcp filtering trust
Use the ip dhcp filtering trust command in Interface Configuration mode to configure an
interface as trusted. Any DHCP response received on a trusted port will be forwarded. To configure
an interface as untrusted, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip dhcp filtering trust
DHCP Filtering Commands
145
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
no ip dhcp filtering trust
Default Configuration
Any DHCP response received on a trusted port will be forwarded.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to configure an interface as trusted for DHCP snooping
purposes.
console(config-if-1/g3)#ip dhcp filtering trust
show ip dhcp filtering
Use the show ip dhcp filtering command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the DHCP snooping
configuration.
Syntax
show ip dhcp filtering
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the DHCP filtering configuration.
console#show ip dhcp filtering
Switch DHCP filtering is enabled
146
Interface
Trusted
--------------------
-------
1/g1
no
DHCP Filtering Commands
1/g6
yes
DHCP Filtering Commands
147
148
DHCP Filtering Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Ethernet Configuration Commands
clear counters
Use the clear counters command in Privileged EXEC mode to clear statistics on an interface.
Syntax
clear counters [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number]
•
interface—Valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is: unit/port
•
port-channel-number—Valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In the following example, the counters for port 1/g1 are cleared.
console#clear counters ethernet 1/g1
description
Use the description command in Interface Configuration mode to add a description to an
interface. To remove the description use the no form of this command.
Syntax
description string
no description
Ethernet Configuration Commands
149
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
string—Comment or a description of the port attached to this interface. (Range: 1 to 64
characters)
Default Configuration
By default, the interface does not have a description.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example adds a description to the Ethernet port 5.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)# description RD_SW#3
duplex
Use the duplex command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the full/half duplex
operation of a given Ethernet interface when not using auto-negotiation. To restore the default, use
the no form of this command.
Syntax
duplex {half | full}
no duplex
•
half—Force half-duplex operation
•
full—Force full-duplex operation
Default Configuration
The interface is set to full duplex.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
Ports that are set for 1000 Mbps operation can not be set for half duplex operation.
150
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Example
The following example configures the duplex operation of Ethernet port 5 to force full duplex
operation.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)# duplex full
flowcontrol
Use the flowcontrol command in Global Configuration mode to configure the flow control. To
disable flow control, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
flowcontrol
no flowcontrol
Default Configuration
Flow Control is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In the following example, flow control is enabled.
console(config)# flowcontrol
interface ethernet
Use the interface ethernet command in Global Configuration mode to enter the interface
configuration mode to configure an Ethernet type interface.
Syntax
interface ethernet interface
•
interface—Valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Ethernet Configuration Commands
151
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables port 5/g18 for configuration.
console(config)# interface ethernet 5/g18
interface range ethernet
Use the interface range ethernet command in Global Configuration mode to execute a command
on multiple ports at the same time.
Syntax
interface range ethernet {port-range | all}
•
port-range—List of valid ports to configure. Separate non consecutive ports with a
comma and no spaces; use a hyphen to designate a range of ports. For more detailed
information, refer to the Operating on Multiple Objects (Range) discussion in the Using
the CLI chapter.
•
all—All Ethernet ports.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Commands under the interface range context are executed independently on each active
interface in the range. If the command returns an error on one of the active interfaces, it does
not stop executing commands on other active interfaces.
Example
The following example shows how ports 5/g18 to 5/g20 and ports 3/g1 to g24 are grouped to
receive the same command.
console(config)# interface range ethernet 5/g18-5/g20,3/g1-3/g24
console(config-if)#
152
Ethernet Configuration Commands
mdix
Use the mdix command in Interface Configuration mode to enable cable crossover on a given
interface. To disable crossover, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
mdix {on | auto}
no mdix
•
on—Manual mdix
•
auto—Auto mdi/mdix
Default Configuration
Automatic crossover is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In the following example, automatic crossover is enabled on gigabit Ethernet port 5 of unit 1.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)# mdix auto
mtu
Use the mtu command in Interface Configuration mode to enable jumbo frames on an interface by
adjusting the maximum size of a packet. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
mtu bytes
no mtu
•
bytes —Number of bytes (Range: 1518-9216)
Default Configuration
The default number of bytes is 1518 (1522 bytes of VLAN-tagged frames).
Ethernet Configuration Commands
153
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
The value set allows an additional four bytes for the VLAN tag.
Example
The following example of the mtu command increases maximum packet size to 9216 bytes.
console(config-if-1/g5)#mtu 9216
negotiation
Use the negotiation command in Interface Configuration mode to enable auto-negotiation
operation for the speed and duplex parameters of a given interface. To disable negotiation, use the
no form of this command.
Syntax
negotiation [capability1 [capability2…capability5]]
no negotiation
•
capabilities—Specifies capabilities to advertise.
(Possible values: 10h, 10f, 100h, 100f and 1000f)
Default Configuration
If unspecified, defaults to list of all capabilities of the port.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
Entering the command negotiation with no parameters enables all capabilities. Note that if
you have previously entered negotiation with capabilities, this action overwrites the previous
configuration so that all capabilities are enabled.
Example
The following example enables auto negotiations on gigabit Ethernet port 5 of unit 1.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)#negotiation
154
Ethernet Configuration Commands
show interfaces advertise
Use the show interfaces advertise command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information
about auto-negotiation advertisement.
Syntax
show interfaces advertise [ethernet interface ]
interface—A valid Ethernet port.
•
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following examples display information about auto negotiation advertisement.
console#show interfaces advertise
Port
Type
Neg
Operational Link Advertisement
----
----
---
------------------------------
1/g2
1G-Copper
Enable
1000f, 100f, 100h, 10f, 10h
1/g2
1G-Copper
Enable
1000f
console# show interfaces advertise ethernet 1/g1
Port: Ethernet 1/g1
Type: 1G-Copper
Link state: Up
Auto negotiation: enabled
10h 10f 100h 100f 1000f
Admin Local Link ------ ------ ------ ------ -----Advertisement yes
yes
yes
yes
no
Ethernet Configuration Commands
155
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show interfaces configuration
Use the show interfaces configuration command in User EXEC mode to display the configuration
for all configured interfaces.
Syntax
show interfaces configuration [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number ]
•
interface—Valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number—Valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no use guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the configuration for all configured interfaces:
console>show interfaces configuration
Port
Type
Duplex
Speed
Neg
Admin
Mode
State
-----
-----
-----------------
------
-------
----
----
1/g1
Gigabit - Level
Full
100
Auto
Auto
Up
1/g2
Gigabit - Level
Full
100
Auto
Auto
Up
1/g3
Gigabit - Level
Full
100
Auto
Auto
Up
The displayed port configuration information includes the following:
156
MDIX
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Field
Description
Port
The port number.
Port Type
The port designated IEEE shorthand identifier. For example 1000Base-T refers
to 1000 Mbps baseband signaling including both Tx and Rx transmissions.
Duplex
Displays the port Duplex status.
Speed
Refers to the port speed.
Neg
Describes the Auto-negotiation status.
MDIX Mode
Displays the Auto-crossover status.
Admin State
Displays whether the port is enabled or disabled.
show interfaces counters
Use the show interfaces counters command in User EXEC mode to display traffic seen by the
interface.
Syntax
show interfaces counters [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number]
•
interface—A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number—A valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays traffic seen by the physical interface:
console>show interfaces counters
Port
InOctets
InUcastPkts
----
----------
---------
1/g1
183892
1289
Ethernet Configuration Commands
157
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
3/g1
123899
1788
Port
OutOctets
OutUcastPkts
----
----------
---------
1/g1
9188
9
2/g1
0
0
3/g1
8789
27
Ch
InOctets
InUcastPkts
----
----------
---------
1
27889
928
Ch
OutOctets
OutUcastPkts
----
----------
---------
1
23739
882
The following example displays counters for Ethernet port 1/g1.
console#show interfaces counters ethernet 1/g1
Port
InOctets
InUcastPkts
----
----------
---------
1/g1
183892
1289
Port
OutOctets
OutUcastPkts
----
----------
---------
1/g1
9188
9
Alignment Errors: 17
FCS Errors: 8
Single Collision Frames: 0
Multiple Collision Frames: 0
158
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Deferred Transmissions: 0
Late Collisions: 0
Excessive Collisions: 0
Oversize Packets: 0
Internal MAC Rx Errors: 0
Received Pause Frames: 0
Transmitted Pause Frames: 0
The following table describes the fields shown in the display:
Field
Description
InOctets
Counted received octets.
InUcastPkts
Counted received Unicast packets.
InMcastPkts
Counted received Multicast packets.
InBcastPkts
Counted received Broadcast packets.
OutOctets
Counted transmitted octets.
OutUcastPkts
Counted transmitted Unicast packets.
OutMcastPkts
Counted transmitted Multicast packets.
OutBcastPkts
Counted transmitted Broadcast packets.
Alignment Errors
A count of frames received that are not an integral number of octets in
length and do not pass the FCS check.
FCS Errors
Counted frames received that are an integral number of octets in length
but do not pass the FCS check.
Single Collision Frames
Counted frames that are involved in a single collision, and are
subsequently transmitted successfully.
Multiple Collision Frames
A count of frames that are involved in a multiple collision, and are
subsequently transmitted successfully
Deferred
A count of frames for which the first transmission attempt is delayed
because the medium is busy
Transmissions
Late Collisions
Counted times that a collision is detected later than one slot time into
the transmission of a packet.
Excessive Collisions
Counted frames for which transmission fails due to excessive collisions.
Oversize Packets
Counted frames received that exceed the maximum permitted frame
size.
Internal MAC Rx Errors
A count of frames for which reception fails due to an internal MAC
sublayer receive error.
Ethernet Configuration Commands
159
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Field
Description
Received Pause Frames
A count of MAC Control frames received with an opcode indicating the
PAUSE operation.
Transmitted Pause Frames
Counted MAC Control frames transmitted on this interface with an
opcode indicating the PAUSE operation.
show interfaces description
Use the show interfaces description command in User EXEC mode to display the description for
all configured interfaces.
Syntax
show interfaces description [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number]
•
interface—Valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number—A valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Modes
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the description for the interface 1/g1.
console>show interfaces description
Port Description
---- ----------------------------------------------------------1/g1 Port that should be used for management only
2/g1
2/g2
160
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Ch
Description
----
-----------
1
Output
show interfaces status
Use the show interfaces status command in User EXEC mode to display the status for all
configured interfaces.
Syntax
show interfaces status [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number ]
•
interface—A valid Ethernet port.
•
port-channel-number—A valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the status for all configured interfaces.
console>show interfaces status
Port
Type
Duplex
Speed
Neg
MDIX
Link
Mode
State
----
----------
------
-----
----
----
-----
1/g1
1G-Combo-c
Full
100
Auto
on
Up
2/g1
100-Copper
Full
100
Off
off
Down*
2/g2
1G-Fiber
Full
1000
Off
on
Up
Ch
Type
Neg
Link
Duplex
Speed
Ethernet Configuration Commands
161
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
State
----
----
------
-----
----
-----
1
1000
Full
1000
Off
Up
*: The interface was suspended by the system.
The displayed port status information includes the following:
Field
Description
Port
The port number.
Type
The port designated IEEE shorthand identifier. For example 1000Base-T refers
to 1000 Mbps baseband signaling including both Tx and Rx transmissions.
Duplex
Displays the port Duplex status.
Speed
Refers to the port speed.
Neg
Describes the Auto-negotiation status.
MDIX Mode
Displays the Auto-crossover status.
Link State
Displays the Link Aggregation status.
show statistics ethernet
Use the show statistics ethernet command in Privileged EXEC mode to display detailed statistics
for a specific port or for the entire switch.
Syntax
show statistics ethernet { / | switchport }
•
/—Displays statistics for a valid unit/port:
—Physical switch identifier within the stack. Values are 1-12.
— Values are g for gigabit Ethernet port, or xg for 10 gigabit Ethernet port.
—port number. Values are 1-24 or 1-48 in the case of port_type g, and 1-4 for
port_type xg.
Example: xg2 is the 10 gigabit Ethernet port 2.
•
switchport—Displays statistics for the entire switch.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
162
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples show statistics for port 1/g1 and for the entire switch.
console#show statistics ethernet 1/g1
Total Packets Received (Octets)................ 779533115
Packets Received 64 Octets..................... 48950
Packets Received 65-127 Octets................. 482426
Packets Received 128-255 Octets................ 101084
Packets Received 256-511 Octets................ 163671
Packets Received 512-1023 Octets............... 4824
Packets Received 1024-1518 Octets.............. 479543
Packets Received > 1522 Octets................. 0
Packets RX and TX 64 Octets.................... 94516
Packets RX and TX 65-127 Octets................ 483312
Packets RX and TX 128-255 Octets............... 101329
Packets RX and TX 256-511 Octets............... 163696
Packets RX and TX 512-1023 Octets.............. 4982
Packets RX and TX 1024-1518 Octets............. 479845
Packets RX and TX 1519-1522 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 1523-2047 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 2048-4095 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 4096-9216 Octets............. 0
Total Packets Received Without Errors.......... 1280498
Unicast Packets Received....................... 1155457
Multicast Packets Received..................... 48339
Ethernet Configuration Commands
163
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
--More-- or (q)uit
Broadcast Packets Received..................... 76702
Total Packets Received with MAC Errors......... 0
Jabbers Received............................... 0
Fragments/Undersize Received................... 0
Alignment Errors............................... 0
FCS Errors..................................... 0
Overruns....................................... 0
Total Received Packets Not Forwarded........... 91
Local Traffic Frames........................... 0
802.3x Pause Frames Received................... 0
Unacceptable Frame Type........................ 91
Multicast Tree Viable Discards................. 0
Reserved Address Discards...................... 0
Broadcast Storm Recovery....................... 0
CFI Discards................................... 0
Upstream Threshold............................. 0
Total Packets Transmitted (Octets)............. 3604988
Packets Transmitted 64 Octets.................. 45566
Packets Transmitted 65-127 Octets.............. 886
Packets Transmitted 128-255 Octets............. 245
--More-- or (q)uit
Packets Transmitted 256-511 Octets............. 25
Packets Transmitted 512-1023 Octets............ 158
Packets Transmitted 1024-1518 Octets........... 302
Max Frame Size................................. 1518
Total Packets Transmitted Successfully......... 47182
Unicast Packets Transmitted.................... 2746
Multicast Packets Transmitted.................. 44432
164
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Broadcast Packets Transmitted.................. 4
Total Transmit Errors.......................... 0
FCS Errors..................................... 0
Tx Oversized................................... 0
Underrun Errors................................ 0
Total Transmit Packets Discarded............... 0
Single Collision Frames........................ 0
Multiple Collision Frames...................... 0
Excessive Collision Frames..................... 0
Port Membership Discards....................... 0
802.3x Pause Frames Transmitted................ 0
GVRP PDUs received............................. 0
--More-- or (q)uit
GVRP PDUs Transmitted.......................... 0
GVRP Failed Registrations...................... 0
BPDU: sent 44432, received 0
EAPOL Frames Transmitted....................... 0
EAPOL Start Frames Received.................... 0
Time Since Counters Last Cleared............... 1 day 0 hr 41 min
44 sec
console#show statistics ethernet switchport
Total Packets Received (Octets)................ 16877295
Unicast Packets Received....................... 1608
Multicast Packets Received..................... 48339
Broadcast Packets Received..................... 69535
Receive Packets Discarded...................... 0
Octets Transmitted............................. 6451988
Ethernet Configuration Commands
165
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Packets Transmitted Without Errors............. 91652
Unicast Packets Transmitted.................... 2746
Multicast Packets Transmitted.................. 88892
Broadcast Packets Transmitted.................. 14
Transmit Packets Discarded..................... 0
--More-- or (q)uit
Most Address Entries Ever Used................. 141
Address Entries Currently in Use............... 124
Maximum VLAN Entries........................... 1024
Most VLAN Entries Ever Used.................... 6
Static VLAN Entries............................ 6
Dynamic VLAN Entries........................... 0
VLAN Deletes................................... 0
Time Since Counters Last Cleared............... 1 day 0 hr 42 min
13 sec
console#
show storm-control
Use the show storm-control command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the configuration of
storm control.
Syntax
show storm-control [all |interface]
•
interface—Valid Ethernet port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
166
Ethernet Configuration Commands
Examples
The following example shows storm control configurations for all valid Ethernet ports. The second
example shows flow control mode status.
console#show storm-control all
Intf
Bcast
Bcast
Mcast
Mcast
Ucast
Ucast
Mode
Level
Mode
Level
Mode
Level
------ ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------1/g1
Disable 5
Disable 5
Disable 5
1/g2
Disable 5
Disable 5
Disable 5
1/g3
Disable 5
Disable 5
Disable 5
1/g4
Disable 5
Disable 5
Disable 5
console#show storm-control
802.3x Flow Control Mode....................... Disable
shutdown
Use the shutdown command in Interface Configuration mode to disable an interface. To restart a
disabled interface, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
shutdown
no shutdown
Default Configuration
The interface is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example disables Ethernet port 1/g5.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)# shutdown
Ethernet Configuration Commands
167
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following example re-enables ethernet port 1/g5.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)# no shutdown
speed
Use the speed command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the speed of a given
Ethernet interface when not using auto-negotiation. To restore the default, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
speed [10 | 100 | 1000]
no speed
•
10—Configures the port to 10 Mbps operation.
•
100—Configures the port to 100 Mbps operation.
•
1000—Configures the port to 1000 Mbps operation.
Default Configuration
This command has no default setting.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the speed operation of Ethernet port 1/g5 to force 100Mbps operation.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)#speed 100
168
Ethernet Configuration Commands
storm-control broadcast
Use the storm-control broadcast command in Interface Configuration mode to enable broadcast
storm recovery mode for a specific interface. If the mode is enabled, broadcast storm recovery is
active, and if the rate of L2 broadcast traffic ingressing on an interface increases beyond the
configured threshold, the traffic will be dropped. Therefore, the rate of broadcast traffic will be
limited to the configured threshold.
Syntax
storm-control broadcast [level rate]
no storm-control broadcast
•
rate—Percentage of port bandwidth to allow. (Range: 0-100)
Default Configuration
The default value is 5.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-if-1/g1)#storm-control broadcast level 5
storm-control multicast
Use the storm-control multicast command in Interface Configuration mode to enable multicast
storm recovery mode for an interface. If the mode is enabled, multicast storm recovery is active,
and if the rate of L2 multicast traffic ingressing on an interface increases beyond the configured
threshold, the traffic will be dropped. Therefore, the rate of multicast traffic will be limited to the
configured threshold.
Syntax
storm-control multicast [level rate]
no storm-control multicast
•
rate—Maximum packets per second of multicast traffic on a port. (Range: 0-100)
Default Configuration
The default value is 5.
Ethernet Configuration Commands
169
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-if-1/g1)#storm-control multicast level 5
storm-control unicast
Use the storm-control unicast command in Interface Configuration mode to enable unknown
unicast storm control for an interface. If the mode is enabled, unicast storm recovery is active, and
if the rate of unknown L2 unicast (destination lookup failure) traffic ingressing on an interface
increases beyond the configured threshold, the traffic will be dropped. Therefore, the rate of
unknown unicast traffic will be limited to the configured threshold.
Syntax
storm-control unicast [level rate]
no storm-control unicast
•
rate—Maximum packets per second of unicast traffic on a port. (Range: 0-100)
Default Configuration
The default value is 5.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-if-1/g1)#storm-control unicast level 5
170
Ethernet Configuration Commands
GVRP Commands
clear gvrp statistics
Use the clear gvrp statistics command in Privileged EXEC mode to clear all the GVRP statistics
information.
Syntax
clear gvrp statistics [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number]
•
interface—A valid Ethernet interface.
•
port-channel-number—A valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example clears all the GVRP statistics information on port 1/g8.
console# clear gvrp statistics ethernet 1/g8
garp timer
Use the garp timer command in Interface Configuration mode to adjust the GARP application
join, leave, and leaveall GARP timer values. To reset the timer to default values, use the no form of
this command.
Syntax
garp timer {join | leave | leaveall} timer_value
GVRP Commands
173
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
no garp timer
•
join—Indicates the time in centiseconds that PDUs are transmitted.
•
leave—Indicates the time in centiseconds that the device waits before leaving its GARP
state.
•
leaveall—Used to confirm the port within the VLAN. The time is the interval between
messages sent, measured in centiseconds.
•
timer_value—Timer values in centiseconds. The range is 10-100 for join, 30-600 for leave,
and 200-6000 for leaveall.
Default Configuration
The default timer values are as follows:
•
Join timer—20 centiseconds
•
Leave timer—60 centiseconds
•
Leaveall timer—1000 centiseconds
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
The following relationships for the various timer values must be maintained:
•
Leave time must be greater than or equal to three times the join time.
•
Leaveall time must be greater than the leave time.
Set the same GARP timer values on all Layer 2-connected devices. If the GARP timers are set
differently on Layer 2-connected devices, the GARP application will not operate successfully.
The timer_value setting must be a multiple of 10.
Example
The following example sets the leave timer for port 1/g8 to 90 centiseconds.
console (config)# interface ethernet 1/g8
console (config-if-1/g8)# garp timer leave 90
gvrp enable (global)
Use the gvrp enable (global) command in Global Configuration mode to enable GVRP globally on
the switch. To disable GVRP globally on the switch, use the no form of this command.
174
GVRP Commands
Syntax
gvrp enable
no gvrp enable
Default Configuration
GVRP is globally disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example globally enables GVRP on the device.
console(config)#gvrp enable
gvrp enable (interface)
Use the gvrp enable command in Interface Configuration mode to enable GVRP on an interface.
To disable GVRP on an interface, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
gvrp enable
no gvrp enable
Default Configuration
GVRP is disabled on all interfaces by default.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
An Access port cannot join dynamically to a VLAN because it is always a member of only one
VLAN.
Membership in untagged VLAN would be propagated in a same way as a tagged VLAN. In
such cases it is the administrator’s responsibility to set the PVID to be the untagged VLAN
VID.
GVRP Commands
175
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example enables GVRP on ethernet 1/g8.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#gvrp enable
gvrp registration-forbid
Use the gvrp registration-forbid command in Interface Configuration mode to deregister all
VLANs on a port and prevent any dynamic registration on the port. To allow dynamic registering
for VLANs on a port, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
gvrp registration-forbid
no gvrp registration-forbid
Default Configuration
Dynamic registering and deregistering for each VLAN on the port is not forbidden.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how default dynamic registering and deregistering is forbidden
for each VLAN on port 1/g8.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#gvrp registration-forbid
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
Use the gvrp vlan-creation-forbid command in Interface Configuration mode to disable dynamic
VLAN creation. To disable dynamic VLAN creation, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
no gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
176
GVRP Commands
Default Configuration
By default, dynamic VLAN creation is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example disables dynamic VLAN creation on port 1/g8.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#gvrp vlan-creation-forbid
show gvrp configuration
Use the show gvrp configuration command in Privileged EXEC mode to display GVRP
configuration information. Timer values are displayed. Other data shows whether GVRP is enabled
and which ports are running GVRP.
Syntax
show gvrp configuration [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number]
•
interface—A valid Ethernet interface.
•
port-channel-number—A valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to display GVRP configuration information:
GVRP Commands
177
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
console# show gvrp configuration
Join
Leave
Timer
Timer
Timer
(centisecs)
(centisecs)
(centisecs)
-----------
-----------
-----------
Interface
-----------
LeaveAll
Port
GVRP Mode
-----------
1/g1
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g2
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g3
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g4
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g5
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g6
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g7
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g8
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g9
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g10
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g11
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g12
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g13
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g14
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g15
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g16
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g17
20
60
1000
Disabled
1/g18
20
60
1000
Disabled
show gvrp error-statistics
Use the show gvrp error-statistics command in User EXEC mode to display GVRP error statistics.
Syntax
show gvrp error-statistics [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number]
•
178
interface—A valid Ethernet interface.
GVRP Commands
•
port-channel-number—A valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays GVRP error statistics information.
console>show gvrp error-statistics
GVRP error statistics:
---------------Legend:
INVPROT: Invalid Protocol Id
INVATYP: Invalid Attribute Type
INVALEN: Invalid Attribute Length INVAVAL: Invalid Attribute Value
INVEVENT: Invalid Event
Port INVPROT
INVATYP
INVAVAL
INVALEN
INVEVENT
---- -------
-------
-------
-------
--------
1/g1
0
0
0
0
0
1/g2
0
0
0
0
0
1/g3
0
0
0
0
0
1/g4
0
0
0
0
0
show gvrp statistics
Use the show gvrp statistics command in User EXEC mode to display GVRP statistics.
GVRP Commands
179
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show gvrp statistics [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number]
•
interface—A valid Ethernet interface.
•
port-channel-number—A valid port channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
This example shows output of the show gvrp statistics command.
console>show gvrp statistics
GVRP statistics:
-----------------------------Legend:
rJE
180
: Join Empty Received
rJIn : Join In Received
rEmp : Empty Received
rLIn : Leave In Received
rLE
: Leave Empty Received
rLA
sJE
: Join Empty Sent
JIn : Join In Sent
: Leave All Received
sEmp : Empty Sent
sLIn : Leave In Sent
sLE
sLA
: Leave Empty Sent
: Leave All Sent
Port
rJE
rJIn
rEmp
rLIn
rLE
rLA
sJE
sJIn
sEmp
sLIn
sLE
----
---
----
----
----
---
---
---
---
---
----
---- ---
1/g1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/g2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/g3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/g4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
GVRP Commands
sLA
1/g5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/g6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/g7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1/g8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
GVRP Commands
181
182
GVRP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
IGMP Snooping Commands
ip igmp snooping (global)
Use the ip igmp snooping command in Global Configuration mode to globally enable Internet
Group Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping [vlan-id]
no ip igmp snooping
Default Configuration
IGMP snooping is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
IGMP snooping is enabled on static VLANs only and is not enabled on Private VLANs or their
community VLANs.
Example
The following example enables IGMP snooping.
console(config)# ip igmp snooping
ip igmp snooping (interface)
Use the ip igmp snooping command in Interface Configuration mode to enable Internet Group
Management Protocol (IGMP) snooping on a specific interface. To disable IGMP snooping on an
Ethernet interface, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping
IGMP Snooping Commands
183
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
no ip igmp snooping
Default Configuration
IGMP snooping is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
IGMP snooping can be enabled on Ethernet interfaces.
Example
The following example enables IGMP snooping.
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip igmp snooping
ip igmp snooping host-time-out
Use the ip igmp snooping host-time-out command in Interface Configuration mode to configure
the host-time-out. If an IGMP report for a Multicast group is not received for a host time-out
period from a specific port, this port is deleted from the member list of that Multicast group. To
reset to the default host time-out, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping host-time-out time-out
no ip igmp snooping host-time-out
•
time-out—Host timeout in seconds. (Range: 1 - 2147483647)
Default Configuration
The default host-time-out is 260 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The timeout should be more than sum of response time and twice the query interval.
Example
The following example configures the host timeout to 300 seconds.
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip igmp snooping host-time-out 300
184
IGMP Snooping Commands
ip igmp snooping leave-time-out
Use the ip igmp snooping leave-time-out command in Interface Configuration mode to configure
the leave-time-out. If an IGMP report for a Multicast group is not received within the leave-timeout period after an IGMP leave was received from a specific port, the current port is deleted from
the member list of that Multicast group. To configure the default leave-time-out, use the no form
of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping leave-time-out [time-out | immediate-leave]
no ip igmp snooping leave-time-out
•
time-out—Specifies the leave-time-out in seconds. (Range: 0 - 2147483647)
•
immediate-leave—Specifies that the port should be removed immediately from the
members list after receiving IGMP Leave.
Default Configuration
The default leave-time-out configuration is 10 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The leave timeout should be set greater than the maximum time that a host is allowed to
respond to an IGMP Query.
Use immediate leave only where there is only one host connected to a port.
Example
The following example configures the host leave-time-out to 60 seconds.
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip igmp snooping leave-time-out 60
ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out
Use the ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the mrouter-time-out. This command is used for setting the aging-out time after
Multicast router ports are automatically learned. To reset to the default mrouter-time-out, use the
no form of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out time-out
no ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out
IGMP Snooping Commands
185
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
time-out—mrouter timeout in seconds for IGMP. (Range: 1 - 2147483647)
Default Configuration
The default value is 300 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the mrouter timeout to 200 seconds.
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip igmp snooping mrouter-time-out 200
show ip igmp snooping groups
Use the show ip igmp snooping groups command in User EXEC mode to display the Multicast
groups learned by IGMP snooping.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping groups [vlan vlan-id] [address ip-multicast-address]
•
vlan_id—Specifies a VLAN ID value.
•
ip-multicast-address—Specifies an IP Multicast address.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
To see the full Multicast address table (including static addresses) use the show bridge
address-table command.
Example
The example shows Multicast groups learned by IGMP snooping for all VLANs.
console>show ip igmp snooping groups
186
Vlan
IP Address
----
-----------
IGMP Snooping Commands
Ports
-------
1
224-239.130|2.2.3
1/g1, 2/g2
19
224-239.130|2.2.8
1/g9-g11
IGMP Reporters that are forbidden statically:
--------------------------------------------Vlan
IP Address
----
------------------
1
224-239.130|2.2.3
Ports
------------------1/g19
show ip igmp snooping interface
Use the show ip igmp snooping interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
IGMP snooping configuration.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping interface interface {ethernet interface | port-channel port-channelnumber}
•
interface—Valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is unit/port.
•
port-channel-number—Valid port-channel index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The example displays IGMP snooping information.
console#show ip igmp snooping interface 1/g1
Slot/Port...................................... 1/g1
IGMP Snooping Admin Mode....................... Disabled
Fast Leave Mode................................ Disabled
Group Membership Interval...................... 260
IGMP Snooping Commands
187
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Max Response Time.............................. 10
Multicast Router Present Expiration Time....... 300
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Use the show ip igmp snooping mrouter command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
information on dynamically learned Multicast router interfaces.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping mrouter
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows IGMP snooping mrouter information.
console#show igmp snooping mrouter
Port........................................1/g1
188
IGMP Snooping Commands
ip igmp snooping (VLAN)
Use the ip igmp snooping command in VLAN Configuration mode to enable IGMP snooping on a
particular interface or on all interfaces participating in a VLAN. To disable IGMP snooping use the
no form of this command.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping vlan-id
no ip igmp snooping
Default Configuration
IGMP snooping is disabled on VLAN interfaces by default.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables IGMP snooping on VLAN 2.
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp snooping 2
ip igmp snooping fast-leave
This command enables or disables IGMP Snooping fast-leave mode on a selected VLAN. Enabling
fast-leave allows the switch to immediately remove the layer 2 LAN interface from its forwarding
table entry upon receiving an IGMP leave message for that multicast group without first sending
out MAC-based general queries to the interface. The no form of this command disables IGMP
Snooping fast-leave mode on a VLAN.
You should enable fast-leave admin mode only on VLANs where only one host is connected to each
layer 2 LAN port. This setting prevents the inadvertent dropping of the other hosts that were
connected to the same layer 2 LAN port but were still interested in receiving multicast traffic
directed to that group. Also, fast-leave processing is supported only with IGMP version 2 hosts.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping fast-leave vlan-id
no ip igmp snooping fast-leave
•
vlan id—Number assigned to the VLAN.
IGMP Snooping Commands
189
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
IGMP snooping fast-leave mode is disabled on VLANs by default.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables IGMP snooping fast-leave mode on VLAN 2.
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp snooping fast-leave 2
ip igmp snooping groupmembership-interval
This command sets the IGMP Group Membership Interval time on a VLAN. The Group
Membership Interval time is the amount of time in seconds that a switch waits for a report from a
particular group on a particular interface before deleting the interface from the entry. This value
must be greater than the IGMPv3 Maximum Response time value. The range is 2 to 3600 seconds.
The no form of this command sets the IGMPv3 Group Membership Interval time to the default
value.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping groupmembership-interval vlan-id seconds
no ip igmp snooping groupmembership-interval
•
vlan-id —Number assigned to the VLAN
•
seconds—IGMP group membership interval time in seconds. (Range: 1-2147483647)
Default Configuration
The default group membership interval time is 260 seconds.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures an IGMP snooping group membership interval of 520
seconds.
190
IGMP Snooping Commands
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp snooping groupmembership-interval 2
520
ip igmp snooping maxresponse
This command sets the IGMP Maximum Response time on a particular VLAN. The Maximum
Response time is the amount of time in seconds that a switch will wait after sending a query on an
interface because it did not receive a report for a particular group in that interface. This value must
be less than the IGMP Query Interval time value. The range is 1 to 3599 seconds. The no form of
this command sets the maximum response time on the VLAN to the default value.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping maxresponse vlan-id seconds
no ip igmp snooping maxresponse vlan-id
•
vlan-id —Number assigned to the VLAN.
•
seconds—IGMP Maximum response time in seconds. (Range: 1-3174)
Default Configuration
The default maximum response time is 10 seconds.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
When using IGMP Snooping Querier, this parameter should be less than the value for the
IGMP Snooping Querier query interval.
Example
The following example sets the maximum response time to 60 seconds on VLAN 2.
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp snooping maxresponse 2 60
ip igmp snooping mcrtrexpiretime
This command sets the Multicast Router Present Expiration time. The time is set on a particular
VLAN. This is the amount of time in seconds that a switch waits for a query to be received on an
interface before the interface is removed from the list of interfaces with multicast routers attached.
The range is 0 to 3600 seconds. A value of 0 indicates an infinite time-out (no expiration). The no
form of this command sets the Multicast Router Present Expiration time to 0. The time is set for a
particular VLAN.
IGMP Snooping Commands
191
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip igmp snooping mcrtexpiretime vlan-id seconds
no ip igmp mcrtexpiretime vlan-id
•
vlan id—Number assigned to the VLAN
•
seconds—Multicast router present expiration time. (Range: 1-2147483647)
Default Configuration
The default multicast router present expiration time is 0 seconds.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the multicast router present expiration time on VLAN 2 to 60
seconds.
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp mcrtexpiretime 2 60
192
IGMP Snooping Commands
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
ip igmp snooping querier
This command enables/disables IGMP Snooping Querier on the system (Global Configuration
mode) or on a VLAN. Using this command, you can specify the IP address that the snooping
querier switch should use as source address when generating periodic queries. The no form of this
command disables IGMP Snooping Querier on the system. Use the optional address parameter to
reset the querier address to 0.0.0.0.
If a VLAN has IGMP Snooping Querier enabled, and IGMP Snooping is operationally disabled on
it, IGMP Snooping Querier functionality is disabled on that VLAN. IGMP Snooping functionality
is re-enabled if IGMP Snooping is operational on the VLAN.
The IGMP Snooping Querier application supports the following activities:
•
Sends periodic general queries on the VLAN to solicit membership reports
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier [vlan-id [address ipv4_address]]
no igmp snooping querier [vlan-id [address]]
•
vlan-id—A valid VLAN number.
•
ipv4_address—An IPv4 address.
Default Configuration
IGMP snooping querier is disabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
195
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example enables IGMP snooping querier in VLAN Configuration mode.
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp snooping querier 1 address 10.19.67.1
196
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
ip igmp snooping querier query-interval
This command sets the IGMP Querier Query Interval time, which is the amount of time in
seconds that the switch waits before sending another general query. The no form of this command
sets the IGMP Querier Query Interval time to its default value.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier query-interval seconds
no ip igmp snooping querier query-interval
•
seconds—Amount of time in seconds that the switch waits before sending another
general query. (Range: 1-1800)
Default Configuration
The query interval default is 60 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The value of this parameter should be larger than the IGMP Snooping Max Response Time.
Example
The following example sets the query interval to 1800:
console(config)#ip igmp snooping querier query_interval 1800
ip igmp snooping querier timer expiry
This command sets the IGMP Querier timer expiration period which is the time period that the
switch remains in Non-Querier mode after it has discovered that there is a Multicast Querier in the
network. The no form of this command sets the IGMP Querier timer expiration period to its
default value.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier timer expiry seconds
no ip igmp snooping querier timer expiry
•
seconds—The time in seconds that the switch remains in Non-Querier mode after it has
discovered that there is a multicast querier in the network
Default Configuration
The query interval default is 60 seconds.
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
197
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the querier timer expiry time to 1800 seconds.
console(config)#ip igmp snooping querier timer expiry 1800
ip igmp snooping querier version
This command sets the IGMP version of the query that the snooping switch is going to send
periodically. The no form of this command sets the IGMP Querier Version to its default value.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier version number
no ip igmp snooping querier version
•
number—IGMP version. (Range: 1–2)
Default Configuration
The querier version default is 2.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the IGMP version of the querier to 1.
console(config)#ip igmp snooping querier version 1
ip igmp snooping querier election participate
This command enables the Snooping Querier to participate in the Querier Election process when
it discovers the presence of another Querier in the VLAN. When this mode is enabled, if the
Snooping Querier finds that the other Querier source address is more than the Snooping Querier
address, it stops sending periodic queries. If the Snooping Querier wins the election, then it
198
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
continues sending periodic queries. The no form of this command sets the snooping querier not to
participate in the querier election but to go into a non-querier mode as soon in as it discovers the
presence of another querier in the same VLAN.
Syntax
ip igmp snooping querier election participate vlan-id
no ip igmp snooping querier election participate vlan-id
Default Configuration
The snooping querier is configured to not participate in the querier election by default.
Command Mode
VLAN Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the snooping querier to participate in the querier election.
console(config-vlan)#ip igmp snooping querier election participate
show igmpsnooping querier
This command displays IGMP Snooping Querier information. Configured information is displayed
whether or not IGMP Snooping Querier is enabled.
When the optional argument vlanid is not used, the command shows the following information:
•
Admin Mode —Indicates whether or not IGMP Snooping Querier is active on the switch.
•
Admin Version— Indicates the version of IGMP that will be used while sending out the
queries.
•
Source IP Address—Shows the IP address that is used in the IPv4 header when sending out
IGMP queries. It can be configured using the appropriate command.
•
Query Interval—Shows the amount of time in seconds that a Snooping Querier waits before
sending out the periodic general query
•
Querier Timeout—Displays the amount of time to wait in the Non-Querier operational state
before moving to a Querier state.
When you specify a value for vlanid, the following additional information appears:
•
VLAN Admin Mode—Indicates whether IGMP Snooping Querier is active on the VLAN.
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
199
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
VLAN Operational State—Indicates whether IGMP Snooping Querier is in the Querier or
Non-Querier state. When the switch is in Querier state it sends out periodic general queries.
When in Non-Querier state it waits for moving to Querier state and does not send out any
queries.
•
VLAN Operational Max Response Time—Indicates the time to wait before removing a Leave
from a host upon receiving a Leave request. This value is calculated dynamically from the
Queries received from the network. If the Snooping Switch is in Querier state, then it is equal
to the configured value.
•
Querier Election Participate—Indicates whether the IGMP Snooping Querier participates in
querier election if it discovers the presence of a querier in the VLAN.
•
Last Querier Address—Indicates the IP address of the most recent Querier from which a
Query was received.
•
Last Querier Version—Indicates the IGMP version of the most recent Querier from which a
Query was received on this VLAN.
•
Elected Querier—Indicates the IP address of the Querier that has been designated as the
Querier based on its source IP address. This field will be 0.0.0.0 when Querier Election
Participate mode is disabled
When the optional argument detail is used, the command shows the global information and the
information for all Querier enabled VLANs.
Syntax
show ip igmp snooping querier [{detail | vlan vlanid}]
•
vlanid —Number assigned to the VLAN.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration
Command Mode
Privileged Exec mode
User Guidelines
Example
The following example shows querier information for VLAN 2.
console#show ip igmp snooping querier vlan 2
200
IGMP Snooping Querier Commands
LACP Commands
lacp port-priority
Use the lacp port-priority command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the priority
value for physical ports. To reset to default priority value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
lacp port-priority value
no lacp port-priority
•
value—Port priority value. (Range: 1 - 65535)
Default Configuration
The default port priority value is 1.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the priority value for port 1/g8 to 247.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#lacp port-priority 247
lacp system-priority
Use the lacp system-priority command in Global Configuration mode to configure the Link
Aggregation system priority. To reset to default, use the no form of this command.
LACP Commands
201
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
lacp system-priority value
no lacp system-priority
•
value—Value of the priority. (Range: 1 - 65535)
Default Configuration
The default system priority value is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the system priority to 120.
console(config)#lacp system-priority 120
lacp timeout
Use the lacp timeout command in Interface Configuration mode to assign an administrative
LACP timeout. To reset the default administrative LACP timeout, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
lacp timeout {long|short}
no lacp timeout
•
long—Specifies a long timeout value.
•
short—Specifies a short timeout value.
Default Configuration
The default port timeout value is long.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
202
LACP Commands
Example
The following example assigns an administrative LACP timeout for port 1/g8 to a long
timeout value.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#lacp timeout long
show lacp ethernet
Use the show lacp ethernet command in Privileged EXEC mode to display LACP information for
Ethernet ports.
Syntax
show lacp ethernet interface [parameters|statistics]
•
Interface—Ethernet interface.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to display LACP Ethernet interface information.
console#show lacp ethernet 1/g1
Port 1/g1 LACP parameters:
Actor
system priority:
1
system mac addr:
00:00:12:34:56:78
port Admin key:
30
port Oper key:
30
port Oper priority:
1
port Admin timeout:
LONG
port Oper timeout:
LONG
LACP Commands
203
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
LACP Activity:
ACTIVE
Aggregation:
AGGREGATABLE
synchronization:
FALSE
collecting:
FALSE
distributing:
FALSE
expired:
FALSE
Partner
system priority:
0
system mac addr:
00:00:00:00:00:00
port Admin key:
0
port Oper key:
0
port Admin priority:
0
port Oper priority:
0
port Oper timeout:
LONG
LACP Activity:
ASSIVE
Aggregation:
AGGREGATABLE
synchronization:
FALSE
collecting:
FALSE
distributing:
FALSE
expired:
FALSE
Port 1/g1 LACP Statistics:
LACP PDUs sent:
2
LACP PDUs received:
2
show lacp port-channel
Use the show lacp port-channel command in Privileged EXEC mode to display LACP information
for a port-channel.
Syntax
show lacp port-channel [port_channel_number]
•
204
port_channel_number—The port-channel number.
LACP Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to display LACP port-channel information.
console#show lacp port-channel 1
Port-Channel 1:Port Type 1000 Ethernet
Actor
System Priority:
MAC Address:
Admin Key:
Oper Key:
Partner
System Priority:
MAC Address:
Oper Key:
1
000285:0E1C00
29
29
0
000000:000000
14
LACP Commands
205
206
LACP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Link Dependency Commands
link-dependency group
Use the link-dependency group command to enter the link-dependency mode to configure a linkdependency group
Syntax
link-dependency group GroupId
•
GroupId—Link dependency group identifier. (Range: 1–16)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config)#link-dependency group 1
console(config-linkDep-group-1)#
no link-dependency group
Use the no link-dependency group command to remove the configuration for a link-dependency
group.
Syntax
no link-dependency group GroupId
•
GroupId—Link dependency group identifier. (Range: Valid Group Id, 1–16)
Link Dependency Commands
207
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config)#no link-dependency group 1
Configuration cleared for link-dependency group 1
add ethernet
Use the add ethernet command to add member Ethernet port(s) to the dependency list.
Syntax
add ethernet intf-list
•
intf-list—List of Ethernet interfaces. Separate nonconsecutive ports with a comma
and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate the range of ports. (Range: Valid Ethernet
interface list or range)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config-depend-1)#add ethernet g1
no add ethernet
Use the no add ethernet command to remove member Ethernet ports from the dependency list.
Syntax
no add ethernet intf-list
208
Link Dependency Commands
•
intf-list—List of Ethernet interfaces. Separate nonconsecutive ports with a comma and
no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate the range of ports. (Range: Valid Ethernet interface
list or range)
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config-linkDep-group-1)#no add ethernet g1
add port-channel
Use the add port-channel command to add member port-channels to the dependency list.
Syntax
add port-channel port-channel-list
•
port-channel-list—List of port-channel interfaces. Separate nonconsecutive ports with a
comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate the range of ports. (Range: Valid portchannel interface list or range)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config-linkDep-group-1)#add port-channel 2
Link Dependency Commands
209
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
no add port-channel
Use the no add port-channel command to remove member port-channels from the dependency
list.
Syntax
no add port-channel port channel list
•
port-channel-list—List of port-channel interfaces. Separate nonconsecutive ports with a
comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate the range of ports. (Range: Valid portchannel interface list or range)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config-linkDep-group-1)#no add port-channel 2
depends-on ethernet
Use the depends-on ethernet command to add the dependent Ethernet ports list.
Syntax
depends-on ethernet intf-list
•
intf-list—List of Ethernet interfaces. Separate nonconsecutive ports with a comma and
no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate the range of ports. (Range: Valid Ethernet interface
list or range)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
210
Link Dependency Commands
Example
console(config-linkDep-group-1)#depends-on ethernet g10
no depends-on ethernet
Use the no depends-on ethernet command to remove the dependent Ethernet ports list.
Syntax
no depends-on ethernet intf-list
•
intf-list—List of Ethernet interfaces. Separate nonconsecutive ports with a comma and
no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate the range of ports. (Range: Valid Ethernet interface
list or range)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config-linkDep-group-1)#no depends-on ethernet g10
depends-on port-channel
Use the depends-on port-channel command to add the dependent port-channels list.
Syntax
depends-on port-channel port-channel-list
•
port-channel-list—List of port-channel interfaces. Separate nonconsecutive ports with a
comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate the range of ports. (Range: Valid portchannel interface list or range)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
Link Dependency Commands
211
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config-linkDep-group-1)#depends-on port-channel 6
no depends-on port-channel
Use the no depends-on port-channel command to remove the dependent port-channels list.
Syntax
no depends-on port-channel port-channel-list
•
port-channel-list—List of port-channel interfaces. Separate nonconsecutive ports with a
comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate the range of ports. (Range: Valid portchannel interface list or range)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Link Dependency mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
console(config-linkDep-group-1)# no depends-on port-channel 6
show link-dependency
Use the show link-dependency command to show the link dependencies configured for a particular
group. If no group is specified, then all the configured link-dependency groups are displayed.
Syntax
show link-dependency [group GroupId]
•
GroupId—Link dependency group identifier. (Range: Valid Group Id, 1–16)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
212
Link Dependency Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
The following command shows link dependencies for all groups.
console#show link-dependency
GroupId
Member Ports
-------
---------------------
Ports Depended On
----------------------------------
2
1/g1-1/g4
1/g8-1/g9
3
1/g5
ch2
5
1/g3-1/g4
1/g10
The following command shows link dependencies for group 2 only.
console#show link-dependency group 2
GroupId
Member Ports
-------
---------------------- ----------------------------------
2
1/g1-1/g4
Ports Depended On
1/g8-1/g9
Link Dependency Commands
213
214
Link Dependency Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
LLDP Commands
clear lldp remote-data
Use the clear lldp remote-data command in Privileged EXEC mode to delete all LLDP
information from the remote data table.
Syntax
clear lldp remote-data
Default Configuration
By default, data is removed only on system reset.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to clear the LLDP remote data.
console#clear lldp remote-data
clear lldp statistics
Use the clear lldp statistics command in Privileged EXEC mode to reset all LLDP statistics.
Syntax
clear lldp statistics
Default Configuration
By default, the statistics are only cleared on a system reset.
LLDP Commands
215
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to reset all LLDP statistics.
console#clear lldp statistics
lldp notification
Use the lldp notification command in Interface Configuration mode to enable remote data change
notifications. To disable notifications, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
lldp notification
no lldp notification
Default Configuration
By default, notifications are disabled on all supported interfaces.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to enable remote data change notifications.
console(config-if-1/g3)#lldp notification
lldp notification-interval
Use the lldp notification-interval command in Global Configuration mode to limit how frequently
remote data change notifications are sent. To return the notification interval to the factory default,
use the no form of this command.
Syntax
lldp notification-interval interval
216
LLDP Commands
no lldp notification-interval
•
interval—The smallest interval in seconds at which to send remote data change
notifications. (Range: 5 - 3600 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default value is 5 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to set the interval value to 10 seconds.
console(config)#lldp notification-interval 10
lldp receive
Use the lldp receive command in Interface Configuration mode to enable the LLDP receive
capability. To disable reception of LLDPDUs, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
lldp receive
no lldp receive
Default Configuration
The default lldp receive mode is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to enable the LLDP receive capability.
console(config-if-1/g3)#lldp receive
LLDP Commands
217
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
lldp timers
Use the lldp timers command in Global Configuration mode to set the timing parameters for local
data transmission on ports enabled for LLDP. To return any or all parameters to factory default, use
the no form of this command.
Syntax
lldp timers [interval transmit-interval] [hold hold-multiplier] [reinit reinit-delay]
no lldp timers [interval] [hold] [reinit]
transmit-interval—The interval in seconds at which to transmit local data LLDPDUs. (Range:
1 - 32768 seconds)
hold-multiplier —Multiplier on the transmit interval used to set the TTL in local data
LLDPDUs. (Range: 2 - 10)
reinit-delay —The delay in seconds before re-initialization. (Range: 1 - 10 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default transmit interval is 30 seconds.
The default hold-multiplier is 4.
The default delay before re-initialization is 2 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example displays how to configure LLDP to transmit local information every
1000 seconds.
console(config)#lldp timers interval 1000
The following example displays how to set the timing parameter at 1000 seconds with a hold
multiplier of 8 and a 5 second delay before re-initialization.
console(config)#lldp timers interval 1000 hold 8 reinit 5
lldp transmit
Use the lldp transmit command in Interface Configuration mode to enable the LLDP advertise
(transmit) capability. To disable local data transmission, use the no form of this command.
218
LLDP Commands
Syntax
lldp transmit
no lldp transmit
Default Configuration
LLDP is disabled on all supported interfaces.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how enable the transmission of local data.
console(config-if-1/g3)#lldp transmit
lldp transmit-mgmt
Use the lldp transmit-mgmt command in Interface Configuration mode to include transmission of
the local system management address information in the LLDPDUs. To cancel inclusion of the
management information, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
lldp transmit-mgmt
no lldp transmit-mgmt
Default Configuration
By default, management address information is not included.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to include management information in the LLDPDU.
console(config-if-1/g3)#lldp transmit-mgmt
LLDP Commands
219
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
lldp transmit-tlv
Use the lldp transmit-tlv command in Interface Configuration mode to specify which optional
type-length-value settings (TLVs) in the 802.1AB basic management set will be transmitted in the
LLDPDUs. To remove an optional TLV, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
lldp transmit-tlv [sys-desc][sys-name][sys-cap][port-desc]
no lldp transmit-tlv [sys-desc][sys-name][sys-cap][port-desc]
•
sys-name—Transmits the system name TLV
•
sys-desc—Transmits the system description TLV
•
sys-cap—Transmits the system capabilities TLV
•
port desc—Transmits the port description TLV
Default Configuration
By default, no optional TLVs are included.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to include the system description TLV in local data
transmit.
console(config-if-1/g3)#lldp transmit-tlv sys-desc
show lldp
Use the show lldp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the current LLDP configuration
summary.
Syntax
show lldp
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
220
LLDP Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the current LLDP configuration summary.
console# show lldp
Global Configurations:
Transmit Interval: 30 seconds
Transmit TTL Value: 120 seconds
Reinit Delay: 2 seconds
Notification Interval: limited to every 5 seconds
console#show lldp
LLDP transmit and receive disabled on all interfaces
show lldp connections
Use the show lldp connections command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the current LLDP
remote data. This command can display summary information or detail for each interface.
Syntax
show lldp connections [detail] [ethernet interface]
•
detail—Specifies that a detailed version of remote data is included
•
interface—Specifies a valid physical interface on the switch or unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display both the summary information and the detailed information.
LLDP Commands
221
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example 1:
console#show lldp connections
Local
Interface
--------1/g1
1/g2
1/g3
Remote
Device ID
----------------01:23:45:67:89:AB
01:23:45:67:89:CD
01:23:45:67:89:EF
Port ID
----------------01:23:45:67:89:AC
01:23:45:67:89:CE
01:23:45:67:89:FG
TTL
---------60 seconds
120 seconds
80 seconds
Example 2:
console# show lldp connections detail ethernet 1/g1
1/g1 Remote Data:
Chassis ID: 01:23:45:67:89:AB
System Name: system-1
System Description:
System Capabilities: Bridge
Port ID: 01:23:45:67:89:AC
Port Description: port-1
Management Address: 192.168.112.1
TTL: 60 seconds
show lldp interface
Use the show lldp interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the current LLDP
interface state.
Syntax
show lldp interface {interface | all }
•
interface—Specifies a valid physical interface on the switch or unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
222
LLDP Commands
Examples
This example show how the information is displayed when you use the command with the all
parameter.
console#show lldp interface all
Interface Link Transmit Receive
Notify
TLVs
Mgmt
--------- ---- -------- -------- -------- ------- ---1/g1
Up
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
0,1,2,3 Y
1/g2
Down Enabled
Enabled
Disabled
1/g3
Down Disabled
Disabled Disabled 1,2
Y
N
TLV Codes: 0 – Port Description, 1 – System Name, 2 – System
Description, 3 –
System Capability
console# show lldp interface 1/g1
Interface Link Transmit Receive
Notify
TLVs
Mgmt
--------- ---- -------- -------- -------- ------- ---1/g1
Up
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
0,1,2,3 Y
TLV Codes: 0 – Port Description, 1 – System Name, 2 – System
Description, 3 – System Capability
show lldp local-device
Use the show lldp local-device command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the advertised
LLDP local data. This command can display summary information or detail for each interface.
Syntax
show lldp local-device {detail interface | interface | all}
•
detail—includes a detailed version of remote data.
•
interface—Specifies a valid physical interface on the device, unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
LLDP Commands
223
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
These examples show advertised LLDP local data in two levels of detail.
console#show lldp local-device all
LLDP Local Device Summary
Interface Port ID
Port Description
--------- -------------------- -------------------1/g1
00:62:48:00:00:02
console# show lldp local-device detail 1/g1
LLDP Local Device Detail
Interface: 1/g1
Chassis ID Subtype: MAC Address
Chassis ID: 00:62:48:00:00:00
Port ID Subtype: MAC Address
Port ID: 00:62:48:00:00:02
System Name:
System Description: Routing
Port Description:
System Capabilities Supported: bridge, router
System Capabilities Enabled: bridge
Management Address:
Type: IPv4
Address: 192.168.17.25
224
LLDP Commands
show lldp remote-device
Use the lldp remote-device command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the current LLDP
remote data. This command can display summary information or detail for each interface.
Syntax
show lldp remote-device {detail interface | interface | all}
•
detail—Includes detailed version of remote data.
•
interface—Specifies a valid physical interface on the device, unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
These examples show current LLDP remote data, including a detailed version.
console#show lldp remote-device
Local Remote
Interface Device
ID Port
ID TTL
--------- ----------------- ----------------- ---------1/g1
01:23:45:67:89:AB 01:23:45:67:89:AC 60 seconds
1/g2
01:23:45:67:89:CD 01:23:45:67:89:CE 120 seconds
1/g3
01:23:45:67:89:EF 01:23:45:67:89:FG 80 seconds
console# show lldp remote-device detail 1/g1
Ethernet1/g1,
Remote ID: 01:23:45:67:89:AB
System Name: system-1
System Description:
System Capabilities: Bridge
LLDP Commands
225
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Port ID: 01:23:45:67:89:AC
Port Description: 1/g4
Management Address: 192.168.112.1
TTL: 60 seconds
show lldp statistics
Use the show lldp statistics command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the current LLDP
traffic statistics.
Syntax
show lldp statistics {interface | all }
•
interface—Specifies a valid physical interface on the switch or unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
226
LLDP Commands
Examples
The following examples shows an example of the display of current LLDP traffic statistics.
console#show lldp statistics all
Last Update: Nov 23 2004, 11:09:10
Total Inserts: 15
Total Deletes: 10
Dell Kinnick 1.0 CLI Specification Version 1.6
LVL7 SYSTEMS CONFIDENTIAL 198
Total Drops: 0
Total Ageouts: 5
Transmit Receive
Interface Total
Unknowns
Total
TLV
TLV
Discards Errors Ageouts Discards
--------- -------- ------- -------- ------ ------- -------- ------1/g1
10
15
1
0
1
0
0
1/g2
10
8
2
3
4
0
0
1/g3
10
5
0
4
0
0
12
LLDP Commands
227
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following table explains the fields in this example.
228
Parameter
Description
Last Update
The value of system of time the last time a remote data
entry was created, modified, or deleted.
Total Inserts
The number of times a complete set of information
advertised by a remote device has been inserted into
the table.
Total Deletes
The number of times a complete set of information
advertised by a remote device has been deleted from
the table.
Total Drops
The number of times a complete set of information
advertised by a remote device could not be inserted
due to insufficient resources.
Total Ageouts
The number of times any remote data entry has been
deleted due to time-to-live (TTL) expiration.
Transmit Total
The total number of LLDP frames transmitted on the
indicated port.
Receive Total
The total number of valid LLDP frames received on
the indicated port.
Discards
The number of LLDP frames received on the indicated
port and discarded for any reason.
Errors
The number of non-valid LLDP frames received on the
indicated port.
Ageouts
The number of times a remote data entry on the
indicated port has been deleted due to TTL expiration.
TLV Discards
The number LLDP TLVs (Type, Length, Value sets)
received on the indicated port and discarded for any
reason by the LLDP agent.
TLV Unknowns
The number of LLDP TLVs received on the indicated
port for a type not recognized by the LLDP agent.
LLDP Commands
Password Management Commands
passwords aging
Use the passwords aging command in Global Configuration mode to implement expiration date
on the passwords. The user is required to change the passwords when they expire.
Use the no form of this command to disable the aging function.
Syntax
passwords aging age
no passwords aging
•
age—Time for the expiration of the password. (Range: 1-365 days)
Default Configuration
Password aging is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The passwords aging feature functions only if the switch clock is synchronized to an SNTP
server. See “Clock Commands” on page 125 for additional information.
Example
The following example sets the password age limit to 100 days.
console(config)#passwords aging 100
passwords history
As administrator, use the passwords history command in Global Configuration mode to set the
number of previous passwords that are stored. This setting ensures that users do not reuse their
passwords often.
Password Management Commands
231
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Use the no form of this command to disable the password history function.
Syntax
passwords history historylength
no passwords history
•
historylength—Number of previous passwords to be maintained in the history. (Range: 010.)
Default Configuration
No password history is maintained.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the number of previous passwords remembered by the system at
10.
console(config)#passwords history 10
passwords lock-out
As the administrator, use the passwords lock-out command in Global Configuration mode to
strengthen the security of the switch by enabling the user lockout feature. When a lockout count is
configured, a user who is logging in must enter the correct password within that count. Otherwise
that user will be locked out from further switch access. Only an administrator with an access level
of 15 can reactivate that user.
Use the no form of this command to disable the lockout feature.
Syntax
passwords lock-out attempts
no passwords lock-out
•
attempts—Number of attempts the user is allowed to enter a correct password. (Range: 15)
Default Configuration
The user lockout feature is disabled.
232
Password Management Commands
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the number of user attempts before lockout at 2.
console(config)#passwords lock-out 2
passwords min-length
As administrator, use the passwords min-length command in Global Configuration mode to
enforce a minimum length required for a password. Use the no form of this command to disable
the password minimum length requirement.
Syntax
passwords min-length length
no passwords min-length
•
length—Required minimum length of the password. (Range: 8–64 characters.)
Default Configuration
Password minimum length is eight characters.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets minimum password length to 12 characters.
console(config)#passwords min-length 12
show passwords configuration
Use the show passwords configuration command in Privileged EXEC mode to show the
parameters for password configuration.
Password Management Commands
233
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show passwords configuration
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the command output.
console#show passwords configuration
passwords configuration:
Minimum password length
: disabled
Minimum password length value: -
234
Password History
: enabled
Password History length
: 8
aging
: enabled
aging value
: 30 days
User lockout
: enabled
User lockout attempts
: 3
Password Management Commands
Port Monitor Commands
monitor session
Use the monitor session command in Global Configuration mode to configure a probe port and a
monitored port for monitor session (port monitoring). Use the src-interface parameter to specify
the interface to monitor. Use rx to monitor only ingress packets, or use tx to monitor only egress
packets. If you do not specify an {rx | tx} option, the destination port monitors both ingress and
egress packets. Use the destination interface to specify the interface to receive the monitored
traffic. Use the mode parameter to enabled the administrative mode of the session. If enabled, the
probe port monitors all the traffic received and transmitted on the physical monitored port.
Syntax
monitor session session-id {source interface src-interface [rx | tx] | destination interface dstinterface | mode}
no monitor session
•
session id—Session identification number.
•
src-interface—Ethernet interface (Range: Any valid Ethernet Port)
•
rx—Monitors received packets only. If no option specified, monitors both rx and tx
•
tx—Monitors transmitted packets only. If no option is specified, monitors both rx and tx.
•
dst-interface—Ethernet interface (Range: Any valid Ethernet Port)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Port Monitor Commands
237
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following examples shows various port monitoring configurations.
console(config)#monitor session 1 source interface 1/g8
console(config)#monitor session 1 destination interface 1/g10
console(config)#monitor session 1 mode
238
Port Monitor Commands
show monitor session
Use the show monitor session command in Privileged EXEC mode to display status of port
monitoring.
Syntax
show monitor session session-id
session id—Session identification number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following examples shows port monitoring status.
console#show monitor session 1
Session ID
Admin Mode
Probe Port
Mirrored Port
Type
----------
----------
----------
-------------
-----
1
Enable
1/g10
1/g8
Rx,Tx
Port Monitor Commands
239
240
Port Monitor Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
PHY Diagnostics Commands
show copper-ports cable-length
Use the show copper-ports cable-length command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
estimated copper cable length attached to a port.
Syntax
show copper-ports cable-length [interface]
•
interface—A valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is unit / port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The port must be active and working in a 100M or 1000M mode.
Example
The following example displays the estimated copper cable length attached to all ports.
console#show copper-ports cable-length
Port
Length [meters]
----
---------------
1/g1
<50
1/g2
Copper not active
1/g3
110-140
1/g4
Fiber
PHY Diagnostics Commands
241
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show copper-ports tdr
Use the show copper-ports tdr command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the last Time
Domain Reflectometry (TDR )tests on specified ports.
Syntax
show copper-ports tdr [interface]
interface—A valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is unit / port.
•
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The maximum length of the cable for the Time Domain Reflectometry (TDR) test is 120
meters.
Example
The following example displays the last TDR tests on all ports.
console#show copper-ports tdr
Port
Result
----
--------
1/g1
Length [meters]
Date
---------------
---------------
50
13:32:00 23 July 2004
OK
1/g2
Short
1/g3
Test has not been preformed
1/g4
Open
128
1/g5
Fiber
-
13:32:08 23 July 2004
-
show fiber-ports optical-transceiver
Use the show fiber-ports optical-transceiver command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
optical transceiver diagnostics.
Syntax
show fiber-ports optical-transceiver [interface]
242
PHY Diagnostics Commands
Syntax Description
•
interface—A valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is unit / port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display the optical transceiver diagnostics.
console#show fiber-ports optical-transceiver
Port
Temp
Voltage
Current Output Input
Power
TX
LOS
Fault
----------- ------ ------- ------- ------ ----- ----1/g3
w
OK
E
OK
OK
OK
1/g4
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
E
1/g1
Copper
--OK
OK
Temp - Internally measured transceiver temperature
Voltage - Internally measured supply voltage
Current - Measured TX bias current
Output Power - Measured TX output power in milliWatts
Input Power - Measured RX received power in milliWatts
TX Fault - Transmitter fault
LOS - Loss of signal
test copper-port tdr
Use the test copper-port tdr command in Privileged EXEC mode to diagnose with Time Domain
Reflectometry (TDR) technology the quality and characteristics of a copper cable attached to a
port.
Syntax
test copper-port tdr interface
•
interface—A valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is unit / port.
PHY Diagnostics Commands
243
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines.
During the test shut down the port under test unless it is a combo port with an active fiber
port.
NOTE: The maximum distance VCT can function is 120 meters.
Examples
The following example results in a report on the cable attached to port 1/g3.
console#test copper-port tdr 1/g3
Cable is open at 64 meters
The following example results in a failure to report on the cable attached to port 2/g3.
console#test copper-port tdr 2/g3
Can’t perform the test on fiber ports
244
PHY Diagnostics Commands
System Management Commands
asset-tag
Use the asset-tag command in Global Configuration mode to specify the switch asset tag. To
remove the existing asset tag, use the no form of the command.
Syntax
asset-tag [unit] tag
no asset-tag [unit]
•
unit—Switch number. (Range: 1–12)
•
tag—The switch asset tag.
Default Configuration
No asset tag is defined by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies the switch asset tag as "1qwepot." Because the unit
parameter is not specified, the command defaults to the master switch number.
console(config)# asset-tag 1qwepot
cut-through mode
Use the cut-through mode command to enable the cut-through mode on the switch. The mode
takes effect on all ports on next reload of the switch.
System Management Commands
247
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
cut-through mode
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#cut-through mode
The mode (enable) is effective from the next reload of
Switch/Stack.
hostname
Use the hostname command in Global Configuration mode to specify or modify the switch host
name. To restore the default host name, use the no form of the command.
Syntax
hostname name
no hostname
•
name—The name of the host. (Range: 1 - 255 characters)
Default Configuration
Host name not configured.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies the switch host name.
console(config)# hostname Dell
248
System Management Commands
ip address
Use the ip address command to set a static OOB port IP address.
Syntax
ip address addr mask gw
•
addr—IP address to be set for the OOB port. (Range: Valid IP address)
•
mask—Subnet mask. (Range: Valid mask)
•
gw—Gateway IP address. (Range: Valid gateway IP address)
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (out-of-band)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config-if)#ip address 10.240.4.115 255.255.255.0
10.240.4.1
ip address none
Use the ip address none command to disable DHCP/BOOTP on the OOB port.
Syntax
ip address none
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (out-of-band)
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#interface out-of-band
System Management Commands
249
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
console(config-if)#ip address none
ip address
Use the ip address command to enable DHCP/BOOTP on the OOB port.
Syntax
ip address {dhcp/bootp}
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (out-of-band)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#interface out-of-band
console(config-if)#ip address dhcp
member
Use the member command in Stack Global Configuration mode to configure the switch. Execute
this command on the Management Switch. To remove a switch from the stack, use the no form of
the command.
Syntax
member unit switchindex
no member unit
•
unit —The switch identifier of the switch to be added or removed from the stack. (Range:
1 - 12)
•
switchindex—The index into the database of the supported switch types, indicating the
type of the switch being preconfigured. The switch index is a 32-bit integer.
Default configuration
This command has no defaults.
250
System Management Commands
Command Mode
Stack Global Configuration
User Guidelines
The switch index can be obtained by executing the show supported switchtype command in
User Exec mode.
Example
The following example displays how to add to stack switch number 2 with index 1.
console(config)# stack
console(config-stack)# member 2 1
movemanagement
Use the movemanagement command in Global Configuration mode to move the Management
Switch functionality from one switch to another.
Syntax
movemanagement fromunit tounit
•
fromunit—The switch identifier on the current Management Switch.
•
tounit—The switch identifier on the new Management Switch.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Upon execution, the entire stack, including all interfaces in the stack, are unconfigured and
reconfigured with the configuration on the new Management Switch.
After the reload is complete, all stack management capability must be performed on the new
Management Switch.
To preserve the current configuration across a stack move, execute the copy configuration
command before performing the stack move. A stack move causes all routes and layer 2
addresses to be lost. This command is executed on the Management Switch. The
administrator is prompted to confirm the management move.
System Management Commands
251
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays how to move the Management Switch functionality from
switch "1" to switch "8."
console(config)#stack
console(config)#movemanagement 1 2
no cut-through mode
Use the no cut-through mode command to disable the cut-through mode on the switch. The
command takes effect on all ports on next reload of the switch.
Syntax
no cut-through mode
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
Console(config)#no cut-through mode
The mode (disable) is effective from the next reload of
Switch/Stack.
no standby
Use the no standby command to unconfigure the standby in the stack. In this case, FASTPATH
automatically selects a standby from the existing stack units.
Syntax
no standby
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Stack Global Configuration
252
System Management Commands
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#stack
console(config-stack)#no standby
Fastpath will automatically select a standby
ping
Use the ping command in User EXEC mode to check the accessibility of the desired node on the
network.
Syntax
ping {ip-address |hostname} [size packet_size] [count packet_count] [timeout time_out] |
ipv6}
•
ip-address —IP address to ping (contact).
•
Hostname—Hostname to ping (contact). (Range: 1 - 158 characters)
•
packet_size—Number of bytes in a packet. (Range: 56 - 1472 bytes) The actual packet
size is eight bytes larger than the size specified because the switch adds header
information.
•
packet_count—Number of packets to send. (Range: 1 - 65,535 packets)
•
time_out—Timeout in milliseconds to wait for each reply. (Range: 50 - 65,535
milliseconds)
Default Configuration
The default packet size is 64 bytes.
The default packet count is 4 packets.
The default time-out is 2000 milliseconds.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
If the packet count is not specified, the packet count defaults to four pings.
Following are sample results of the ping command:
•
Destination does not respond—If the host does not respond, a “No answer from host”
message appears in 10 seconds.
System Management Commands
253
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
Destination unreachable—The gateway for this destination indicates that the destination
is unreachable. In such cases, the "Host unreachable" message appears.
•
Network or host unreachable—The switch found no corresponding entry in the route
table. In such cases the "Network or Host unreachable" message appears.
Examples
The following example displays a ping to IP address 10.1.1.1.
console>ping 10.1.1.1
Pinging 10.1.1.1 with 64 bytes of data:
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=0. time=11 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=1. time=8 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=2. time=8 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=3. time=7 ms
----10.1.1.1 PING Statistics---4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip (ms) min/avg/max = 7/8/11
console>
The following example displays a ping to yahoo.com.
console#ping yahoo.com
Pinging yahoo.com [66,217,71,198] with 64 bytes of data;
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=0. time=11 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=1. time=8 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=2. time=8 ms
64 bytes from 10.1.1.1: icmp_seq=3. time=7 ms
----10.1.1.1 PING Statistics---4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip (ms) min/avg/max = 7/8/11
reload
Use the reload command in Privileged EXEC mode to reload stack members.
254
System Management Commands
Syntax
reload [unit]
•
unit —Unit number to be reloaded.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
If no unit is specified, all units are reloaded.
Example
The following example displays how to reload the stack.
console#reload 1
Management switch has unsaved changes.
Would you like to save them now? (y/n)n
Configuration Not Saved!
Are you sure you want to reload the switch? (y/n) y
Reloading management switch 1.
set description
Use the set description command in Stack Global Configuration mode to associate a text
description with a switch in the stack.
Syntax
set description unit description
•
unit—The switch identifier.
•
description—The text description. (Range: 1 - 80 alphanumeric characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Stack Global Configuration mode
System Management Commands
255
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays
console(config)#stack
console(config-stack)#set description 1 "unit 1"
show boot-version
Use the show boot-version command to display the boot image version details. The details
available to the user include the build date and time.
Syntax
show boot-version
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC or Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console#show boot-version
unit
Boot Image Version
1
Thu Aug 30 12:01:04 2007
show cut-through mode
Use the show cut-through mode command to show the cut-through mode on the switch.
Syntax
show cut-through mode
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
256
System Management Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
Console#show cut-through mode
Current mode
: Enable
Configured mode : Disable (This mode is effective on next reload)
show ip interface out-of-band
Use the show ip interface out-of-band command to disable DHCP/BOOTP on the OOB port.
Syntax
show ip interface out-of-band
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console#show ip interface out-of-band
IP Address............................ 10.240.4.115
Subnet Mask........................... 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway....................... 10.240.4.1
IPv6 Prefix is ....................... FE80::20A:1EFF:FE11:1100/64
ServPort Configured Protocol Current...None
Burned In MAC Address..................0006.2932.814C
System Management Commands
257
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show memory cpu
Use the show memory cpu command to check the total and available RAM space on the switch.
Syntax
show memory cpu
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console#show memory cpu
Total Memory................................... 262144 KBytes
Available Memory Space......................... 121181 KBytes
show process cpu
Use the show process cpu command to check the CPU utilization for each process currently
running on the switch.
Syntax
show process cpu
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
258
System Management Commands
Example
console#show process cpu
Memory Utilization Report
status
bytes
------
----------
Free
27896864
Alloc
168268448
Task Utilization Report
Task
Utilization
----------------------- ----------osapiTimer
1.10%
bcmL2X.0
0.80%
bcmCNTR.0
0.30%
bcmLINK.0
0.45%
bcmRX
14.95%
dtlTask
2.50%
hapiRxTask
2.95%
RMONTask
0.05%
ipMapForwardingTask
18.30%
IGMP
0.05%
Kernel/Interrupt/Idle
58.55%
Total
100.00%
System Management Commands
259
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show sessions
Use the show sessions command in Privileged EXEC mode to display a list of the open telnet
sessions to remote hosts.
Syntax
show sessions
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays a list of open telnet sessions to remote hosts.
console#show sessions
Connection
Host
Address
Port
----------
------------
-----------
------
1
Remote switch
172.16.1.1
23
2
172.16.1.2
172.16.1.2
23
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
260
Field
Description
Connection
Connection number
Host
Remote host to which the switch is connected through
a Telnet session
Address
IP address of the remote host
Port
Telnet TCP port number
System Management Commands
show stack-port
Use the show stack-port command in Privileged EXEC mode to display summary stack-port
information for all interfaces.
Syntax
show stack-port
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about the summary stack-port.
console#show stack-port
............... .Configured Running
Stack
Stack
Link
Link
Mode
Status
Speed (Gb/s)
Unit
Interface
Mode
----
---------
----------
--------
-------- ------------
1
xg1
Stack
Stack
Link Down
12
1
xg2
Stack
Stack
Link Down
12
1
xg3
Ethernet
Ethernet
Link Down
10
1
xg4
Ethernet
Ethernet
Link Down
10
The following table explains the fields in the example.
Field
Description
Interface
Unit/Port
Configured Stack Mode
Stack or Ethernet
Running Stack Mode
Stack of Ethernet
System Management Commands
261
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Field
Description
Link Status
Status of the link
Link Speed
Speed (Gb/sec) of the stack port link
show stack-port counters
Use the show stack-port counters command in Privileged EXEC mode to display summary data
counter information for all interfaces.
Syntax
show stack-port counters
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about the summary stack-port counters.
console#show stack-port counters
------------TX-------------- ------------RX--------------
Unit Interface
----
262
Data
Error
Rate
Rate
Total
Data
Error
Rate
Rate
Total
(Mb/s) (Errors/s) Errors (Mb/s)Errors/s) Errors
----------- ------
---------- ---------- ------
----------
1
xg1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
xg2
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
xg3
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
xg4
0
0
0
0
0
0
System Management Commands
The following table describes the fields in the example.
Field
Description
Unit
Unit
Interface
Port
Tx Data Rate
Transmit data rate in megabits per second on the stacking
port.
Tx Error Rate
Platform-specific number of transmit errors per second.
Rx Data Rate
Receive data rate in megabits per second on the stacking
port.
Rx Error Rate
Platform-specific number of receive errors per second.
Rx Total Errors
Platform-specific number of total receive errors since
power-up.
System Management Commands
263
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show stack-port diag
NOTE: This command is intended only for Field Application Engineers (FAE) and developers.
An FAE will advise when to run this command and capture this information.
Use the show stack-port diag command in Privileged EXEC mode to display front panel stacking
diagnostics for each port.
Syntax
show stack-port diag
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about the front panel stacking diagnostics.
console#show stack-port diag
1/xg1:
RBYT:0 RPKT:0 TBYT:e38b50 TPKT:d1ba
RFCS:0 RFRG:0 RJBR:0 RUND:0 ROVR:0
console#show stack-port diag
1/xg2:
RBYT:0 RPKT:0 TBYT:e38b50 TPKT:d1ba
RFCS:0 RFRG:0 RJBR:0 RUND:0 ROVR:0
Legend:
RBYT : Received Bytes
RPKT : Received Packets
TBYT : Transmitted Bytes
TPKT : Transmitted Packets
264
System Management Commands
RFCS : Received Frame Check Sequence Errors
RFRG : Received Fragment Errors
RJBR : Received Jabber Errors
RUND : Received Underrun Errors
ROVR : Received Overrun Errors
TFCS : Transmit Frame Check Sequence Errors
TERR : Transmit Errors
1 - xg1:
RBYT:148174422 RPKT:528389 TBYT:679827058 TPKT:2977561
RFCS:0 RFRG:0 RJBR:0 RUND:0 ROVR:0
TFCS:0 TERR:0
1 - xg2:
RBYT:0 RPKT:0 TBYT:419413311 TPKT:620443
RFCS:0 RFRG:0 RJBR:0 RUND:0 ROVR:0
TFCS:0 TERR:0
The following table describes the fields in the example.
Field
Description
Interface
Port
Diagnostic Entry 1
80 character string used for diagnostics
Diagnostic Entry 2
80 character string used for diagnostics
Diagnostic Entry 3
80 character string used for diagnostics
show stack standby
Use the show stack-standby command to show the Standby configured in the stack. The show
stack-standby command shows the configured or automatically selected standby unit number.
System Management Commands
265
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show stack-standby
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
privileged EXEC or User EXEC
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console>show stack-standby
standby unit: 3
show supported switchtype
Use the show supported switchtype command in User EXEC mode to display information about
all supported switch types.
Syntax
show supported switchtype [switchindex]
•
switchindex—Specifies the index into the database of the supported switch types,
indicating the type of the switch being preconfigured. The switch index is a 32-bit
integer. (Range: 0 - 65535)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
266
System Management Commands
Example
The following example displays the information for supported switch types.
console>show supported switchtype
Mgmt
SID
Switch Model ID
Pref
--- -------------------------------- ----------1
M6220 Disabled
0x100b000
Code
Type
--------
The following table describes the fields in the example.
Field
Description
Switch Index (SID)
This field displays the index into the database of
supported switch types. This index is used when
preconfiguring a member to be added to the stack.
Model Identifier
This field displays the model identifier for the
supported switch type.
Management Preference
This field indicates the management preference
value of the switch type.
Code Version
This field displays the code load target identifier of
the switch type.
The following example displays the format of the show supported switchtype [switchindex]
command.
console#show supported switchtype 1
Switch Type....................... 0x73950001
Model Identifier.................. PCTM6220
Switch Description................ PowerConnect M6220
Management Preference............. 1
Expected Code Type................ 0x100b000
Supported Cards:
Card Index (CID)............... 3
Model Identifier............... PCT6224
System Management Commands
267
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following table describes the fields in the example.
Field
268
Description
Switch Type
This field displays the 32-bit numeric switch
type for the supported switch.
Model Identifier
This field displays the model identifier for the
supported switch type.
Switch Description
This field displays the description for the
supported switch type.
System Management Commands
show switch
Use the show switch command in User EXEC mode to display information about all units in the
stack. Use the show switch [unit] command to display the information about a specific unit on the
stack.
Syntax
show switch [unit]
•
unit—The unit number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays stack status information for the switch.
console>show switch 1
Switch............................ 1
Management Status................. Management Switch
Admin Management Preference....... 4
Switch Type....................... 0x73950001
Preconfigured Model Identifier.... PCT6224
Plugged-in Model Identifier....... PCT6224
Switch Status..................... OK
Switch Description................ PCT6224
Expected Code Type................ 0x100b000
Detected Code Version............. I.12.21.1
Detected Code in Flash............ I.12.21.1
Boot Code Version................. I.12.1
Up Time........................... 1 days 0 hrs 16 mins 37 secs
System Management Commands
269
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following table describes the fields in the example.
Unit
Description
Switch
This field displays the unit identifier assigned to the
switch.
Management Status
This field indicates whether the switch is the
Management Switch, a stack member, or the status is
unassigned.
Admin Management Preference
This field indicates the administrative management
preference value assigned to the switch. This preference
value indicates how likely the switch is to be chosen as
the Management Switch.
Switch Type
This field displays the 32-bit numeric switch type.
Model Identifier
This field displays the model identifier for this switch.
Model Identifier is a 32-character field assigned by the
switch manufacturer to identify the switch.
Switch Status
This field displays the switch status. Possible values are
OK, Unsupported, Code Mismatch, Config Mismatch, or
Not Present.
Switch Description
This field displays the switch description.
Expected Code Version
This field indicates the expected code version.
Detected Code Version
This field displays the version of code running on this
switch. If the switch is not present and the data is from
preconfiguration, the code version is "None."
Detected Code in Flash
This field displays the version of code that is currently
stored in FLASH memory on the switch. This code will
execute after the switch is reset. If the switch is not
present and the data is from pre-configuration, then the
code version is "None."
Boot Code Version
This field displays the version of the boot strapping code.
Up Time
This field displays the system up time.
This example displays information about all units in the stack.
console>show switch
Switch
Management
Status
Preconfig
Model ID
Plugged-in
Switch
Code
Model ID
Status
Version
------------------------------------------------------------1
270
Mgmt Switch
System Management Commands
PCT6224
PCT6224
1.12.21.1
Different fields in the display are explained as follows:
Unit
Description
Switch
This field displays the unit identifier assigned to the
switch.
Management Status
This field indicates whether the switch is the
Management Switch, a stack member, or the status is
unassigned.
Preconfigured Model Identifier
This field displays the model identifier of a preconfigured
switch ready to join the stack. The Model Identifier is a
32-character field assigned by the switch manufacturer to
identify the switch.
Plugged-In Model Identifier
This field displays the model identifier of the switch in
the stack. Model Identifier is a 32-character field assigned
by the switch manufacturer to identify the switch.
Switch Status
This field indicates the switch status. Possible values for
this state are: OK, Unsupported, CodeMismatch,
ConfigMismatch, or NotPresent
Code Version
This field indicates the detected version of code on this
switch.
show system
Use the show system command in User EXEC mode command to display system information.
Syntax
show system [unit]
•
unit—The unit number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
System Management Commands
271
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays system information.
console>show system
System Description: Ethernet switch
System Up Time (days,hour:min:sec): 1,22:38:21
System Contact:
System Name: RS1
System location:
System MAC Address: 00:10:B5:F4:00:01
Sys Object ID: 1.3.6.1.4.1.674.10895.3004
Type: PowerConnect 6424
Temperature Sensors:
Unit
Sensor
Temperature
Status
(Celsius)
272
------
-------
-------------
--------
1
1
41
OK
1
2
41
OK
2
1
42
OK
2
2
42
OK
Unit
Power supply
Source
Status
------
------------
---------
-------
1
Main
AC
OK
2
Secondary
AC
OK
Unit
FAN
Status
------
------
-------
1
CPU
OK
2
CPU
OK
System Management Commands
show system id
Use the show system id command in User EXEC mode to display the system identity information.
Syntax
show system id [unit]
•
unit—The unit number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The tag information is on a switch by switch basis.
Example
The following example displays the system service tag information.
console>show system id
Service Tag: 89788978
Serial number: 8936589782
Asset tag: 7843678957
Unit
----1
2
Service tag
-----------89788978
4254675
Serial number
-------------8936589782
3216523877
Asset tag
----------7843678957
5621987728
show users
Use the show users command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information about the active
users.
Syntax
show users
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
System Management Commands
273
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays a list of active users and the information about them.
console#show users
Username
Protocol
Location
--------
--------
------------
Bob
Serial
John
SSH
172.16.0.1
Robert
HTTP
172.16.0.8
Betty
Telnet
172.16.1.7
show version
Use the show version command in User EXEC mode to displays the system version information.
Syntax
show version [unit ]
•
unit—The unit number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
274
System Management Commands
Example
The following example displays a system version (this version number is only for
demonstration purposes).
console>show version
Image Descriptions
image1 : default image
image2 :
Images currently available on Flash
-----------------------------------------------------------------unit
image1
image2
current-active
next-active
----------------------------------------------------------------1
K.3.9.1
0.0.0.0
image1
image1
2
K.3.9.1
0.0.0.0
image1
image1
stack
Use the stack command in Global Configuration mode to set the mode to Stack Global
Config.
Syntax
stack
Default Configuration
This command has no default mode.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the mode to Stack Global Config.
console(config)#stack
console(config-stack)#
System Management Commands
275
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
standby
Use the standby command to configure the standby in the stack. This unit comes up as the master
when the stack failover occurs. Use the no form of this command to reset to default, in which case,
FASTPATH automatically selects a standby from the existing stack units if there no
preconfiguration.
Syntax
standby unit
•
unit—Valid unit number in the stack. (Range: 1–12 maximum. The range is limited to
the number of units available on the stack.)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Stack Global Configuration
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Examples
console(config)#stack
console(config-stack)#standby 2
switch priority
Use the switch priority command in Global Configuration mode to configure the ability of the
switch to become the Management Switch. The switch with the highest priority value is chosen to
become the Management Switch if the active Management Switch fails.
Syntax
switch unit priority value
•
unit—The switch identifier. (Range: 1 - 12)
•
value—The priority of one backup switch over another. (Range: 0 - 12)
Default Configuration
The switch priority defaults to the hardware management preference value of 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
276
System Management Commands
User Guidelines
Switches that do not have the hardware capability to become the Management Switch are not
eligible for management.
Example
The following example displays how to configure switch number "1" to have a priority of "2"
for becoming the Management Switch.
console(config)#switch 1 priority 2
switch renumber
Use the switch renumber command in Global Configuration mode to change the identifier for a
switch in the stack. Upon execution, the switch is configured with the configuration information
for the new switch, if any is available. The old switch configuration information is retained;
however, the old switch will be operationally unplugged.
Syntax
switch oldunit renumber newunit
•
oldunit—The current switch identifier. (Range: 1 - 12)
•
newunit—The updated value of the switch identifier. (Range: 1 - 12)
Command Modes
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command is executed on the Management Switch.
Example
The following example displays how to reconfigure switch number "1" to an identifier of "2."
console(config)#switch 1 renumber 2
telnet
Use the telnet command in Privileged EXEC mode to log into a host that supports Telnet.
Syntax
telnet {ip-address | hostname} [port] [keyword1......]
•
ip-address — Valid IP address of the destination host.
•
hostname — Hostname of the destination host. (Range: 1 - 158 characters)
System Management Commands
277
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
port — A decimal TCP port number, or one of the keywords from the port table in the
usage guidelines (see Port Table).
•
keyword — One or more keywords from the keywords table in the user guidelines (see
Keywords Table).
Default Configuration
port — Telnet port (decimal 23) on the host.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console#telnet 1.1.1.1?
Keywords Table
278
Options
Description
debug
Enable telnet debugging mode.
line
Enable telnet linemode.
noecho
Disable local echo.
Press ENTER to execute the command.
Enter the port number.
System Management Commands
Port Table
Keyword
Description
Port Number
bgp
Border Gateway Protocol
179
chargen
Character generator
19
cmd
Remote commands
514
daytime
Daytime
13
discard
Discard
9
domain
Domain Name Service
53
echo
Echo
7
exec
Exec
512
finger
Finger
79
ftp
File Transfer Protocol
21
ftp-data
FTP data connections
20
gopher
Gopher
70
hostname
NIC hostname server
101
ident
Ident Protocol
113
irc
Internet Relay Chat
194
klogin
Kerberos login
543
kshell
Kerberos shell
544
login
Login
513
lpd
Printer service
515
nntp
Network News Transport Protocol
119
pim-auto-rp
PIM Auto-RP
496
pop2
Post Office Protocol v2
109
pop3
Post Office Protocol v3
110
smtp
Simple Mail Transport Protocol
25
sunrpc
Sun Remote Procedure Call
111
syslog
Syslog
514
tacacs
TAC Access Control System
49
talk
Talk
517
telnet
Telnet
23
time
Time
37
System Management Commands
279
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Keyword
Description
Port Number
uucp
Unix-to-Unix Copy Program
540
whois
Nickname
43
www
World Wide Web
80
Example
Following is an example of using the telnet command to connect to 176.213.10.50.
console#telnet 176.213.10.50
Esc U sends telnet EL
traceroute
Use the traceroute command in Privileged EXEC mode to discover the IP routes that packets
actually take when traveling to their destinations.
You can use traceroute command in either of two formats:
•
You can specify the IP address and hostname in the command. The traceroute
{ipaddress|hostname} command sets the parameters to their default values.
•
You can enter traceroute to without specifying the IP address and hostname, and specify
values for the traceroute parameters.
Syntax
Use the following command form to specify the IP address and hostname in the command
line:
traceroute {ipaddress|hostname}
•
ip-address — Valid IP address of the destination host.
•
hostname — Hostname of the destination host. (Range: 1 - 158 characters)
Or, use the following command form to initiate an iterative process of setting the parameters.
traceroute
This command interactively takes user inputs for the following parameters.
280
•
ip-address — Valid IP address of the destination host.
•
hostname — Hostname of the destination host. (Range: 1 - 158 characters)
•
packet_size — Number of bytes in a packet. (Range: 40-1500)
•
max-ttl — The largest TTL value that can be used. The traceroute User EXEC command
terminates when the destination is reached or when this value is reached. (Range:1- 255)
•
packet_count — The number of probes to be sent at each TTL level. (Range:1-10)
System Management Commands
•
time_out — The number of seconds to wait for a response to a probe packet.
(Range: 1- 60)
•
ip-address— One of the interface addresses of the switch to use as a source address for the
probes. The switch picks the valid IP address it considers to be the best source address to
use.
•
tos— The Type-Of-Service byte in the IP Header of the packet. (Range: 0-255)
Default Configuration
packet_size — The default is 40 bytes.
max-ttl — The default is 20.
packet_count — The default count is 3.
time_out — The default is 3 seconds.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command works by taking advantage of the error messages generated by switches when a
datagram exceeds its time-to-live (TTL) value. The traceroute command terminates when
the destination responds when the maximum TTL is exceeded.
Examples
The following example discovers the routes that packets will actually take when traveling to
the destination specified in the command.
console#traceroute 192.168.77.171
Tracing route over a maximum of 20 hops
1
192.168.21.1
30 ms
10 ms
10 ms
2
*
*
*
3
*
*
*
4
*
*
*
5
*
*
*
System Management Commands
281
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following example uses the iterative process to obtain command parameters, and displays
the routes that packets actually take when traveling to their destination.
console#traceroute
traceroute# Enter the ip-address|hostname : 192.168.77.171
traceroute# Packet size (default: 40 bytes): 30
traceroute# Max ttl value (default: 20):
10
traceroute# Number of probes to send at each level (default 3):
traceroute# Timeout (default: 3 seconds): 6
traceroute# Source ip-address (default to select best interface
address):
traceroute# Type of Service byte (default):
Tracing route over a maximum of 20 hops
1 192.168.21.1
2
3
4
5
282
30 ms
*
*
*
*
System Management Commands
10 ms
*
*
*
*
10 ms
*
*
*
*
ACL Commands
access-list
Use the access-list command in Global Configuration mode to create an Access Control List
(ACL) that is identified by the parameter list-name.
Syntax
access-list std-list-num {deny | permit} {srcip srcmask | every} [log] [assign-queue queue-id]
[redirect interface | mirror interface]
access-list ext-list-num {deny | permit} {every | {[icmp | igmp | ip | tcp | udp | number]
{srcip srcmask | any} [eq [portkey | portvalue]] {dstip dstmask | any} [eq [portkey |
portvalue]] [precedence precedence | tos tos tosmask | dscp dscp] [log] [assign-queue queueid] [redirect interface | mirror interface]}}
no access-list list-name
•
list-name—Access-list name up to 31 characters in length.
•
deny | permit—Specifies whether the IP ACL rule permits or denies an action.
•
every—Allows all protocols.
•
eq—Equal. Refers to the Layer 4 port number being used as match criteria. The first
reference is source match criteria, the second is destination match criteria.
•
number—Standard protocol number. Protocol keywords icmp,igmp,ip,tcp,udp.
•
srcip—Source IP address.
•
srcmask—Source IP mask.
•
dstip—Destination IP address.
•
dstmask—Destination IP mask.
•
portvalue—The source layer 4 port match condition for the ACL rule is specified by the
port value parameter (Range: 0 - 65535).
•
portkey—Or you can specify the portkey, which can be one of the following keywords:
domain, echo, ftp, ftpdata, http, smtp, snmp, telnet, tftp, and www.
ACL Commands
285
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
log—Specifies that this rule is to be logged.
•
assign-queue queue-id—Specifies the particular hardware queue for handling traffic that
matches the rule. (Range: 0-6)
•
mirror interface—Allows the traffic matching this rule to be copied to the specified
interface.
•
redirect interface—This parameter allows the traffic matching this rule to be forwarded
to the specified unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Users are permitted to add rules, but if a packet does not match any user-specified rules, the
packet is dropped by the implicit "deny all" rule.
Examples
The following examples create an ACL to discard any HTTP traffic from 192.168.77.171, but
allow all other traffic from 192.168.77.171:
console(config)#access-list alpha deny 192.168.77.171 0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0 255.255.255.255 eq http
console(config)#access-list alpha permit 192.168.77.171 0.0.0.0
deny | permit
Use the deny command in Mac-Access-List Configuration mode to deny traffic if the conditions
defined in the deny statement are matched. Use the permit command in Mac-Access-List
Configuration mode to allow traffic if the conditions defined in the permit statement are matched.
Syntax
{deny | permit} {srcmac srcmacmask | any} {dstmac dstmacmask | any | bpdu }
[{ethertypekey | 0x0600-0xFFFF }] [ vlan eq 0-4095 ] [cos 0-7] [secondary-vlan eq 0-4095 ]
[secondary-cos 0-7] [log] [ assign-queue queue-id ] [{mirror |redirect} interface ]
286
•
srcmac—Valid source MAC address in format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
•
srcmacmask—Valid MAC address bitmask for the source MAC address in format
xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
•
any—Packets sent to or received from any MAC address
ACL Commands
•
dstmac—Valid destination MAC address in format xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
•
destmacmask—Valid MAC address bitmask for the destination MAC address in format
xxxx.xxxx.xxxx.
•
bpdu—Bridge protocol data unit
•
ethertypekey—Either a keyword or valid four-digit hexadecimal number. (Range:
Supported values are appletalk, arp, ibmsna, ipv4, ipv6, ipx, mplsmcast, mplsucast,
Netbios, novell, pppoe, rarp.)
•
0x0600-0xFFFF—Specify custom ethertype value (hexadecimal range 0x0600-0xFFFF)
•
vlan eq—VLAN number. (Range 0-4095)
•
cos—Class of service. (Range 0-7)
•
secondary-vlan eq—Secondary VLAN number. (Range 0-4095)
•
secondary-cos—Secondary class of service. (Range 0-7)
•
log—Specifies that this rule is to be logged.
•
assign-queue—Specifies particular hardware queue for handling traffic that matches the
rule.
•
queue-id—0-6, where n is number of user configurable queues available for that hardware
platform.
•
mirror—Copies the traffic matching this rule to the specified interface.
•
redirect—Forwards traffic matching this rule to the specified physical interface.
•
interface—Valid physical interface in unit/port format, for example 1/g12.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Mac-Access-List Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The no form of this command is not supported, as the rules within an ACL cannot be deleted
individually. Rather the entire ACL must be deleted and re-specified.
The assign-queue and redirect parameters are only valid for permit command s.
ACL Commands
287
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example configures a MAC ACL to deny traffic from MAC address
0806.c200.0000.
console(config)#mac access-list extended DELL123
console(config-mac-access-list)#deny 0806.c200.0000 ffff.ffff.ffff
any
ip access-group
no ip access-group
Use the ip access-group or no ip access-group command to apply/disable an IP based egress ACL
on an Ethernet interface or a group of interfaces. An IP based ACL should have been created by the
access-list … command with the same name specified in this command.
Syntax
ip access-group name direction
•
name—Access list name. (Range: Valid IP access-list name up to 31 characters in length)
•
direction—Direction of the ACL. (Range: In or out)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global and Interface Configuration
User Guidelines
Global mode command configures the ACL on all the interfaces, whereas the interface mode
command does so for the interface.
Examples
console(config)#ip access-group aclname in
console(config)#no ip access-group aclname in
console(config)#ip access-group aclname1 out
console(config-if-1/g1)#ip access-group aclname out
console(config-if-1/g1)#no ip access-group aclname out
288
ACL Commands
mac access-group
Use the mac access-group command in Global Configuration or Interface Configuration mode to
attach a specific MAC Access Control List (ACL) to an interface in a given direction.
Syntax
mac access-group name sequence
no mac access-group name
•
name—Name of the existing MAC access list. (Range: 1-31 characters)
•
sequence—Order of access list relative to other access lists already assigned to this
interface and direction. (Range: 1-4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode or Interface Configuration (Ethernet, VLAN or Port Channel)
mode
User Guidelines
An optional sequence number may be specified to indicate the order of this access-list relative
to the other access-lists already assigned to this interface and direction. A lower number
indicates higher precedence order. If a sequence number already is in use for this interface
and direction, the specified access-list replaces the currently attached access list using that
sequence number. If the sequence number is not specified for this command, a sequence
number is selected that is one greater than the highest sequence number currently in use for
this interface and direction.
This command specified in Interface Configuration mode only affects a single interface.
Example
The following example assigns a MAC access group to port 1/g1 with the name DELL123.
console(config)#interface 1/g1
console(config-if-1/g1)#mac access-group DELL123
mac access-list extended
Use the mac access-list extended command in Global Configuration mode to create the MAC
Access Control List (ACL) identified by the name parameter.
ACL Commands
289
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
mac access-list extended name
no mac access-list extended name
•
name —Name of the access list. (Range: 1-31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use this command to create a mac access control list. The CLI mode is changed to MacAccess-List Configuration when this command is successfully executed.
Example
The following example creates MAC ACL and enters MAC-Access-List-Configuration mode.
console(config)#mac access-list extended LVL7DELL
console(config-mac-access-list)#
mac access-list extended rename
Use the mac access-list extended rename command in Global Configuration mode to rename the
existing MAC Access Control List (ACL).
Syntax
mac access-list extended rename name newname
•
name —Existing name of the access list. (Range: 1-31 characters)
•
newname—New name of the access list. (Range: 1-31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Command fails if the new name is the same as the old one.
290
ACL Commands
Example
The following example shows the mac access-list extended rename command.
console(config)#mac access-list extended rename DELL1 DELL2
show ip access-lists
Use the show ip access-lists command in Privileged EXEC mode to display access lists applied on
interfaces and all rules that are defined for the access lists.
Syntax
show ip access-lists accesslistname
•
accesslistname—The name used to identify the ACL. The range is 1-31 characters.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Examples
The following example displays IP ACLs configured on a device.
console#show ip access-lists
Current number of ACLs: 2
ACL Name
Maximum number of ACLs: 100
Rules
Interface(s)
Vlan(s)
------------------------ ------ ------------------------- -------ACL40
1
ACL41
1
show mac access-list
Use the show mac access-list command in Privileged EXEC mode to display a MAC access list and
all of the rules that are defined for the ACL.
ACL Commands
291
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show mac access-list name
•
name—Identifies a specific MAC access list to display.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays a MAC access list and all associated rules.
console#show mac access-list DELL123
The command output provides the following information:
Field
Description
MAC ACL Name
The name of the MAC access list.
Rules
The number of user-configured rules defined for the MAC ACL.
The implicit 'deny all' rule defined at the end of every MAC ACL
is not included.
Interfaces
292
ACL Commands
Displays the list of interfaces (unit/port) to which the MAC ACL
is attached in a given direction.
Line Commands
exec-timeout
Use the exec-timeout command in Line Configuration mode to set the interval that the system
waits for user input before timeout. To restore the default setting, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
exec-timeout minutes [seconds]
no exec-timeout
•
minutes—Integer that specifies the number of minutes. (Range: 0 - 65535)
•
seconds—Additional time intervals in seconds. (Range: 0 - 59)
Default Configuration
The default configuration is 10 minutes.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
User Guidelines
To specify no timeout, enter the exec-timeout 00 command.
Example
The following example configures the interval that the system waits until user input is
detected to 20 minutes.
console(config)#line console
console(config-line)#exec-timeout 20
Line Commands
295
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
history
Use the history command in Line Configuration mode to enable the command history function.
To disable the command history function, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
history
no history
Default Configuration
The default value for this command is enabled.
Command Mode
Line Interface mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example disables the command history function for the current terminal
session.
console(config-line)# no history
history size
Use the history size command in Line Configuration mode to change the command history buffer
size for a particular line. To reset the command history buffer size to the default setting, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
history size number-of-commands
no history size
•
number-of-commands—Specifies the number of commands the system may record in its
command history buffer. (Range: 0-216)
Default Configuration
The default command history buffer size is 10.
Command Mode
Line Configuration mode
296
Line Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the command history buffer size to 20 commands for the
current terminal session.
console(config-line)#history size 20
line
Use the line command in Global Configuration mode to identify a specific line for configuration
and enter the line configuration command mode.
Syntax
line {console|telnet|ssh}
•
console—Console terminal line.
•
telnet—Virtual terminal for remote console access (Telnet).
•
ssh—Virtual terminal for secured remote console access (SSH).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example enters Line Configuration mode to configure Telnet.
console(config)#line telnet
console(config-line)#
show line
Use the show line command in User EXEC mode to display line parameters.
Syntax
show line [console|telnet|ssh]
Line Commands
297
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
console—Console terminal line.
•
telnet—Virtual terminal for remote console access (Telnet).
•
ssh—Virtual terminal for secured remote console access (SSH).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the line configuration.
console>show line
Console configuration:
Interactive timeout: Disabled
History: 10
Baudrate: 9600
Databits: 8
Parity: none
Stopbits: 1
Telnet configuration:
Interactive timeout: 10 minutes 10 seconds
History: 10
SSH configuration:
Interactive timeout: 10 minutes 10 seconds
History: 10
speed
Use the speed command in Line Configuration mode to set the line baud rate. Use the no form of
the command to restore the default settings.
298
Line Commands
Syntax
speed {bps}
no speed
•
bps—Baud rate in bits per second (bps). The options are 2400, 9600, 19200, 38400,
57600, and 115200.
Default Configuration
This default speed is 9600.
Command Mode
Line Interface (console) mode
User Guidelines
This configuration applies only to the current session.
Example
The following example configures the console baud rate to 9600.
console(config-line)#speed 9600
Line Commands
299
300
Line Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
IP Addressing Commands
clear host
Use the clear host command in Privileged EXEC mode to delete entries from the host name-toaddress cache.
Syntax
clear host {name|*}
•
name—Host name to be deleted from the host name-to-address cache. (Range: 1-255
characters)
•
*—Deletes all entries in the host name-to-address cache.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example deletes all entries from the host name-to-address cache.
console#clear host *
helper-address
Use the helper-address command in Interface Configuration mode to enable forwarding User
Datagram Protocol (UDP) Broadcast packets received on an interface. To disable forwarding
Broadcast packets to specific addresses, use the no form of this command.
IP Addressing Commands
301
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
helper-address ip-address [udp-port-list ]
no helper-address ip-address
•
ip-address—Destination broadcast or host address to be used when forwarding UDP
broadcasts. Specify 0.0.0.0 to indicate not to forward the UDP packet to any host.
•
udp-port-list—The broadcast packet destination UDP port number to forward. If not
specified, packets for the default services are forwarded to the helper address. (Range: 065535, comma delimited, e.g. 80,100)
Default Configuration
Broadcast packets forwarding to specific addresses is disabled. If no UDP port number is
specified, the device forwards UDP Broadcast packets for the following six services:
• IEN-116 Name Service (port 42)
• DNS (port 53)
• NetBIOS Name Server (port 137)
• NetBIOS Datagram Server (port 138)
• TACACS Server (port 49)
• Time Service (port 37)
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
Many helper addresses can be defined. The maximum number of address-port pairs is up to
128 for the whole device.
The helper-address interface configuration command forwards a specific UDP Broadcast from
one interface to another.
The helper-address interface configuration command specifies a UDP port number for which
UDP Broadcast packets with that destination port number are forwarded.
The helper-address interface configuration command does not enable forwarding packets
using BOOTP/DHCP. To forward packets using BOOTP/DHCP, use the bootpdhcprelay
enable and bootpdhcprelay serverip Global Configuration commands and the show
bootpdhcprelay Privileged EXEC command.
Example
The following example specifies UDP helper address. UDP packets are forwarded to helper
address.
302
IP Addressing Commands
console(config-vlan1)#helper-address 131.108.1.27 30,100-120,201
interface out-of-band
Use the interface out-of-band command to bring up the OOB port configuration menu.
Syntax Description
interface out-of-band
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#interface out-of-band
console(config-if)#
ip address
Use the ip address command in Global Configuration mode to set an IP address. To remove an IP
address, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip address ip-address {mask |prefix-length}
no ip address
•
ip-address—Specifies a valid IP address.
•
mask—Specifies a valid subnet (network) mask IP address.
•
prefix-length—The number of bits that comprise the IP address prefix. The prefix length
must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 1-30)
Default Configuration
No IP address is defined for the switch management interface.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
IP Addressing Commands
303
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
IP address protocol should be set to none before setting the static IP address.
Examples
The following examples configure the IP address 131.108.1.27 and subnet mask 255.255.255.0
and the same IP address with prefix length of 24 bits.
console(config)#ip address 131.108.1.27 255.255.255.0
console(config)#ip address 131.108.1.27 /24
ip address dhcp
Use the ip address dhcp command in Global Configuration mode to acquire an IP address for
management interface from the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server. To
deconfigure any acquired address, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip address {dhcp|bootp|none}
•
dhcp--Sets protocol to dhcp
•
bootp--Sets protocol to bootp
•
none--No protocol is set
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The ip address dhcp command allows the switch to dynamically obtain an IP address by using
the DHCP protocol.
Example
The following example acquires an IP address for the switch management interface from
DHCP.
console(config)#ip address dhcp
ip address vlan
Use the ip address vlan command in Global Configuration mode to set the management VLAN.
304
IP Addressing Commands
Syntax
ip address vlan vlanid
no ip address vlan
•
vlanid—vlan identification. (Range 1-4093)
Default Configuration
The default configuration value is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets VLAN 5 as management VLAN.
console(config)#ip address vlan 5
ip default-gateway
Use the ip default-gateway command in Global Configuration mode to define a default gateway
(router).
Syntax
ip default-gateway ip-address
•
ip-address — Valid IP address that specifies the IP address of the default gateway.
Default Configuration
No default gateway is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
IP address protocol should be set to "none" before setting the gateway.
Example
The following example defines ip default-gateway as 10.240.4.1.
console(config)#ip default-gateway 10.240.4.1
IP Addressing Commands
305
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
ip domain-lookup
Use the ip domain-lookup command in Global Configuration mode to enable IP Domain Naming
System (DNS)-based host name-to-address translation. To disable the DNS, use the no form of
this command.
Syntax
ip domain-lookup
no ip domain-lookup
Default Configuration
The DNS is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables the IP Domain Naming System (DNS)-based host name-toaddress translation.
console(config)#ip domain-lookup
ip domain-name
Use the ip domain-name command in Global Configuration mode to define a default domain
name used to complete unqualified host names. To delete the default domain name, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip domain-name name
no ip domain-name
•
name—Default domain name used to complete an unqualified host name. Do not
include the initial period that separates the unqualified host name from the domain
name (Range: 1-255 characters).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
306
IP Addressing Commands
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines a default domain name of dell.com.
console(config)#ip domain-name dell.com
ip helper-address
Use the ip helper-address command in Global Configuration mode to have the device forward
User Datagram Protocol (UDP) broadcasts received on an interface. To disable the forwarding of
broadcast packets to specific addresses, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip helper-address {intf-address | all} ip-address [udp-port-list]
no helper-address {intf-address | all} ip-address
•
intf-address—IP address of a routing interface. (Range: Any valid IP address)
•
all—Indicates that this UDP port to address mapping should be used for all IPv4 routing
interfaces. The exception is if a particular routing interface has its own mapping, then
that mapping takes precedence.
•
ip-address—Destination broadcast or host address to be used when forwarding UDP
broadcasts. You can specify 0.0.0.0 to indicate not to forward the UDP packet to any host.
(Range: Any valid IP address)
•
udp-port-list—The broadcast packet destination UDP port number to forward. If not
specified, packets for the default services are forwarded to the helper address. (Range: 065535, comma delimited, e.g. 80,100)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The ip helper-address command forwards specific UDP broadcast from one interface to
another. You can define many helper addresses but the total number of address-port pairs is
limited to 128 UDP ports for the whole device.
IP Addressing Commands
307
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The setting of helper address for specific interface has precedence over a setting of helper
address for all the interfaces. You can’t enable forwarding of BOOTP/DHCP (ports 67,68)
with this command. If you want to relay BOOTP/DHCP packets use the DHCP relay
commands.
The ip helper-address command specifies a UDP port number for which UDP broadcast
packets with that destination port number are forwarded. By default, if no UDP port number
is specified, the device forwards UDP broadcast packets for the following six services:
• IEN-116 Name Service (port 42)
• DNS (port 53)
• NetBIOS Name Server (port 137)
• NetBIOS Datagram Server (port 138)
• TACACS Server (port 49)
• Time Service (port 37)
Example
console(config)#ip helper-address 131.108.1.27 10.1.1.1 80,100120,201
ip host
Use the ip host command in Global Configuration mode to define static host name-to-address
mapping in the host cache. To delete the name-to-address mapping, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
ip host name address
no ip host name
•
name—Host name.
•
address—IP address of the host.
Default Configuration
No host is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
308
IP Addressing Commands
Example
The following example defines a static host name-to-address mapping in the host cache.
console(config)#ip host accounting.dell.com 176.10.23.1
ip name-server
Use the ip name-server command in Global Configuration mode to define available name servers.
To delete a name server, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip name-server server-address1 [server-address2 … server-address8]
no ip name-server [server-address1 … server-address8]
•
server-address—Valid IP addresses of the name server. (Range: 1 - 255 characters)
Default Configuration
No name server IP addresses are specified.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Server preference is determined by entry order.
Up to eight servers can be defined in one command or by using multiple commands.
Example
The following example sets the available name server.
console(config)#ip name-server 176.16.1.18
show arp switch
Use the show arp switch command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the entries in the ARP
table used by the management interface.
Syntax
show arp switch
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
IP Addressing Commands
309
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Note that this command only show ARP entries used by the management interface. It is
logically separate from the ARP table used by the routing interfaces. See the show arp
command for details on how to view ARP entries for the routing interfaces.
Example
The following example displays ARP table information.
console#show arp switch
MAC Address
IP Address
------------------- ---------------00:0F:B5:34:90:C5
10.240.4.1
show hosts
Use the show hosts command in User EXEC mode to display the default domain name, a list of
name server hosts, and the static and cached list of host names and addresses. The command itself
shows hosts [hostname].
•
Host name. (Range: 1 - 255 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about IP hosts.
console>show hosts
Host name:
Default domain: gm.com, sales.gm.com, usa.sales.gm.com
Name/address lookup is enabled
Name servers (Preference order): 176.16.1.18 176.16.1.19
310
IP Addressing Commands
Configured host name-to-address mapping:
Host
Addresses
--------------------------
----------------------------
accounting.gm.com
176.16.8.8
Cache:
TTL (Hours)
Host
Total
Elapsed
Type
Addresses
-------------------
-----
-------
-------
---------
www.stanford.edu
171.64.14.203
72
3
IP
show ip helper-address
Use the show ip helper-address command in Privileged EXEC mode to display IP helper addresses
configuration.
Syntax
show ip helper-address [intf-address ]
•
intf-address—IP address of a routing interface. (Range: Any valid IP address)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console#show ip helper-address
Interface
Helper Address
Udp port
---------------
--------------- ------------------------
10.1.1.1
1.1.1.1
6
All
1.1.1.1
1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10,11,
12,13,14,15,16
IP Addressing Commands
311
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show ip interface management
Use the show ip interface management command in User EXEC mode to display the management
interface configuration.
Syntax
show ip interface management
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the management interface configuration.
console>show ip interface management
IP Address..................................... 10.240.4.125
Subnet Mask.................................... 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway................................ 10.240.4.1
Burned In MAC Address.......................... 00:10:18:82:04:35
Network Configuration Protocol Current......... None
Management VLAN ID............................. 1
312
IP Addressing Commands
802.1x Commands
aaa authentication dot1x
Use the aaa authentication dot1x command in Global Configuration mode to create an
authentication login list.
Syntax
aaa authentication dot1x default method1 [method2]
no aaa authentication dot1x default
•
method1 [method2]— At least one from the following table:
Keyword
Description
radius
Uses the list of all authentication servers for authentication
none
Uses no authentication
Default Configuration
No authentication method is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The additional methods of authentication are used only if the previous method returns an
error, not if it fails. To ensure that the authentication succeeds even if all methods return an
error, specify none as the final method in the command line.
Example
The following example uses the aaa authentication dot1x default command with no
authentication.
console(config)# aaa authentication dot1x default none
802.1x Commands
315
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
dot1x max-req
Use the dot1x max-req command in Interface Configuration mode to set the maximum number of
times that the switch sends an Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request frame (assuming
that no response is received) to the client before restarting the authentication process. To return to
the default setting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x max-req count
no dot1x max-req
•
count — Number of times that the switch sends an EAP-request/identity frame before
restarting the authentication process. (Range: 1 - 10)
Default Configuration
The default value for the count parameter is 2.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
Change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances, such as
unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication
servers.
Example
The following example sets the number of times that the switch sends an EAPrequest/identity frame to 6.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g16
console(config-if-1/g16)# dot1x max-req 6
dot1x port-control
Use the dot1x port-control command in Interface Configuration mode to enable manual control of
the authorization state of the port. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
dot1x port-control {auto|force-authorized|force-unauthorized}
no dot1x port-control
316
802.1x Commands
•
auto — Enables 802.1x authentication on the interface and causes the port to transition
to the authorized or unauthorized state based on the 802.1x authentication exchange
between the switch and the client.
•
force-authorized — Disables 802.1x authentication on the interface and causes the port
to transition to the authorized state without any authentication exchange required. The
port resends and receives normal traffic without 802.1x-based authentication of the
client.
•
force-unauthorized — Denies all access through this interface by forcing the port to
transition to the unauthorized state, ignoring all attempts by the client to authenticate.
The switch cannot provide authentication services to the client through the interface.
Default Configuration
The default configuration is auto.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
It is recommended that you disable the spanning tree or enable spanning-tree PortFast mode
on 802.1x edge ports (ports in auto state that are connected to end stations), in order to go
immediately to the forwarding state after successful authentication.
Example
The following example denies all access through the interface.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g16
console(config-if-1/g16)# dot1x port-control force-unauthorized
dot1x re-authenticate
Use the dot1x re-authenticate command in Privileged EXEC mode to enable manually initiating a
re-authentication of all 802.1x-enabled ports or the specified 802.1x-enabled port.
dot1x re-authenticate [ethernet interface]
•
interface —Specifies a valid interface number. The full syntax is unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
802.1x Commands
317
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following command manually initiates a re-authentication of the 802.1x-enabled port.
console# dot1x re-authenticate ethernet 1/g16
dot1x re-authentication
Use the dot1x re-authentication command in Interface Configuration mode to enable periodic
re-authentication of the client. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x re-authentication
no dot1x re-authentication
Default Configuration
Periodic re-authentication is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables periodic re-authentication of the client.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g16
console(config-if-1/g16)# dot1x re-authentication
dot1x system-auth-control
Use the dot1x system-auth-control command in Global Configuration mode to enable 802.1x
globally. To disable 802.1x globally, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x system-auth-control
no dot1x system-auth-control
318
802.1x Commands
Default Configuration
The default for this command is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables 802.1x globally.
console(config)# dot1x system-auth-control
dot1x timeout quiet-period
Use the dot1x timeout quiet-period command in Interface Configuration mode to set the number
of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a failed authentication exchange
(for example, the client provided an invalid password). To return to the default setting, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x timeout quiet-period seconds
no dot1x timeout quiet-period
•
seconds —Time in seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state following a failed
authentication exchange with the client. (Range: 0 - 65535 seconds)
Default Configuration
The switch remains in the quiet state for 60 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
During the quiet period, the switch does not accept or initiate any authentication requests.
Change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances, such as
unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication
servers.
To provide a faster response time to the user, enter a smaller number than the default.
802.1x Commands
319
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example sets the number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet state
following a failed authentication exchange to 3600.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g16
console(config-if-1/g16)# dot1x timeout quiet-period 3600
dot1x timeout re-authperiod
Use the dot1x timeout re-authperiod command in Interface Configuration mode to set the
number of seconds between re-authentication attempts. To return to the default setting, use the
no form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x timeout re-authperiod seconds
no dot1x timeout re-authperiod
•
seconds — Number of seconds between re-authentication attempts. (Range: 300 4294967295)
Default Configuration
Re-authentication period is 3600 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the number of seconds between re-authentication attempts to
300.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g16
console(config-if-1/g16)# dot1x timeout re-authperiod 300
dot1x timeout server-timeout
Use the dot1x timeout server-timeout command in Interface Configuration mode to set the time
that the switch waits for a response from the authentication server. To return to the default setting,
use the no form of this command.
320
802.1x Commands
Syntax
dot1x timeout server-timeout seconds
no dot1x timeout server-timeout
•
seconds — Time in seconds that the switch waits for a response from the authentication
server. (Range: 1 - 65535)
Default Configuration
The period of time is set to 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
The actual timeout is this parameter or the product of the Radius transmission times the
Radius timeout, whichever is smaller
Example
The following example sets the time for the retransmission to the authentication server to
3600 seconds.
console(config-if-1/g1)# dot1x timeout server-timeout 3600
dot1x timeout supp-timeout
Use the dot1x timeout supp-timeout command in Interface Configuration mode to set the time
that the switch waits for a response before retransmitting an Extensible Authentication Protocol
(EAP)-request frame to the client. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
dot1x timeout supp-timeout seconds
no dot1x timeout supp-timeout
•
seconds — Time in seconds that the switch should wait for a response to an EAP-request
frame from the client before resending the request. (Range: 1 - 65535)
Default Configuration
The period of time is set to 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
802.1x Commands
321
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
Change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances, such as
unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication
servers.
Example
The following example sets the time for the retransmission of an EAP-request frame to the
client to 3600 seconds.
console(config-if-1/g1)# dot1x timeout supp-timeout 3600
dot1x timeout tx-period
Use the dot1x timeout tx-period command in Interface Configuration mode to set the number of
seconds that the switch waits for a response to an Extensible Authentication Protocol
(EAP)-request/identity frame from the client before resending the request. To return to the default
setting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x timeout tx-period seconds
no dot1x timeout tx-period
•
seconds — Time in seconds that the switch should wait for a response to an
EAP-request/identity frame from the client before resending the request.
(Range: 1 - 65535)
Default Configuration
The period of time is set to 30 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
Change the default value of this command only to adjust for unusual circumstances, such as
unreliable links or specific behavioral problems with certain clients and authentication
servers.
Example
The following command sets the number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
EAP-request/identity frame to 3600 seconds.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g16
console(config-if-1/g16)# dot1x timeout tx-period 3600
322
802.1x Commands
show dot1x
Use the show dot1x command in Privileged EXEC mode to display 802.1x status for the switch or
for the specified interface.
Syntax
show dot1x [ethernet interface]
•
interface — A valid Ethernet interface.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays 802.1x port g11 status.
console#show dot1x ethernet 1/g2
Administrative mode...............disabled
Port
-------1/g2
Admin
Oper
Reauth
Reauth Username
Mode
Mode
Control
Period
-------- ----------- --------- ------ -------Auto
Authorized
FALSE
3600
n/a
Quiet Period...................................
Transmit Period................................
Maximum Requests...............................
Supplicant Timeout.............................
Server Timeout (secs)..........................
Authenticator PAE State........................
Backend Authentication State...................
60
30
2
30
30
Initialize
Initialize
console#
802.1x Commands
323
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Field
Description
Port
The port number.
Admin mode
The port admin mode. Possible values are: Force-auth,
Force-unauth, Auto.
Oper mode
The port oper mode of the port. Possible values are: Authorized,
Unauthorized or Down.
Reauth Control
Reauthentication control.
Username
The username representing the identity of the Supplicant. This
field shows the username when the port control is auto. If the
port is Authorized, it shows the username of the current user. If
the port is unauthorized it shows the last user that was
authenticated successfully.
Quiet period
The number of seconds that the switch remains in the quiet
state following a failed authentication exchange (for example,
the client provided an invalid password).
Tx period
The number of seconds that the switch waits for a response to an
Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request/identity
frame from the client before resending the request.
Max req
The maximum number of times that the switch sends an
Extensible Authentication Protocol (EAP)-request frame
(assuming that no response is received) to the client before
restarting the authentication process.
Server timeout
Time in seconds the switch waits for a response from the
authentication server before resending the request.
State
The current value of the Authenticator PAE state machine and
of the Backend state machine.
Authentication success
Counts the number of times the state machine has received a
Success message from the Authentication Server.
Authentication fails
Counts the number of times the state machine has received a
Failure message from the Authentication Server.
show dot1x statistics
Use the show dot1x statistics command in Privileged EXEC mode to display 802.1x statistics for
the specified interface.
324
802.1x Commands
Syntax
show dot1x statistics ethernet interface
•
interface — Ethernet port name. The full syntax is unit/port.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays 802.1x statistics for the specified interface.
console#show dot1x statistics ethernet 1/g2
Port........................................... 1/g2
EAPOL Frames Received.......................... 0
EAPOL Frames Transmitted....................... 0
EAPOL Start Frames Received.................... 0
EAPOL Logoff Frames Received................... 0
Last EAPOL Frame Version....................... 0
Last EAPOL Frame Source........................ 0000.0000.0000
EAP Response/Id Frames Received................ 0
EAP Response Frames Received................... 0
EAP Request/Id Frames Transmitted.............. 0
EAP Request Frames Transmitted................. 0
Invalid EAPOL Frames Received.................. 0
EAPOL Length Error Frames Received............. 0
802.1x Commands
325
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display.
Field
Description
EapolFramesRx
The number of valid EAPOL frames of any type that have been
received by this Authenticator.
EapolFramesTx
The number of EAPOL frames of any type that have been transmitted
by this Authenticator.
EapolStartFramesRx
The number of EAPOL Start frames that have been received by this
Authenticator.
EapolLogoffFramesRx
The number of EAPOL Logoff frames that have been received by this
Authenticator.
EapolRespIdFramesRx
The number of EAP Resp/Id frames that have been received by this
Authenticator.
EapolRespFramesRx
The number of valid EAP Response frames (other than Resp/Id
frames) that have been received by this Authenticator.
EapolReqIdFramesTx
The number of EAP Req/Id frames that have been transmitted by this
Authenticator.
EapolReqFramesTx
The number of EAP Request frames (other than Rq/Id frames) that
have been transmitted by this Authenticator.
InvalidEapolFramesRx
The number of EAPOL frames that have been received by this
Authenticator in which the frame type is not recognized.
EapLengthErrorFramesRx
The number of EAPOL frames that have been received by this
Authenticator in which the Packet Body Length field is invalid.
LastEapolFrameVersion
The protocol version number carried in the most recently received
EAPOL frame.
LastEapolFrameSource
The source MAC address carried in the most recently received EAPOL
frame.
show dot1x users
Use the show dot1x users command in Privileged EXEC mode to display 802.1x authenticated
users for the switch.
Syntax
show dot1x users [username username]
•
username — Supplicant username (Range: 1- 160 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
326
802.1x Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays 802.1x users.
console#show dot1x users
Port
Username
--------- --------1/g1
Bob
1/g2
John
Switch# show dot1x users username Bob
Port
Username
--------- --------1/g1
Bob
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Field
Description
Username
The username representing the identity of the Supplicant.
Port
The port that the user is using.
802.1x Commands
327
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
802.1 Advanced Features
dot1x auth-not-req
Use the dot1x auth-not-req command in Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode to enable
unauthorized devices access to that VLAN. To disable access, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x auth-not-req
no dot1x auth-not-req
Default Configuration
User is authorized to access the VLAN.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
An access port cannot be a member in an unauthenticated VLAN. The PVID of a trunk port
cannot be an unauthenticated VLAN. For a general port, the PVID can be the
unauthenticated VLAN (although only tagged packets would be accepted in the
unauthorized state.)
Example
The following example enables unauthorized users access to the VLAN.
console(config)#interface vlan 3
console(config-vlan3)#dot1x auth-not-req
dot1x guest-vlan
Use the dot1x guest-vlan command in Interface Configuration mode to define a guest VLAN. To
return to the default settings, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x guest-vlan
no dot1x guest-vlan
Default Configuration
No Guest VLAN enabled on interface.
328
802.1x Commands
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
Use the dot1x guest-vlan enable command in Interface Configuration mode to enable
unauthorized users on an interface access to the guest VLAN. If the guest VLAN is defined
and enabled, the port joins the guest VLAN automatically when the port is unauthorized and
leaves the guest VLAN when the port becomes authorized. To make sure this function works,
ensure that the port is not a member in the guest VLAN statically.
Example
The following example shows how to access the Guest VLAN.
console(config-if-vlan1)#dot1x guest-vlan
dot1x guest-vlan enable
Use the dot1x guest-vlan enable command in Interface Configuration mode to enable
unauthorized users on the interface an access to the guest VLAN. To disable the access, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x guest-vlan enable
no dot1x guest-vlan enable
Default Configuration
No Guest VLAN is enabled on the interface.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
The switch has one global guest VLAN defined by the dot1x guest-vlan Interface VLAN
configuration command.
Example
The following example displays how to enable unauthorized users.
console(config-if-1/g3)#dot1x guest-vlan enable
802.1x Commands
329
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
dot1x multiple-hosts
Use the dot1x multiple-hosts command in Interface Configuration mode to allow multiple hosts
(clients) on an 802.1x-authorized port where the dot1x port-control command is set to auto. Use
the no form of this command to disable multiple hosts.
Syntax
dot1x multiple-hosts
no dot1x multiple-hosts
Default Configuration
Multiple hosts is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command enables the attachment of multiple clients to a single 802.1x-enabled port. In
this mode, only one of the attached hosts must be successfully authorized for all hosts to be
granted network access. If the port becomes unauthorized, all attached clients are denied
access to the network.
To enable port security on a port, ensure that multiple hosts are enabled.
For unauthenticated VLANs, multiple hosts are always enabled.
Example
The following command allows multiple hosts (clients) on an 802.1x-authorized port.
console(config-if-1/g1)#dot1x multiple-hosts
dot1x single-host-violation
Use the dot1x single-host-violation command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the
action to be taken when a station whose MAC address is not the supplicant MAC address attempts
to access the interface. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
dot1x single-host-violation {forward|discard|discard-shutdown}[trap seconds]
no dot1x single-host-violation
330
•
forward — Forward frames with source addresses that are not the supplicant address, but
do not learn the address.
•
discard — Discard frames with source addresses that are not the supplicant address.
802.1x Commands
•
discard-shutdown — Discard frames with source addresses that are not the supplicant
address, and shut down the port.
•
trap seconds— Send SNMP traps and specifies the minimum time in seconds between
consecutive traps. (Range: 1- 1000000)
Default Configuration
Discard frames with source addresses that are not the supplicant address. No traps.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command is relevant when Multiple Hosts is disabled and the user has been
authenticated successfully.
Example
The following example uses forward action to forward frames with source addresses that are
not the supplicant address.
console(config-if-1/g1)#dot1x single-host-violation forward trap
100
show dot1x advanced
Use the show dot1x advanced command in Privileged EXEC mode to display 802.1x advanced
features for the switch or for the specified interface.
Syntax
show dot1x advanced [ethernet interface]
•
interface — Specifies a valid ethernet interface.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
802.1x Commands
331
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays 802.1x advanced features for the switch.
console#show dot1x advanced
Guest VLAN: 3978
Unauthenticated VLANs: 91, 92
Port
--------1/g1
1/g2
Multiple
Hosts
--------Disabled
Enabled
Guest
VLAN
-----Enabled
Disabled
console# show dot1x advanced ethernet 1/g1
Port
Multiple
Guest
Hosts
VLAN
--------- --------- -----1/g1
Disabled
Enabled
Single host parameters
Violation action: Discard
Trap: Enabled
Trap frequency: 100
Status: Single-host locked
Violations since last trap: 9
332
802.1x Commands
Configuration and Image File Commands
boot system
Use the boot system command in Privileged EXEC mode to specify the system image that the
device loads at startup.
Syntax
boot system [image1|image2]
•
image1|image2— Image file.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Use the show bootvar command to find out which image is the active image.
Example
The following example loads system image image1 for the next device startup.
console# boot system image1
clear config
Use the clear config command in Privileged EXEC mode to restore the switch to the default
configuration.
Syntax
clear config
Configuration and Image File Commands
335
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example restores the switch to its default configuration.
console#clear config
copy
Use the copy command in Privileged EXEC mode to copy files from a source to a destination.
Syntax
copy source-url destination-url
•
source-url —The location URL or reserved keyword of the source file being copied.
(Range: 1-160 characters.)
•
destination-url —The URL or reserved keyword of the destination file. (Range: 1-160
characters.)
The following table lists and describes reserved keywords
336
Reserved Keyword
Description
running-config
Represents the current running configuration file.
startup-config
Represents the startup configuration file.
startup-log
Represents the startup syslog file. This can only be the source of a copy
operation.
operational-log
Represents the operational syslog file. This can only be the source of a copy
operation.
script scriptname
Represents a CLI script file.
image
Represents the software image file. When "image" is the target of a copy
command, it refers to the backup image. When "image" is the source of a copy
command, it refers to the active image. If this is destination, the file will be
distributed to all units in the stack.
tftp:
Source or destination URL for a TFTP network server. The syntax for this alias
is tftp:[[//location]/directory]/filename. An out-of-band IP address can be
specifed as described in the User Guidelines.
Configuration and Image File Commands
Reserved Keyword
Description
xmodem:
Source for the file from a serial connection that uses the Xmodem protocol.
backup-config
Represents the backup configuration file.
unit
Indicates which unit in the stack is the target of the copy command.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The location of a file system dictates the format of the source or destination URL.
The entire copying process may take several minutes and differs from protocol to protocol and
from network to network.
Understanding Invalid Combinations of Source and Destination
Some combinations of source and destination are not valid. Specifically, if the following
conditions exist, you can not use the copy command:
•
If the source file and destination file are defined to be the same.
•
xmodem cannot be a source and destination for the same copy operation. xmodem can
only be copied to image.
•
tftp cannot be the source and destination for the same copy operation.
The following table contains copy character descriptions.
Copying Image File from a Server to Flash Memory
Use the copy source-url image command to copy an image file from a server to flash memory
Use the boot system command to activate the new image.
Copying a Configuration File from a Server to the Running Configuration
Use the copy source-url running-config command to load a configuration file from a network
server to the device running configuration. The configuration is added to the running
configuration as if the commands were typed in the command-line interface (CLI). The
resulting configuration file is a combination of the previous running configuration and the
loaded configuration file, with the loaded configuration file having precedence.
Copying a Configuration File from a Server to the Startup Configuration
Use the copy source-url startup-config command to copy a configuration file from a network
server to the device startup configuration. These commands replace the startup configuration
file with the copied configuration file.
Configuration and Image File Commands
337
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Storing the Running or Startup Configuration on a Server
Use the copy running-config destination-url command to copy the current configuration file
to a network server using TFTP. Use the copy startup-config destination-url command to
copy the startup configuration file to a network server.
The configuration file copy can serve as a backup copy.
Saving the Running Configuration to the Startup Configuration
Use the copy running-config startup-config command to copy the running configuration to
the startup configuration.
Backing up the Running Configuration or Startup Configuration to the Backup Configuration
Use the copy running-config backup-config command to back up the running configuration
to the backup configuration file. Use the copy startup-config backup-config command to
back up the startup configuration to the backup configuration file.
Copying to a Unit on the Stack Using unit
The copy command can be used to copy an image to another unit. This means that a copy
command allows the management node to distribute its existing code to other nodes. The
command syntax is copy image unit {all | <1-12>}
NOTE: The copy command can accept the unit {all | <1-12>} only as the destination-url. In this case, only
image can be the source-url.
NOTE: Note that the copy image unit all command does not copy the active image to the backup image on
the management unit, just the stack units.
The copy command can not:
•
Either download code from tftp, for example, to the stack units directly, or
•
Copy code from one stack unit to another stack unit.
For copying to all units simultaneously, use the keyword all.
Example
The following example copies a system image named file1 from the TFTP server with an IP
address of 172.16.101.101 to a non active image file in flash memory.
console#copy tftp://172.16.101.101/pc62xxr1v0.stk image
Mode........................................... TFTP
Set TFTP Server IP............................. 172.16.101.101
TFTP Path...................................... ./
TFTP Filename.................................. pc62xxr1v0.stk
Data Type...................................... Code
338
Configuration and Image File Commands
Destination Filename........................... image1
Management access will be blocked for the duration of the transfer
Are you sure you want to start? (y/n) y
TFTP code transfer starting
delete backup-config
Use the delete backup-config command in Privileged EXEC mode to delete the backup-config file.
Syntax
delete backup-config
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example deletes the backup-config file.
console#delete backup-config
Delete backup-config (Y/N)?y
delete backup-image
Use the delete backup-image command in Privileged EXEC mode to delete a file from a flash
memory device.
Syntax
delete backup-image
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
Configuration and Image File Commands
339
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
Note that the active image cannot be deleted.
Example
The following example deletes test file in Flash memory.
console#delete backup-image
Delete: image2 (y/n)?
delete startup-config
Use the delete startup-config command in Privileged EXEC mode to delete the startup-config file.
Syntax
delete startup-config
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
If the startup-config file is not present when system reboots, it reboots with default settings.
Example
The following example deletes the startup-config file.
console# delete startup-config
Delete startup-config (y/n)?
filedescr
Use the filedescr command in Privileged EXEC mode to add a description to a file. Use the no
version of this command to remove the description from the filename.
Syntax
filedescr {image 1|image2} description
no filedescr {image 1|image2}
340
•
image1|image2— Image file.
•
description—Block of descriptive text. (Range: 0-128 characters)
Configuration and Image File Commands
Default Configuration
No description is attached to the file.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example attaches a file description to image2.
console#filedescr image2 "backedup on 03-22-05"
ftpdownload
Use the ftpdownload command to update the backup image on the switch. Users can use the boot
system image1/image2 command to appropriately load the image on next reload.
This command can be executed by a script. Password protection is not provided, and the password
is displayed on the CLI console as it is typed by the user or given in the script.
Syntax Description
ftpdownload ipaddress/path image user user name password password
•
Ipaddress/path—IP address of FTP server followed by the destination directory path from
which the image file is to be downloaded. (Range: Valid IP address and directory from
which the image file is to be downloaded)
•
image—Specifies the backup image on flash. (Range: None)
•
Username—User name on the FTP server. (Range: Valid user name)
•
Password—Password for the respective user on the FTP server. (Range: Valid password)
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Configuration and Image File Commands
341
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
console#ftpdownload 10.240.3.108/dell/image1 image user randall
password DellRandall
Mode........................................... FTP
Set FTP Server IP.............................. 10.240.3.108
FTP Path....................................... ./dell
FTP Filename................................... image1
Data Type...................................... Code
Destination Filename........................... image
Management access will be blocked for the duration of the transfer
Are you sure you want to start? (y/n) y
FTP code transfer starting
…………………………………
File transfer complete!
console#
script apply
Use the script apply command in Privileged EXEC mode to apply the commands in the script to
the switch.
Syntax
script apply scriptname
•
scriptname—Name of the script file to apply. (Range 1-31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
342
Configuration and Image File Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example applies the config.scr script to the switch.
console#script apply config.scr
script delete
Use the script delete command in Privileged EXEC mode to delete a specified script.
Syntax
script delete {scriptname|all}
•
scriptname—Script name of the file being deleted. (Range 1-31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example deletes all scripts from the switch.
console#script delete all
script list
Use the script list command in Privileged EXEC mode to list all scripts present on the switch as
well as the remaining available space.
Syntax
script list
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Configuration and Image File Commands
343
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays all scripts present on the switch.
console#script list
Configuration Script Name Size(Bytes)
-------------------------------- ----------0 configuration script(s) found.
2048 Kbytes free.
script show
Use the script show command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the contents of a script file.
Syntax
script show scriptname
•
scriptname—Name of the script file to be displayed. (Range: 1-31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the contents of the script file config.scr.
console#script show config.scr
interface ethernet 1/g1
ip address 176.242.100.100 255.255.255.0
exit
344
Configuration and Image File Commands
script validate
Use the script validate command in Privileged EXEC mode to validate a script file by parsing each
line in the script file.The validate option is intended for use as a tool in script development.
Validation identifies potential problems though it may not identify all problems with a given script.
Syntax
script validate scriptname
•
scriptname—Name of the script file being validated. (Range: 1-31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example validates the contents of the script file config.scr.
console#script validate config.scr
show backup-config
Use the show backup-config command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the contents of the
backup configuration file.
Syntax
show backup-config
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows backup-config data.
Configuration and Image File Commands
345
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
console#show backup-config
software version 1.1
hostname device
interface ethernet 1/g1
ip address 176.242.100.100 255.255.255.0
duplex full
speed 1000
exit
interface ethernet 1/g2
ip address 176.243.100.100 255.255.255.0
duplex full
speed 1000
exit
show bootvar
Use the show bootvar command in User EXEC mode to display the active system image file that
the device loads at startup.
Syntax
show bootvar [unit ]
•
unit—-Unit number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the active system image file that the device loads at startup.
console>show bootvar
346
Configuration and Image File Commands
Image Descriptions
image1 : default image
image2 :
Images currently available on Flash
------------------------------------------------------------------unit
image1
image2
current-active
next-active
-------------------------------------------------------------------
1
0.31.0.0
0.31.0.0
image2
image2
show dir
Use the show dir command to list all the files available on the flash file system
(TrueFlashFileSystem). The user can view the file names, the size of each file, and the date of the
last modification.
Syntax Description
show dir
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console#show dir
File name
Size (in bytes)
Configuration and Image File Commands
347
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
---------
---------------
image1
6351288
image2
6363424
fastpath.cfg
321894
show running-config
Use the show running-config command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the contents of the
currently running configuration file.
Syntax
show running-config [all | scriptname]
•
all-—To display or capture the commands with settings and configuration that are equal
to the default value, include the all option.
•
scriptname-—The output is displayed in script format, which can be used to configure
another switch with the same configuration. If the optional scriptname is provided with a
file name extension of ".scr", the output is redirected to a script file.
NOTE: If you issue the show running-config command from a serial connection, access to the switch
through remote connections (such as Telnet) is suspended while the output is being generated and
displayed.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the contents of the running-config file.
console#show running-config
software version 1.1
hostname device
interface ethernet 1/g1
ip address 176.242.100.100 255.255.255.0
348
Configuration and Image File Commands
duplex full
speed 1000
exit
interface ethernet 1/g2
ip address 176.243.100.100 255.255.255.0
duplex full
speed 1000
exit
show startup-config
Use the show startup-config command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the startup
configuration file contents.
Syntax
show startup-config
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the contents of the startup-config file.
console#show startup-config
software version 1.1
hostname device
interface ethernet 1/g1
ip address 176.242.100.100 255.255.255.0
duplex full
speed 1000
Configuration and Image File Commands
349
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
exit
interface ethernet 1/g2
ip address 176.243.100.100 255.255.255.0
duplex full
speed 1000
exit
update bootcode
Use the update bootcode command in Privileged EXEC mode to update the bootcode on one or
more switches. For each switch, the bootcode is extracted from the active image and programmed
to flash.
Syntax
update bootcode [unit ]
•
unit —Unit number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
If unit is not specified, all units are updated.
Example
The following example updates the bootcode on unit 2.
console#update bootcode 2
350
Configuration and Image File Commands
QoS Commands
assign-queue
Use the assign-queue command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to modify the queue ID
to which the associated traffic stream is assigned.
Syntax
assign-queue
•
queueid—Specifies a valid queue ID. (Range: integer from 0–6.)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to change the queue ID to 4 for the associated traffic
stream.
console(config-policy-classmap)#assign-queue 4
class
Use the class command in Policy-Map Class Configuration mode to create an instance of a class
definition within the specified policy for the purpose of defining treatment of the traffic class
through subsequent policy attribute statements.
Syntax
class classname
QoS Commands
353
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
no class
•
classname—Specifies the name of an existing DiffServ class. (Range: 1 - 31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command causes the specified policy to create a reference to the class definition. The
command mode is changed to Policy-Class-Map Configuration when this command is
executed successfully.
Example
The following example shows how to specify the DiffServ class name of "DELL."
console(config)#policy-map DELL1
console(config-policy-classmap)#class DELL
class-map
Use the class-map command in Global Configuration mode to define a new DiffServ class of type
match-all. To delete the existing class, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
class-map [match-all]classmapname
no class-map classmapname
•
match-all—Use this option to create a new class-map. Usage of this option is mandatory
if a new class is created.
•
classmapname—Specifies the name of a DiffServ class consisting of a character string
that can be up to 31 characters long. (Range: 1 - 31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
354
QoS Commands
The CLI mode is changed to Class-Map Configuration when this command is executed
successfully.
Example
The following example creates a class-map named "DELL" which requires all ACE’s to be
matched.
console(config)#class-map DELL
console(config-cmap)#
class-map rename
Use the class-map rename command in Global Configuration mode to change the name of a
DiffServ class.
Syntax
class-map rename
•
classname—The name of an existing DiffServ class. (Range: 1 - 31 characters)
•
newclassname—A case-sensitive alphanumeric string. (Range: 1 - 31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to change the name of a DiffServ class from "DELL" to
"DELL1."
console(config)#class-map rename DELL DELL1
console(config)#
classofservice dot1p-mapping
Use the classofservice dot1p-mapping command in Global Configuration mode to map an 802.1p
priority to an internal traffic class. In Interface Configuration mode, the mapping is applied only to
packets received on that interface. Use the no form of the command to remove mapping between
an 802.1p priority and an internal traffic class.
QoS Commands
355
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
classofservice dot1p-mapping 802.1ppriority trafficclass
no classofservice dot1p-mapping
•
802.1ppriority—Specifies the user priority mapped to the specified traffic class for this
switch. (Range: 0 - 7)
•
trafficclass—Specifies the traffic class for this switch. (Range: 0 - 6)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration or Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
None
Example
The following example configures mapping for user priority 1 and traffic class 2.
console(config)#classofservice dot1p-mapping 1 2
classofservice ip-dscp-mapping
Use the classofservice ip-dscp-mapping command in Global Configuration mode to map an IP
DSCP value to an internal traffic class.
Syntax
classofservice ip-dscp-mapping ipdscp trafficclass
•
ipdscp—Specifies the IP DSCP value to which you map the specified traffic class.
(Range: 0 - 63)
•
trafficclass—Specifies the traffic class for this value mapping. (Range: 0 - 6)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
356
QoS Commands
Example
The following example displays mapping for IP DSCP 1 and traffic class 2.
console(config)#classofservice ip-dscp-mapping 1 2
classofservice trust
Use the classofservice trust command in either Global Configuration mode or Interface
Configuration mode to set the class of service trust mode of an interface. To set the interface mode
to untrusted, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
classofservice trust {dot1p|ip-precedence|ip-dscp}
no classofservice trust
•
dot1p—Specifies that the mode be set to trust dot1p (802.1p) packet markings.
•
ip-precedence—Specifies that the mode be set to trust IP Precedence packet markings.
•
ip-dscp—Specifies that the mode be set to trust IP DSCP packet markings.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode or Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example displays how you set the class of service trust mode of an interface to
trust dot1p (802.1p) packet markings when in Global Configuration mode.
console(config)#classofservice trust dot1p
The following example displays how you set the class of service trust mode of an interface to
trust IP Precedence packet mark
console(config)#classofservice trust ip-precedence
QoS Commands
357
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
conform-color
Use the conform-color command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to specify second-level
matching for traffic flow, the only possible actions are drop, set-cos-transmit, setdscp-transmit, setprec-transmit, or transmit. In this two-rate form of the policy command, the conform action
defaults to send, the exceed action defaults to drop, and the violate action defaults to drop. These
actions can be set with this command.
Syntax
conform-color
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to specify the conform-color command.
console(config-policy-classmap)#conform-color test_class
(test_class is
cos-queue min-bandwidth
Use the cos-queue min-bandwidth command in either Global Configuration mode or Interface
Configuration mode to specify the minimum transmission bandwidth for each interface queue. To
restore the default for each queue’s minimum bandwidth value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
cos-queue min-bandwidth bw-0 bw-1 … bw-n
no cos-queue min-bandwidth
•
bw-0—Specifies the minimum transmission bandwidth for an interface. You can specify
as many bandwidths as there are interfaces (bw-0 through bw-n). (Range: 0 - 100 in
increments of 5)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
358
QoS Commands
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode or Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The maximum number of queues supported per interface is seven.
Example
The following example displays how to specify the minimum transmission bandwidth for
seven interfaces.
console(config)#cos-queue min-bandwidth
0 0 5 5 10 10 10
cos-queue strict
Use the cos-queue strict command in either Global Configuration mode or Interface
Configuration mode to activate the strict priority scheduler mode for each specified queue. To
restore the default weighted scheduler mode for each specified queue, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
cos-queue strict {queue-id-1} [{queue-id-2} … {queue-id-n}]
no cos-queue strict {queue-id-1} [{queue-id-2} … {queue-id-n}]
•
queue-id-1—Specifies the queue ID for which you are activating the strict priority
scheduler. You can specify a queue ID for as many queues as you have (queue-id 1
through queue-id-n). (Range: 0 - 6)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode or Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to activate the strict priority scheduler mode for two
queues.
console(config)#cos-queue strict 1 2
The following example displays how to activate the strict priority scheduler mode for three
queues.
QoS Commands
359
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
console(config)#cos-queue strict 1 2 4
diffserv
Use the diffserv command in Global Configuration mode to set the DiffServ operational mode to
active. While disabled, the DiffServ configuration is retained and can be changed, but it is not
activated. When enabled, DiffServ services are activated. To set the DiffServ operational mode to
inactive, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
diffserv
no diffserv
Default Configuration
This command default is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to set the DiffServ operational mode to active.
console(Config)#diffserv
drop
Use the drop command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to specify that all packets for the
associated traffic stream are to be dropped at ingress.
Syntax
drop
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
360
QoS Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to specify that matching packets are to be dropped at
ingress.
console(config-policy-classmap)#drop
mark cos
Use the mark cos command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to mark all packets for the
associated traffic stream with the specified class of service value in the priority field of the 802.1p
header. If the packet does not already contain this header, one is inserted.
Syntax
mark cos cos-value
•
cos-value—Specifies the CoS value as an integer. (Range: 0 - 7)
Default Configuration
The default value for this command is 1.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to mark all packets with a CoS value.
console(config-policy-classmap)#mark cos 7
mark ip-dscp
Use the mark ip-dscp command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to mark all packets for
the associated traffic stream with the specified IP DSCP value.
Syntax
mark ip-dscp dscpval
•
dscpval—Specifies the DSCP value as an integer or keyword value.
(Integer Range: 0 - 63) (Keyword values: af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32,
af33, af41, af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, ef)
QoS Commands
361
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to mark all packets with an IP DSCP value of "cs4."
console(config-policy-classmap)#mark ip-dscp cs4
mark ip-precedence
Use the mark ip-precedence command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to mark all
packets for the associated traffic stream with the specified IP precedence value.
Syntax
mark ip-precedence prec-value
•
prec-value—Specifies the IP precedence value as an integer. (Range: 0 - 7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines.
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays
console(config(#policy-map p1 in
console(config-policy-map)#class c1
console(config-policy-classmap)#mark ip-precedence 2
console(config-policy-classmap)#
362
QoS Commands
match class-map
Use the match class-map command to add to the specified class definition the set of match
conditions defined for another class. Use the no form of this command to remove from the
specified class definition the set of match conditions defined for another class.
Syntax
match class-map refclassname
no match class-map refclassname
•
refclassname—The name of an existing DiffServ class whose match conditions are being
referenced by the specified class definition.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
•
The parameters refclassname and class-map-name can not be the same.
•
Only one other class may be referenced by a class.
•
Any attempts to delete the refclassname class while the class is still referenced by any
class-map-name fails.
•
The combined match criteria of class-map-name and refclassname must be an allowed
combination based on the class type.
•
Any subsequent changes to the refclassname class match criteria must maintain this
validity, or the change attempt fails.
•
The total number of class rules formed by the complete reference class chain (including
both predecessor and successor classes) must not exceed a platform-specific maximum.
In some cases, each removal of a refclass rule reduces the maximum number of available
rules in the class definition by one.
Example
The following example adds match conditions defined for the Dell class to the class currently
being configured.
console(config-classmap)#match class-map Dell
QoS Commands
363
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following example deletes the match conditions defined for the Dell class from the class
currently being configured.
console(config-classmap)#no match class-map Dell
match cos
Use the match cos command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the specified class
definition a match condition for the class of service value (the only tag in a single-tagged packet or
the first or outer 802.1Q tag of a double-VLAN tagged packet).
Syntax
match cos
•
cos-value—Specifies the CoS value as an integer (Range: 0 - 7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition to the specified class.
console(config-classmap)#match cos 1
match destination-address mac
Use the match destination-address mac command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the
specified class definition a match condition based on the destination MAC address of a packet.
Syntax
match destination-address mac macaddr macmask
364
•
macaddr—Specifies any valid layer 2 MAC address formatted as six two-digit
hexadecimal numbers separated by colons.
•
macmask—Specifies a valid layer 2 MAC address bit mask formatted as six two-digit
hexadecimal numbers separated by colons. This address bit mask does not need to be
contiguous.
QoS Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition for the specified MAC address and
bit mask.
console(config-classmap)#match destination-address mac
AA:ED:DB:21:11:06 FF:FF:FF:EF:EE:EE
match dstip
Use the match dstip command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the specified class
definition a match condition based on the destination IP address of a packet.
Syntax
match dstip ipaddr ipmask
•
ipaddr—Specifies a valid IP address.
•
ipmask—Specifies a valid IP address bit mask. Note that even though this parameter is
similar to a standard subnet mask, it does not need to be contiguous.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition using the specified IP address and
bit mask.
console(config-classmap)#match dstip 10.240.1.1 10.240.0.0
QoS Commands
365
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
match dstl4port
Use the match dstl4port command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the specified class
definition a match condition based on the destination layer 4 port of a packet using a single
keyword or a numeric notation.
Syntax
match dstl4port {portkey|port-number}
•
portkey—Specifies one of the supported port name keywords. A match condition is
specified by one layer 4 port number. The currently supported values are: domain, echo,
ftp, ftpdata, http, smtp,snmp, telnet, tftp, and www.
•
port-number—Specifies a layer 4 port number (Range: 0–65535).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition based on the destination layer 4
port of a packet using the "echo" port name keyword.
console(config-classmap)#match dstl4port echo
match ethertype
Use the match ethertype command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the specified class
definition a match condition based on the value of the ethertype.
Syntax
match ethertype {keyword|<0x0600-0xffff> }
•
keyword—Specifies either a valid keyword or a valid hexadecimal number. The supported
keywords are appletalk, arp, ibmsna, ipv4, ipv6, ipx, mplsmcast, mplsucast, netbios,
novell, pppoe, rarp. (Range: 0x0600 - 0xFFFF)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
366
QoS Commands
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to add a match condition based on ethertype.
console(config-classmap)#match ethertype arp
match ip dscp
Use the match ip dscp command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the specified class
definition a match condition based on the value of the IP DiffServ Code Point (DSCP) field in a
packet. This field is defined as the high-order six bits of the Service Type octet in the IP header.
The low-order two bits are not checked.
Syntax
match ip dscp dscpval
•
dscpval—Specifies an integer value or a keyword value for the DSCP field. (Integer
Range: 0 - 63) (Keyword Values: af11, af12, af13, af21, af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41,
af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, ef)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The ip dscp, ip precedence, and ip tos match conditions are alternative ways to specify a
match criterion for the same Service Type field in the IP header but with a slightly different
user notation.
To specify a match on all DSCP values, use the match ip tos tosbits tosmask command with
tosbits set to "0" (zero) and tosmask set to hex "03."
Example
The following example displays how to add a match condition based on the DSCP field.
console(config-classmap)# match ip dscp 3
QoS Commands
367
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
match ip precedence
Use the match ip precedence command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the specified
class definition a match condition based on the value of the IP precedence field.
Syntax
match ip precedence precedence
•
precedence—Specifies the precedence field in a packet. This field is the high-order three
bits of the Service Type octet in the IP header. (Integer Range: 0 - 7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The ip dscp, ip precedence, and ip tos match conditions are alternative ways to specify a
match criterion for the same Service Type field in the IP header but with a slightly different
user notation.
To specify a match on all precedence values, use the match ip tos tosbits tosmask command
with tosbits set to "0" (zero) and tosmask set to hex "1F."
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition based on the value of the IP
precedence field.
console(config-classmap)#match ip precedence 1
match ip tos
Use the match ip tos command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the specified class
definition a match condition based on the value of the IP TOS field in a packet. This field is
defined as all eight bits of the Service Type octet in the IP header.
Syntax
match ip tos tosbits tosmask
368
•
tosbits—Specifies a two-digit hexadecimal number. (Range: 00 - ff)
•
tosmask—Specifies the bit positions in the tosbits parameter that are used for
comparison against the IP TOS field in a packet. This value of this parameter is expressed
as a two-digit hexadecimal number. (Range: 00 - ff)
QoS Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The ip dscp, ip precedence, and ip tos match conditions are alternative ways to specify a
match criterion for the same Service Type field in the IP header but with a slightly different
user notation.
This specification is the free form version of the IP DSCP/Precedence/TOS match
specification in that you have complete control of specifying which bits of the IP Service Type
field are checked.
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition based on the value of the IP TOS
field in a packet.
console(config-classmap)#match ip tos AA EF
match protocol
Use the match protocol command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the specified class
definition a match condition based on the value of the IP Protocol field in a packet using a single
keyword notation or a numeric value notation.
Syntax
match protocol {protocol-name|protocol-number}
•
protocol-name—Specifies one of the supported protocol name keywords. The supported
values are icmp, igmp, ip, tcp, and udp.
•
protocol-number—Specifies the standard value assigned by IANA. (Range 0 - 255)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
QoS Commands
369
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition based on the "ip" protocol name
keyword.
console(config-classmap)#match protocol ip
match source-address mac
Use the match source-address mac command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the
specified class definition a match condition based on the source MAC address of the packet.
Syntax
match source-address mac address macmask
•
macaddr—Specifies any valid layer 2 MAC address formatted as six two-digit
hexadecimal numbers separated by colons.
•
macmask—Specifies a layer 2 MAC address bit mask formatted as six two-digit
hexadecimal numbers separated by colons. This bit mask does not need to be contiguous.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example adds to the specified class definition a match condition based on the
source MAC address of the packet.
console(config-classmap)# match source-address mac
10:10:10:10:10:10 11:11:11:11:11:11
match srcip
Use the match srcip command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the specified class
definition a match condition based on the source IP address of a packet.
Syntax
match srcip ipaddr ipmask
•
370
ipaddr—Specifies a valid IP address.
QoS Commands
•
ipmask—Specifies a valid IP address bit mask. Note that although this IP address bit
mask is similar to a subnet mask, it does not need to be contiguous.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition for the specified IP address and
address bit mask.
console(config-classmap)#match srcip 10.240.1.1 10.240.0.0
match srcl4port
Use the match srcl4port command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the specified class
definition a match condition based on the source layer 4 port of a packet using a single keyword or
a numeric notation.
Syntax
match srcl4port {portkey|port-number}
•
portkey—Specifies one of the supported port name keywords. A match condition is
specified by one layer 4 port number. The currently supported values are: domain, echo,
ftp, ftpdata, http, smtp,snmp, telnet, tftp, and www.
•
port-number—Specifies a layer 4 port number (Range: 0–65535).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
None
QoS Commands
371
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays how to add a match condition using the "snmp" port name
keyword.
console(config-classmap)#match srcl4port snmp
match vlan
Use the match vlan command in Class-Map Configuration mode to add to the specified class
definition a match condition based on the value of the layer 2 VLAN Identifier field. This field is
the only tag in a single tagged packet or the first or outer tag of a double VLAN packet.
Syntax
match vlan
•
—Specifies a VLAN ID as an integer. (Range: 0 - 4095)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays adding a match condition for the VLAN ID "2."
console(config-classmap)#match vlan 2
mirror
Use the mirror command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to mirror all the data that
matches the class defined to the destination port specified.
Syntax
mirror interface
•
interface—Specifies the Ethernet port to which data needs to be copied.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
372
QoS Commands
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The port identified in this command is identical to the destination port of the monitor
command.
Example
The following example displays how to copy all the data to ethernet port 1/g5.
console(config-policy-classmap)#mirror 1/g5
police-simple
Use the police-simple command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to establish the traffic
policing style for the specified class. The simple form of the police command uses a single data rate
and burst size, resulting in two outcomes: conform and nonconform.
Syntax
police-simple { conform-action {drop | set-cos-transmit |
set-prectransmit | set-dscp-transmit | transmit} [violateaction {drop |
set-cos-transmit | set-prec-transmit | set-dscp-transmit |
transmit}]}
•
datarate—Data rate in kilobits per second (kbps). (Range: 1–4294967295)
•
burstsize—Burst size in Kbps (Range: 1–128)
•
conform action—Indicates what happens when the packet is conforming to the policing
rule: it could be dropped, it could have its COS modified, it could have its IP precedence
modified, or it could have its DSCP modified. The same actions are available for packets
that do not conform to the policing rule.
•
cos—Class of Service value. (Range: 0 - 7)
•
dscpval—DSCP value. (Range: 0 - 63 or a keyword from this list, af11, af12, af13, af21,
af22, af23, af31, af32, af33, af41, af42, af43, be, cs0, cs1, cs2, cs3, cs4, cs5, cs6, cs7, ef)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
QoS Commands
373
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
Only one style of police command (simple) is allowed for a given class instance in a particular
policy.
Example
The following example shows how to establish the traffic policing style for the specified class.
console(config-policy-classmap)#police-simple 33 34 conform-action
transmit violate-action transmit
policy-map
Use the policy-map command in Global Configuration mode to establish a new DiffServ policy. To
remove the policy, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
policy-map policyname [in]
no policy-map policyname
•
policyname—Specifies the DiffServ policy name as a unique case-sensitive alphanumeric
string of characters. (Range: 1 - 31 alphanumeric characters.)
•
in—Inbound direction. Must be specified for new DiffServ policies. Not specified for
existing DiffServ policies. A new policy can be specified with "in" only. An existing policy
can be entered without "in" only.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The CLI mode is changed to Policy-Class-Map Configuration when this command is
successfully executed.
The policy type dictates which of the individual policy attribute commands are valid within
the policy definition.
Example
The following example shows how to establish a new DiffServ policy named "DELL."
console(config)#policy-map DELL
console(config-policy-classmap)#
374
QoS Commands
redirect
Use the redirect command in Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode to specify that all incoming
packets for the associated traffic stream are redirected to a specific egress interface (physical port or
port-channel).
Syntax
redirect interface
•
interface—Specifies any valid interface. Interface is Ethernet port or port-channel
(Range: lag1–lag18)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Policy-Class-Map Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to redirect incoming packets to port 1/g1.
console(config-policy-classmap)#redirect 1/g1
service-policy
Use the service-policy command in either Global Configuration mode (for all system interfaces) or
Interface Configuration mode (for a specific interface) to attach a policy to an interface. To return
to the system default, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
service-policy in policymapname
no service-policy in policymapname
•
policymapname—Specifies the DiffServ policy name as a unique case-sensitive
alphanumeric string. (Range: 1 - 31 alphanumeric characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode (for all system interfaces)
QoS Commands
375
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode (for a specific interface)
User Guidelines
This command effectively enables DiffServ on an interface. No separate interface
administrative mode command for DiffServ is available.
Ensure that no attributes within the policy definition exceed the capabilities of the interface.
When a policy is attached to an interface successfully, any attempt to change the policy
definition, such that it would result in a violation of the interface capabilities, causes the
policy change attempt to fail.
Example
The following example shows how to attach a service policy named "DELL" to all interfaces.
console(config)#service-policy DELL
show class-map
Use the show class-map command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all configuration
information for the specified class.
Syntax
show class-map [classname]
•
classname—Specifies the valid name of an existing DiffServ class. (Range: 1 - 31
characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays all the configuration information for the class named "Dell".
console#show class-map DELL
Class Name..................................... DELL
Class Type..................................... All
Match Criteria
Values
---------------------------- -------------------------------------
376
QoS Commands
Source Layer 4 Port
234
show classofservice dot1p-mapping
Use the show classofservice dot1p-mapping command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
current Dot1p (802.1p) priority mapping to internal traffic classes for a specific interface.
Syntax
show classofservice dot1p-mapping [/|port-channel portchannel number]
•
/—Specifies a valid unit/port combination:
—Physical switch identifier within the stack. Values are 1-12.
— Values are g for gigabit Ethernet port, or xg for 10 gigabit Ethernet port.
—port number. Values are 1-24 or 1-48 in the case of port_type g, and 1-4 for
port_type xg.
Example: xg2 is the 10 gigabit Ethernet port 2.
•
port-channel number—Specifies a valid port-channel number. Range is 1-8.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
If the interface is specified, the 802.1p mapping table of the interface is displayed. If omitted,
the most recent global configuration settings are displayed.
Example
The following example displays the dot1p traffic class mapping and user priorities.
console#show classofservice dot1p-mapping
User Priority
------------0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Traffic Class
--------------1
1
6
4
3
4
5
6
QoS Commands
377
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following table lists the parameters in the example and gives a description of each.
Parameter
Description
User Priority
The 802.1p user priority value.
Traffic Class
The traffic class internal queue identifier to which the
user priority value is mapped.
show classofservice ip-dscp-mapping
Use the show classofservice ip-dscp-mapping command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
current IP DSCP mapping to internal traffic classes for a specific interface.
Syntax
show classofservice ip-dscp-mapping
•
Command is supported only globally.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Example
console#show classofservice ip-dscp-mapping
378
IP DSCP
Traffic Class
-------------
-------------
0(be/cs0)
1
1
1
2
1
3
1
4
1
5
1
6
1
QoS Commands
7
1
8(cs1)
0
9
0
10(af11)
0
11
0
12(af12)
0
13
0
14(af13)
0
15
0
16(cs2)
0
17
0
18(af21)
0
19
0
--More-- or (q)uit
20(af22)
0
21
0
22(af23)
0
23
0
24(cs3)
1
25
1
26(af31)
1
27
1
28(af32)
1
29
1
30(af33)
1
31
1
32(cs4)
2
33
2
34(af41)
2
QoS Commands
379
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
35
2
36(af42)
2
37
2
38(af43)
2
39
2
40(cs5)
2
41
2
42
2
--More-- or (q)uit
380
43
2
44
2
45
2
46(ef)
2
47
2
48(cs6)
3
49
3
50
3
51
3
52
3
53
3
54
3
55
3
56(cs7)
3
57
3
58
3
59
3
60
3
61
3
62
3
QoS Commands
63
3
console#
show classofservice trust
Use the show classofservice trust command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the current trust
mode setting for a specific interface.
Syntax
show classofservice trust [/|port-channel port-channel number]
•
/—Specifies a valid unit/port combination:
—Physical switch identifier within the stack. Values are 1-12.
— Values are g for gigabit Ethernet port, or xg for 10 gigabit Ethernet port.
—port number. Values are 1-24 or 1-48 in the case of port_type g, and 1-4 for
port_type xg.
Example: xg2 is the 10 gigabit Ethernet port 2.
•
port-channel number—Specifies a valid port-channel number. Range is 1-8.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
If the interface is specified, the port trust mode of the interface is displayed. If omitted, the
port trust mode for global configuration is shown.
Example
The following example displays the current trust mode settings for the specified port.
console#show classofservice trust 1/g2
Class of Service Trust Mode: Dot1P
show diffserv
Use the show diffserv command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the DiffServ general
information, which includes the current administrative mode setting as well as the current and
maximum number of DiffServ components.
QoS Commands
381
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show diffserv
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the DiffServ information.
console#show diffserv
DiffServ Admin mode............................
Class Table Size Current/Max...................
Class Rule Table Size Current/Max..............
Policy Table Size Current/Max..................
Policy Instance Table Size Current/Max.........
Policy Attribute Table Size Current/Max........
Service Table Size Current/Max.................
Enable
5 / 25
6 / 150
2 / 64
2 / 640
2 / 1920
26 / 214
show diffserv service interface ethernet in
Use the show diffserv service interface ethernet command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
policy service information for the specified interface.
Syntax
show diffserv service interface ethernet / in
•
/—A valid / in the system.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
382
QoS Commands
Example
console#show diffserv service interface ethernet 1/g1 in
DiffServ Admin Mode............................ Enable
Interface...................................... 1/g1
Direction...................................... In
No policy is attached to this interface in this direction.
show diffserv service interface port-channel in
Syntax Description
show diffserv service interface port-channel channel-group in
•
channel-group: A valid port-channel in the system. (Range: 1–18)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
Not applicable
Example
console#show diffserv service interface port-channel 1 in
DiffServ Admin Mode............................ Enable
Interface...................................... ch1
Direction...................................... In
No policy is attached to this interface in this direction
show diffserv service brief
Use the show diffserv service brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all interfaces in
the system to which a DiffServ policy has been attached.
QoS Commands
383
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show diffserv service brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to display all interfaces in the system to which a DiffServ
policy has been attached.
console# show diffserv service brief
Interface
Direction
OperStatus Policy Name
----------- ----------- ------------ ------------------1/g1
in
Down
DELL
show interfaces cos-queue
Use the show interfaces cos-queue command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
class-of-service queue configuration for the specified interface.
Syntax
show interfaces cos-queue [/|port-channel port-channel
number]
•
/—Specifies a valid unit/port combination:
—Physical switch identifier within the stack. Values are 1-12.
— Values are g for gigabit Ethernet port, or xg for 10 gigabit Ethernet port.
—port number. Values are 1-24 or 1-48 in the case of port_type g, and 1-4 for
port_type xg.
Example: xg2 is the 10 gigabit Ethernet port 2.
•
port-channel number—Specifies a valid port-channel number. Range is 1-8.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
384
QoS Commands
User Guidelines
If the interface is specified, the class-of-service queue configuration of the interface is
displayed. If omitted, the most recent global configuration settings are displayed.
Examples
The following example displays the COS configuration with no unit/port or port-channel
parameter.
console#show interfaces cos-queue
Global Configuration
Interface Shaping Rate......................... 0
Queue Id
-------0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Min. Bandwidth
-------------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Scheduler Type
-------------Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Queue Management Type
--------------------Tail Drop
Tail Drop
Tail Drop
Tail Drop
Tail Drop
Tail Drop
Tail Drop
This example displays the COS configuration for the specified interface 1/g1.
console#show interfaces cos-queue 1/g1
Interface...................................... 1/g1
Interface Shaping Rate......................... 0
Queue Id
-------0
1
2
3
4
5
6
Min. Bandwidth
-------------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Scheduler Type
-------------Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Weighted
Queue Management Type
--------------------Tail Drop
Tail Drop
Tail Drop
Tail Drop
Tail Drop
Tail Drop
Tail Drop
QoS Commands
385
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following table lists the parameters in the examples and gives a description of each.
Parameter
Description
Interface
The port of the interface. If displaying the global
configuration, this output line is replaced with a global
configuration indication.
Intf Shaping Rate
The maximum transmission bandwidth limit for the
interface as a whole. It is independent of any
per-queue maximum bandwidth values in effect for
the interface. This value is a configured value.
Queue Mgmt Type
The queue depth management technique used for all
queues on this interface.
Queue
An interface supports n queues numbered 0 to
(n-1).The specific n value is platform-dependent.
Internal egress queue of the interface; queues 0–6 are
available.
Minimum Bandwidth
The minimum transmission bandwidth guarantee for
the queue, expressed as a percentage. A value of 0
means bandwidth is not guaranteed and the queue
operates using best-effort. This value is a configured
value.
Scheduler Type
Indicates whether this queue is scheduled for
transmission using a strict priority or a weighted
scheme. This value is a configured value.
show policy-map
Use the show policy-map command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all configuration
information for the specified policy.
Syntax
show policy-map [policyname]
•
policyname—Specifies the name of a valid existing DiffServ policy. (Range: 1-31)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
386
QoS Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the DiffServ information.
console#show policy-map
Policy Name Policy Type Class Members
----------- ----------- ------------POLY1
xxx
DellClass
DELL
xxx
DellClass
show policy-map interface
Use the show policy-map interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display policy-oriented
statistics information for the specified interface.
Syntax
show policy-map interface unit/port in
•
unit/port—Specifies a valid port number.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Syntax
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the statistics information for port 1/g1.
console#show policy-map interface 1/g1 in
Interface...................................... 1/g1
Operational Status............................. Down
Policy Name.................................... DELL
Interface Summary:
QoS Commands
387
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Class Name..................................... murali
In Discarded Packets........................... 0
Class Name..................................... test
In Discarded Packets........................... 0
Class Name..................................... DELL1
In Discarded Packets........................... 0
Class Name..................................... DELL
In Discarded Packets........................... 0
show service-policy
Use the show service-policy command in Privileged EXEC mode to display a summary of
policy-oriented statistics information for all interfaces.
Syntax
show service-policy in
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays a summary of policy-oriented statistics information.
console#show service-policy
Intf
Oper
Policy
Stat
Name
------ ----- -------------------------------
388
1/g1
Down
DELL
1/g2
Down
DELL
1/g3
Down
DELL
1/g4
Down
DELL
QoS Commands
1/g5
Down
DELL
1/g6
Down
DELL
1/g7
Down
DELL
1/g8
Down
DELL
1/g9
Down
DELL
1/g10
Down
DELL
traffic-shape
Use the traffic-shape command in Global Configuration mode and Interface Configuration mode
to specify the maximum transmission bandwidth limit for the interface as a whole. This process,
also known as rate shaping, has the effect of smoothing temporary traffic bursts over time so that
the transmitted traffic rate is bounded. To restore the default interface shaping rate value, use the
no form of this command.
Syntax
traffic-shape bw
no traffic-shape
•
bw—Maximum transmission bandwidth value expressed in terms of percentage. (Range:
0-100 percentage in increments of 5)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the setting of traffic-shape to a maximum bandwidth of 25.
console(config-if-1/g1)#traffic-shape 25
QoS Commands
389
390
QoS Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Radius Commands
auth-port
Use the auth-port command in Radius mode to set the port number for authentication requests of
the designated Radius server.
Syntax
auth-port auth-port-number
•
auth-port-number—Port number for authentication requests.
Default Configuration
The default value of the port number is 1812.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
The host is not used for authentication if set to 0.
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before executing this
command.
Example
The following example sets the port number 2412 for authentication requests.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#auth-port 2412
deadtime
Use the deadtime command in Radius mode to improve Radius response times when a server is
unavailable by causing the unavailable server to be skipped.
Radius Commands
393
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
deadtime deadtime
•
deadtime—The amount of time that the unavailable server is skipped over. (Range: 02000 minutes)
Default Configuration
The default deadtime interval is 0 minutes.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before executing this
command.
Example
The following example specifies a deadtime interval of 60 minutes.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#deadtime 60
key
Use the key command in Radius mode to set the authentication and encryption key for all Radius
communications between the switch and the Radius server.
Syntax
key key-string
•
key-string —Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all Radius
communications between the switch and the Radius server. This key must match the
encryption used on the Radius. (Range: 0-128 characters)
Default Configuration
The default for key-string is an empty string.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before executing this
command.
394
Radius Commands
Example
The following example specifies an authentication and encryption key of "lion-king".
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#key lion-king
priority
Use the priority command in Radius mode to specify the order in which the servers are to be used,
with 0 being the highest priority.
Syntax
priority priority
•
priority—Sets server priority level. (Range 0-65535)
Default Configuration
The default priority is 0.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before executing this
command.
Example
The following example specifies a priority of 10 for the designated server.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#priority 10
radius-server deadtime
Use the radius-server deadtime command in Global Configuration mode to improve Radius
response times when servers are unavailable. The command is used to cause the unavailable servers
to be skipped. To set the deadtime to 0, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
radius-server deadtime deadtime
no radius-server deadtime
Radius Commands
395
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
deadtime—Length of time in minutes, for which a Radius server is skipped over by
transaction requests. (Range: 0 - 2000 minutes)
Default Configuration
The default dead time is 0 minutes.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the interval for which any unavailable Radius servers are skipped
over by transaction requests to 10 minutes.
console(config)#radius-server deadtime 10
radius-server host
Use the radius-server host command in Global Configuration mode to specify a RADIUS server
host and enter RADIUS Configuration mode. To delete the specified Radius host, use the no form
of this command.
Syntax
radius-server host {ip-address |hostname}
no radius-server host {ip-address |hostname}
•
ip-address—The R ADIUS server host IP address.
•
hostname — Host name of the Radius server host. (Range: 1-158 characters)
Default Configuration
The parameters deadtime, key, source-ip, timeout and retransmit are set to the global values
and the parameters auth-port-number, priority, usage are set to the default values 1812, 0 and
all, respectively.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
396
Radius Commands
Example
The following example specifies a Radius server host with the following characteristics:
•
Server host IP address—192.168.10.1
console(config)#radius-server host 192.168.10.1
radius-server key
Use the radius-server key command in Global Configuration mode to set the authentication and
encryption key for all Radius communications between the switch and the Radius server. To reset to
the default, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
radius-server key [key-string]
no radius-server key
•
key-string—Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all Radius
communications between the switch and the Radius server. This key must match the
encryption used on the Radius server. (Range: 1-128 characters)
Default Configuration
The default is an empty string.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the authentication and encryption key for all Radius
communications between the device and the Radius server to "dell-server."
console(config)#radius-server key dell-server
radius-server retransmit
Use the radius-server retransmit command in Global Configuration mode to specify the number of
times the Radius client will retransmit requests to the Radius server. To reset the default
configuration, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
radius-server retransmit retries
Radius Commands
397
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
no radius-server retransmit
•
retries—Specifies the retransmit value. (Range: 1 - 10)
Default Configuration
The default is 3 attempts.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the number of times the Radius client attempts to
retransmit requests to the Radius server to 5 attempts.
console(config)#radius-server retransmit 5
radius-server source-ip
Use the radius-server source-ip command in Global Configuration mode to specify the source IP
address used for communication with Radius servers. To return to the default, use the no form of
this command. 0.0.0.0 is interpreted as a request to use the IP address of the outgoing IP interface.
Syntax
radius-server source-ip source
no radius-server-ip
•
source—Specifies the source IP address.
Default Configuration
The default IP address is the outgoing IP interface.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
398
Radius Commands
Example
The following example configures the source IP address used for communication with Radius
servers to 10.1.1.1.
console(config)#radius-server source-ip 10.1.1.1
radius-server timeout
Use the radius-server timeout command in Global Configuration mode to set the interval for
which a switch waits for a server host to reply. To restore the default, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
radius-server timeout timeout
no radius-server timeout
•
timeout—Specifies the timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1 - 30)
Default Configuration
The default value is 3 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the interval for which a switch waits for a server host to reply to
5 seconds.
console(config)#radius-server timeout 5
retransmit
Use the retransmit command in Radius mode to specify the number of times the Radius client
retransmits requests to the Radius server.
Syntax
retransmit retries
•
retries—Specifies the retransmit value. (Range: 1-10 attempts)
Radius Commands
399
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
The default number for attempts is 3.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before executing this
command.
Example
The following example of the retransmit command specifies five retries.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#retransmit 5
show radius-servers
Use the show radius-servers command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the Radius server
settings.
Syntax
show radius-servers
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the Radius server settings.
console#show radius-servers
IP address
---------10.2.3.4
10.240.1.4
400
Radius Commands
Auth
----1812
1812
TimeOut Retransmit DeadTime Source IP Priority
Usage
------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- ----6
Global
Global
0.0.0.0
0
all
Global
Global
10
Global
0
all
Global Values
-------------TimeOut : 3
Retransmit : 3
Deadtime : 0
Source IP : 1.2.3.4
source-ip
Use the source-ip command in Radius mode to specify the source IP address to be used for
communication with Radius servers. 0.0.0.0 is interpreted as a request to use the IP address of the
outgoing IP interface.
Syntax
source-ip source
•
source—A valid source IP address.
Default Configuration
The IP address is of the outgoing IP interface.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before executing this
command.
Example
The following example specifies 10.240.1.23 as the source IP address.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#source-ip 10.240.1.23
timeout
Use the timeout command in Radius mode to set the timeout value in seconds for the designated
Radius server.
Syntax
timeout timeout
•
timeout—Timeout value in seconds for the specified server. (Range: 1-30 seconds.)
Radius Commands
401
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
The default value is 3 seconds.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before executing this
command.
Example
The following example specifies the timeout setting for the designated Radius Server.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#timeout 20
usage
Use the usage command in Radius mode to specify the usage type of the server.
Syntax
usage type
•
type—Variable can be one of the following values: login, 802.1x or all.
Default Configuration
The default variable setting is all.
Command Mode
Radius mode
User Guidelines
User must enter the mode corresponding to a specific Radius server before executing this
command.
Example
The following example specifies usage type login.
console(config)#radius-server host 192.143.120.123
console(config-radius)#usage login
402
Radius Commands
RMON Commands
rmon alarm
Use the rmon alarm command in Global Configuration mode to configure alarm conditions. To
remove an alarm, use the no form of this command. Also see the related show rmon alarm
command.
Syntax
rmon alarm index variable interval rthreshold fthreshold revent fevent [type type] [startup
direction] [owner name]
no rmon alarm index
•
index—The alarm index. (Range: 1 - 65535)
•
variable—A fully qualified SNMP object identifier that resolves to a particular instance of
an MIB object.
•
interval—The interval in seconds over which the data is sampled and compared with the
rising and falling thresholds. (Range: 1 - 4294967295)
•
rthreshold—Rising Threshold. (Range: 0 - 4294967295)
•
fthreshold—Falling Threshold. (Range: 0 - 4294967295)
•
revent—The index of the Event that is used when a rising threshold is crossed. (Range: 165535)
•
fevent—The Event index used when a falling threshold is crossed. (Range: 1- 65535)
•
type type—The sampling method for the selected variable and calculating the value to be
compared against the thresholds. If the method is absolute, the value of the selected
variable is compared directly with the thresholds at the end of the sampling interval. If
the method is delta, the selected variable value at the last sample is subtracted from the
current value, and the difference compared with the thresholds.
RMON Commands
405
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
startup direction—The alarm that may be sent when this entry is first set to valid. If the
first sample (after this entry becomes valid) is greater than or equal to the rthreshold, and
direction is equal to rising or rising-falling, then a single rising alarm is generated. If the
first sample (after this entry becomes valid) is less than or equal to the fthreshold, and
direction is equal to falling or rising-falling, then a single falling alarm is generated.
•
owner name—Enter a name that specifies who configured this alarm. If unspecified, the
name is an empty string.
Default Configuration
The following parameters have the following default values:
•
type type—If unspecified, the type is absolute.
•
startup direction—If unspecified, the startup direction is rising-falling.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the following alarm conditions:
•
Alarm index—1
•
Variable identifier—1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.5
•
Sample interval—10 seconds
•
Rising threshold—500000
•
Falling threshold—10
•
Rising threshold event index—1
•
Falling threshold event index—1
console(config)#rmon alarm 1 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.1.10.5 10 50000 10 1 1
rmon collection history
Use the rmon collection history command in Interface Configuration mode to enable a Remote
Monitoring (RMON) MIB history statistics group on an interface. To remove a specified RMON
history statistics group, use the no form of this command. Also see the show rmon collection
history command.
Syntax
rmon collection history index [owner ownername] [buckets bucket-number] [interval seconds]
406
RMON Commands
no rmon collection history index
•
index—The requested statistics index group. (Range: 1 - 65535)
•
owner ownername—Records the RMON statistics group owner name. If unspecified, the
name is an empty string.
•
buckets bucket-number—A value associated with the number of buckets specified for the
RMON collection history group of statistics. If unspecified, defaults to 50.
(Range: 1 - 65535)
•
interval seconds—The number of seconds in each polling cycle. If unspecified, defaults to
1800. (Range: 1 - 3600)
Default Configuration
The buckets configuration is 50. The interval configuration is 1800 seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode.
User Guidelines
This command cannot be executed on multiple ports using the interface range ethernet
command.
Example
The following example enables a Remote Monitoring (RMON) MIB history statistics group
on port 1/g8 with the index number "1" and a polling interval period of 2400 seconds.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#rmon collection history 1 interval 2400
rmon event
Use the rmon event command in Global Configuration mode to configure an event. To remove an
event, use the no form of this command. Also see the show rmon events command.
Syntax
rmon event index type [community text] [description text] [owner name]
no rmon event index
•
index—The event index. (Range: 1 - 65535)
•
type—The type of notification that the device generates about this event. Can have the
following values: none, log, trap, log-trap. In the case of log, an entry is made in the log
table for each event. In the case of trap, an SNMP trap is sent to one or more
management stations.
RMON Commands
407
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
community text—If an SNMP trap is to be sent, it is sent to the SNMP community
specified by this octet string. (Range: 0-127 characters)
•
description text—A comment describing this event. (Range 0-127 characters)
•
owner name—Enter a name that specifies who configured this event. If unspecified, the
name is an empty string.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures an event with the trap index of 10.
console(config)#rmon event 10 log
rmon table-size
Use the rmon table-size command in Global Configuration mode to configure the maximum
RMON tables sizes. To return to the default configuration, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
rmon table-size {history entries | log entries}
no rmon table-size {history | log}
•
history entries—Maximum number of history table entries. (Range: 20 - 270)
•
log entries—Maximum number of log table entries. (Range: 20 - 100)
Default Configuration
History table size is 270.
Log table size is 200.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
408
RMON Commands
User Guidelines
The configured table size is effective after the device is rebooted.
Example
The following example configures the maximum RMON history table sizes to 270 entries.
console(config)#rmon table-size history 270
show rmon alarm
Use the show rmon alarm command in User EXEC mode to display alarm configuration. Also see
the rmon alarm command.
Syntax
show rmon alarm number
•
number—Alarm index. (Range: 1 - 65535)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays RMON 1 alarms.
console> show rmon alarm 1
Alarm 1
------OID: 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.1
Last sample Value: 878128
Interval: 30
Sample Type: delta
Startup Alarm: rising
Rising Threshold: 8700000
Falling Threshold: 78
RMON Commands
409
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Rising Event: 1
Falling Event: 1
Owner: CLI
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Field
Description
Alarm
Alarm index.
OID
Monitored variable OID.
Last Sample Value
The statistic value during the last sampling period. For example, if the sample
type is delta, this value is the difference between the samples at the beginning
and end of the period. If the sample type is absolute, this value is the sampled
value at the end of the period.
Interval
The interval in seconds over which the data is sampled and compared with the
rising and falling thresholds.
Sample Type
The method of sampling the variable and calculating the value compared
against the thresholds. If the value is absolute, the value of the variable is
compared directly with the thresholds at the end of the sampling interval. If the
value is delta, the value of the variable at the last sample is subtracted from the
current value, and the difference compared with the thresholds.
Startup Alarm
The alarm that may be sent when this entry is first set. If the first sample is
greater than or equal to the rising threshold, and startup alarm is equal to rising
or rising and falling, then a single rising alarm is generated. If the first sample is
less than or equal to the falling threshold, and startup alarm is equal falling or
rising and falling, then a single falling alarm is generated.
Rising Threshold
A sampled statistic threshold. When the current sampled value is greater than
or equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval is less than
this threshold, a single event is generated.
Falling Threshold
A sampled statistic threshold. When the current sampled value is less than or
equal to this threshold, and the value at the last sampling interval is greater
than this threshold, a single event is generated.
Rising Event
The event index used when a rising threshold is crossed.
Falling Event
The event index used when a falling threshold is crossed.
Owner
The entity that configured this entry.
show rmon alarm-table
Use the show rmon alarm-table command in User EXEC mode to display the alarms summary
table.
410
RMON Commands
Syntax
show rmon alarm-table
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the alarms summary table:
console> show rmon alarm-table
Index
OID
Owner
-----
----------------------- -------
1
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.1
CLI
2
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.1
Manager
3
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.9
CLI
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Field
Description
Index
An index that uniquely identifies the entry.
OID
Monitored variable OID.
Owner
The entity that configured this entry.
show rmon collection history
Use the show rmon collection history command in User EXEC mode to display the requested
group of statistics. Also see the rmon collection history command.
Syntax
show rmon collection history [ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number]
•
interface—Valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is unit |port.
•
port-channel-number—Valid trunk index.
RMON Commands
411
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays all RMON group statistics.
console> show rmon collection history
Index
-----
Interface
Interval
Requested
Granted
Samples
Samples
Owner
--------- ---------- ---------- -------- -------
1
1/g1
30
50
50
2
1/g1
1800
50
50
CLI
Manager
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Field
Description
Index
An index that uniquely identifies the entry.
Interface
The sampled Ethernet interface.
Interval
The interval in seconds between samples.
Requested Samples
The requested number of samples to be saved.
Granted Samples
The granted number of samples to be saved.
Owner
The entity that configured this entry.
show rmon events
Use the show rmon events command in User EXEC mode to display the RMON event table. Also
see the rmon event command.
Syntax
show rmon events
412
RMON Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the RMON event table.
console> show rmon events
Index
Description
Type
Community
Owner
-----
-----------
--------- ---------- ------- ---------------------
1
Errors
Log
2
High Broadcast
Log-Trap
CLI
switch
Last time sent
Jan 18 2005
23:58:17
Manager Jan 18 2005
23:59:48
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Field
Description
Index
An index that uniquely identifies the event.
Description
A comment describing this event.
Type
The type of notification that the device generates about this event. Can have the
following values: none, log, trap, log-trap. In the case of log, an entry is made in
the log table for each event. In the case of trap, an SNMP trap is sent to one or
more management stations.
Community
If an SNMP trap is to be sent, it is sent to the SNMP community specified by this
octet string.
Owner
The entity that configured this event.
Last time sent
The time this entry last generated an event. If this entry has not generated any
events, this value is zero.
show rmon history
Use the show rmon history command in User EXEC mode to display RMON Ethernet Statistics
history. Also see the rmon history command.
Syntax
show rmon history index [throughput | errors | other] [period seconds]
RMON Commands
413
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
index—The requested set of samples. (Range: 1 - 65535)
•
throughput—Displays throughput counters.
•
errors—Displays error counters.
•
other—Displays drop and collision counters.
•
period seconds—Specifies the requested period time to display. (Range: 0 - 2147483647)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history for "throughput" on index
number 1.
console> show rmon history 1 throughput
Sample Set: 1 Owner: CLI
Interface:
1/g1 interval: 1800
Requested samples: 50
Granted samples: 50
Maximum table size: 270
Time
Octets
Packets Broadcast Multicast
%
-------------------- ------- ----------- ------ ----------- 09-Mar-2005 18:29:32 303595962 357568
3289 7287
19
09-Mar-2005 18:29:42 287696304 275686
2789 5878
20
The following example displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history for errors on index number
1.
console> show rmon history 1 errors
414
Sample Set: 1
Owner: Me
Interface:
interval: 1800
RMON Commands
1/g1
Requested samples: 50
Granted samples: 50
Maximum table size: 500 (800 after reset)
Time
CRC Align
Undersize
Oversize
Fragments
Jabbers
----------
---------
---------
---------
---------
--------
09-Mar-2005 1
18:29:32
1
0
49
0
09-Mar-2005 1
18:29:42
1
0
27
0
The following example displays RMON Ethernet Statistics history for "other" on index
number 1.
console> show rmon history 1 other
Sample Set: 1
Interface:
Owner: Me
1/g1 Interval: 1800
Requested samples: 50
Granted samples: 50
Maximum table size: 270
Time
Dropped
Collisions
-------------------- ----------- ----------10-Mar-2005
22:06:00
3
0
10-Mar-2005
22:06:20
3
0
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Field
Description
Time
Date and Time the entry is recorded.
Octets
The total number of octets of data (including those in bad packets) received on the network
(excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
Packets
The number of packets (including bad packets) received during this sampling interval.
Broadcast
The number of good packets received during this sampling interval that were directed to the
Broadcast address.
Multicast
The number of good packets received during this sampling interval that were directed to a
Multicast address. This number does not include packets addressed to the Broadcast address.
RMON Commands
415
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Field
Description
%
The best estimate of the mean physical layer network utilization on this interface during this
sampling interval, in hundredths of a percent.
CRC Align
The number of packets received during this sampling interval that had a length (excluding framing
bits but including FCS octets) between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but had either a bad Frame
Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a nonintegral number of octets (Alignment Error).
Undersize
The number of packets received during this sampling interval that were less than 64 octets long
(excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) and were otherwise well formed.
Oversize
The number of packets received during this sampling interval that were longer than 1518 octets
(excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) but were otherwise well formed.
Fragments
The total number of packets received during this sampling interval that were less than 64 octets in
length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets) had either a bad Frame Check Sequence
(FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error), or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of
octets (AlignmentError). It is normal for etherHistoryFragments to increment because it counts
both runts (which are normal occurrences due to collisions) and noise hits.
Jabbers
The number of packets received during this sampling interval that were longer than 1518 octets
(excluding framing bits but including FCS octets), and had either a bad Frame Check Sequence
(FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of
octets (Alignment Error).
Dropped
The total number of events in which packets were dropped by the probe due to lack of resources
during this sampling interval. This number is not necessarily the number of packets dropped. It is
just the number of times this condition has been detected.
Collisions
The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment during this sampling
interval.
show rmon log
Use the show rmon log command in User EXEC mode to display the RMON logging table.
Syntax
show rmon log [event]
•
event—Event index. (Range: 1 - 65535)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
416
RMON Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following examples display the RMON logging table.
console> show rmon log
Maximum table size: 100
Event Description
Time
----- -----------
--------------------
1
Errors
Jan 18 2005
23:48:19
1
Errors
Jan 18 2005
23:58:17
2
High Broadcast Jan 18 2005
23:59:48
console> show rmon log
Maximum table size: 100 (100 after reset)
Event Description
Time
----- -----------
--------------------
1
Errors
Jan 18 2005
23:48:19
1
Errors
Jan 18 2005
23:58:17
2
High Broadcast Jan 18 2005
23:59:48
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
Field
Description
Event
An index that uniquely identifies the event.
Description
A comment describing this event.
Time
The time this entry was created.
show rmon statistics
Use the show rmon statistics command in User EXEC mode to display RMON Ethernet Statistics.
Syntax
show rmon statistics {ethernet interface | port-channel port-channel-number}
•
interface—Valid Ethernet unit/port.
•
port-channel-number—Valid port-channel trunk index.
RMON Commands
417
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays RMON Ethernet Statistics for port 1/g1.
console> show rmon statistics ethernet 1/g1
Port 1/g1
Dropped: 8
Octets: 878128 Packets: 978
Broadcast: 7 Multicast: 1
CRC Align Errors: 0 Collisions: 0
Undersize Pkts: 0 Oversize Pkts: 0
Fragments: 0 Jabbers: 0
64 Octets: 98 65 to 127 Octets: 0
128 to 255 Octets: 0 256 to 511 Octets: 0
512 to 1023 Octets: 491 1024 to 1518 Octets: 389
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the display:
418
Field
Description
Dropped
The total number of events in which packets are dropped by the probe due to
lack of resources. This number is not always the number of packets dropped;
it is the number of times this condition has been detected.
Octets
The total number of octets of data (including those in bad packets) received
on the network (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
Packets
The total number of packets (including bad packets, Broadcast packets, and
Multicast packets) received.
Broadcast
The total number of good packets received and directed to the Broadcast
address. This does not include Multicast packets.
RMON Commands
Field
Description
Multicast
The total number of good packets received and directed to a Multicast
address. This number does not include packets directed to the Broadcast
address.
CRC Align Errors
The total number of packets received with a length (excluding framing bits,
but including FCS octets) of between 64 and 1518 octets, inclusive, but with
either a bad Frame Check Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets
(FCS Error) or a bad FCS with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment
Error).
Undersize Pkts
The total number of packets received less than 64 octets long (excluding
framing bits, but including FCS octets) and otherwise well formed.
Oversize Pkts
The total number of packets received longer than 1518 octets (excluding
framing bits, but including FCS octets) and otherwise well formed.
Fragments
The total number of packets received less than 64 octets in length (excluding
framing bits but including FCS octets) and either a bad Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS
with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error).
Jabbers
The total number of packets received longer than 1518 octets (excluding
framing bits, but including FCS octets), and either a bad Frame Check
Sequence (FCS) with an integral number of octets (FCS Error) or a bad FCS
with a non-integral number of octets (Alignment Error).
Collisions
The best estimate of the total number of collisions on this Ethernet segment.
64 Octets
The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are 64
octets in length (excluding framing bits but including FCS octets).
65 to 127 Octets
The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are
between 65 and 127 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
128 to 255 Octets
The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are
between 128 and 255 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
256 to 511 Octets
The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are
between 256 and 511 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
512 to 1023 Octets
The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are
between 512 and 1023 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
1024 to 1518 Octets
The total number of packets (including bad packets) received that are
between 1024 and 1518 octets in length inclusive (excluding framing bits but
including FCS octets).
RMON Commands
419
420
RMON Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
SNMP Commands
show snmp
Use the show snmp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the SNMP communications
status.
Syntax
show snmp
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the SNMP communications status.
Console # show snmp
Community-String Community-Access View name
IP address
---------------- ---------------- ----------
----------
public
private
private
All
172.16.1.1
172.17.1.1
read only
read write
su
user-view
Default
DefaultSuper
SNMP Commands
421
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Community-String Group name
IP address
---------------- ---------
----------
public
user-group
All
Traps are enabled.
Authentication trap is enabled.
Version 1,2 notifications
Target Address
Type
Community
-------------- -----192.122.173.42
192.122.173.42
Version
--------- -------
Trap
Inform
public
public
2
2
UDP Filter TO
Port name
Sec
Retries
---- ------ --- ----162 filt1
15
3
162 filt2
15
3
Version 3 notifications
Target Address
Type
Username
-------------- ----- -------192.122.173.42 Inform
Bob
Security UDP Filter TO
Level
Port name
Sec
Retries
-------- ---- ------ --- -----Priv
162
filt31 15
3
System Contact: Robert
System Location: Marketing
show snmp engineID
Use the show snmp engineID command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the ID of the local
Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) engine.
Syntax
show snmp engineID
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
422
SNMP Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the SNMP engine ID.
console# show snmp engineID
Local SNMP engineID: 08009009020C0B099C075878
show snmp filters
Use the show snmp filters command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the configuration of
filters.
Syntax
show snmp filters filtername
•
filtername—Specifies the name of the filter. (Range: 1-30)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
SNMP Commands
423
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following examples display the configuration of filters with and without a filter name
specification.
console # show snmp filters
Name
OID Tree
Type
------------------- ---------------------------------user-filter1
1.3.6.1.2.1.1
Included
user-filter1
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7
Excluded
user-filter2
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.*.1
Included
console # show snmp filters user-filter1
Name
OID Tree
Type
------------------- ---------------------------------user-filter1
1.3.6.1.2.1.1
Included
user-filter1
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7
Excluded
show snmp groups
Use the show snmp groups command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the configuration of
groups.
Syntax
show snmp groups [groupname]
•
groupname—Specifies the name of the group. (Range: 1-30)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
424
SNMP Commands
Example
The following examples display the configuration of views.
console# show snmp groups
Name
Security
Model
Views
Level
Read
Write
Notify
----------------- -----
------
-------- -------- ------
user-group
V3
Auth-Priv
Default
managers-group
V3
NoAuth-priv
Default
managers-group
V3
NoAuth-priv
Default
""
""
Default
""
""
""
console# show snmp groups user-group
Name
Security
Model
----------------- -----user-group
V3
Views
Level
-----Auth-Priv
Read
Write
Notify
-------- -------- ------Default
""
""
The following table contains field descriptions.
Field
Description
Name
Name of the group
Security Model
SNMP model in use (v1, v2 or v3)
Security Level
Authentication of a packet with encryption. Applicable only to SNMP
Version 3 security model.
Views
Read
A string that is the name of the view that enables
you only to view the contents of the agent. If
unspecified, all the objects except the communitytable and SNMPv3 user and access tables are
available.
Write
A string that is the name of the view that enables
you to enter data and manage the contents of the
agent.
SNMP Commands
425
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Field
Description
Notify
A string that is the name of the view that enables
you to specify an inform or a trap
show snmp users
Use the show snmp users Privileged EXEC command to display the configuration of users.
Syntax
show snmp users [username]
username—Specifies the name of the user. (Range: 1-30)
•
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the configuration of users with the user name specified.
Console # show snmp users
Name
Group Name
Auth Priv
Meth Meth
Remote Engine ID
--------------- --------------- ---- ---- ------------------bob
user-group
MD5
DES
800002a20300fce3900106
john
user-group
SHA
DES
800002a20300fce3900106
Console # show snmp users bob
Name
Group Name
Auth Priv
Meth Meth
Remote Engine ID
--------------- --------------- ---- ---- -------------------
426
SNMP Commands
bob
user-group
MD5
DES
800002a20300fce3900106
show snmp views
Use the show snmp views command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the configuration of
views.
Syntax
show snmp views [viewname]
•
viewname—Specifies the name of the view. (Range: 1-30)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
SNMP Commands
427
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following examples display the configuration of views with and without a view name
specified.
console# show snmp views
Name
OID Tree
Type
----------- ----------------------- --------user-view1
1.3.6.1.2.1.1
Included
user-view1
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7
Excluded
user-view2
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.*.1
Included
console# show snmp views user-view1
Name
OID Tree
Type
----------- ----------------------- ---------------------------user-view1
1.3.6.1.2.1.1
Included
user-view1
1.3.6.1.2.1.1.7
Excluded
snmp-server community
Use the snmp-server community command in Global Configuration mode to set up the
community access string to permit access to the SNMP protocol. To remove the specified
community string, use the no form of this command. This Command places the user in SNMPCommunity-Configuration mode.
Syntax
snmp-server community community-string {ro | rw | su} [ipaddress ipaddress] [view
viewname]
no snmp-server community community-string
428
•
community-string—Permits access to the SNMP protocol. (Range: 1-20 characters)
•
ro—Indicates read-only access
•
rw—Indicates read-write access.
SNMP Commands
•
su—Indicates SNMP administrator access.
•
ipaddress—Specifies the IP address of the management station. If no IP address is
specified, all management stations are permitted.
•
viewname—Specifies the name of a previously defined view. For information on views, see
the user guidelines. (Range: 1-30 characters)
Default Configuration
No community is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
You can not specify viewname for su, which has an access to the whole MIB. You can use the
view name to restrict the access rights of a community string. When it is specified:
•
An internal security name is generated.
•
The internal security name for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 security models is mapped to an
internal group name.
•
The internal group name for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 security models is mapped to a view
name. If ro is specified, then read-view and notify-view are mapped. If rw is specified,
then read-view, notify-view, and write-view are mapped.
Example
The following example configures community access string public to permit administrative
access to SNMP at an administrative station with IP address 192.168.1.20.
console(config)# snmp-server community public su 192.168.1.20
snmp-server community-group
Use the snmp-server community-group command in Global Configuration mode to map the
internal security name for SNMP v1 and SNMP v2 security models to the group name. To remove
the specified community string, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
snmp-server community-group community-string group-name [ipaddress ip-address]
•
community-string—Community string that acts like a password and permits access to the
SNMP protocol. (Range: 1-20 characters)
•
group-name—Name of a previously defined group. The group defines the objects
available to the community. (Range: 1-30 characters)
SNMP Commands
429
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
ip-address—Management station IP address. Default is all IP addresses.
Default Configuration
No community group is defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The group-name parameter can be used to restrict the access rights of a community string.
When it is specified, the software:
•
Generates an internal security-name.
•
Maps the internal security-name for SNMPv1 and SNMPv2 security models to the groupname.
Example
The following example maps a community access string dell_community to group dell_group.
console(config)# snmp-server community-group dell_community
dell_group 192.168.29.1
snmp-server contact
Use the snmp-server contact command in Global Configuration mode to set up a system contact
(sysContact) string. To remove the system contact information, use the no form of the command.
Syntax
snmp-server contact text
no snmp-server contact
•
text—Character string, 0 to 160 characters, describing the system contact information.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
430
SNMP Commands
Example
The following example displays setting up the system contact point as
"Dell_Technical_Support".
console(config)# snmp-server contact Dell_Technical_Support
snmp-server enable traps
Use the snmp-server enable traps command in Global Configuration mode to enable the switch to
send SNMP traps. To disable SNMP traps use the no form of the command.
Syntax
snmp-server enable traps
no snmp-server enable traps
Default Configuration
Traps are enabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the command to enable SNMP traps.
console(config)# snmp-server enable traps
snmp-server engineID local
Use the snmpserver engineID local command in Global Configuration mode to specify the Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) engine ID on the local device.
To remove the configured engine ID, use the no form of this command.
SNMP Commands
431
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
snmp-server engineID local {engineid-string | default }
no snmp-server engineID local
•
engineid-string—The character string that identifies the engine ID. The engine ID is a
concatenated hexadecimal string. Each byte in hexadecimal character strings is two
hexadecimal digits. Each byte can be separated by a period or colon. (Range: 5-32
characters)
•
default—The engineID is created automatically, based on the device MAC address.
Default Configuration
The engineID is not configured.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If you want to use SNMPv3, you need to specify an engine ID for the device. You can specify
your own ID or use a default string that is generated using the MAC address of the device. If
the SNMPv3 engine ID is deleted, or the configuration file is erased, then SNMPv3 cannot be
used. Since the EngineID should be unique within an administrative domain, the following
guidelines are recommended:
1) For standalone devices use the default keyword to configure the Engine ID.
2) For stackable systems, configure your own EngineID, and verify that is unique within your
administrative domain.
Changing the value of snmpEngineID has important side-effects. A user's password (entered
on the command line) is converted to an MD5 or SHA security digest. This digest is based on
both the password and the local engine ID. The command line password is then destroyed, as
required by RFC 2274. Because of this deletion, if the local value of engineID changes, the
security digests of SNMPv3 users will be invalid, and the users will have to be reconfigured.
Example
The following example configures the Engine ID automatically.
console(config)# snmp-server engineID local default
snmp-server filter
Use the snmp-server filter command in Global Configuration mode to create or update a Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server filter entry. To remove the specified SNMP server
filter entry, use the no form of this command.
432
SNMP Commands
Syntax
snmp-server filter filter-name oid-tree {included | excluded}
no snmp-server filter filter-name [oid-tree]
•
filter-name—Specifies the label for the filter record that is being updated or created. The
name is used to reference the record. (Range: 1-30 characters.)
•
oid-tree—Specifies the object identifier of the ASN.1 subtree to be included or excluded
from the view. To identify the subtree, specify a text string consisting of numbers, such as
1.3.6.2.4, or a word, such as system. Replace a single subidentifier with the asterisk
(*) wildcard to specify a subtree family; for example, 1.3.*.4.
•
included—Indicates that the filter type is included.
•
excluded—Indicates that the filter type is excluded.
Default Configuration
No filter entry exists.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command can be entered multiple times for the same filter record. Later lines take
precedence when an object identifier is included in two or more lines.
Examples
The following example creates a filter that includes all objects in the MIB-II system group
except for sysServices (System 7) and all objects for interface 1 in the MIB-II interfaces group.
console(config)# snmp-server filter user-filter system included
console(config)# snmp-server filter user-filter system.7 excluded
console(config)# snmp-server filter user-filter ifEntry.*.1
included
SNMP Commands
433
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
snmp-server group
Use the snmp-server group command in Global Configuration mode to configure a new Simple
Management Protocol (SNMP) group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views. To remove
a specified SNMP group, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
snmp-server group groupname { v1 | v2 | v3 { noauth | auth | priv } [ notify notifyview ] }
[ context contextname ] [ read readview ] [ write writeview ]
no snmp-server group groupname { v1 | v2 | v3 { noauth | auth | priv } } [ context
contextname ]
•
groupname—Specifies the name of the group. (Range: 1-30 characters.)
•
v1—Indicates the SNMP Version 1 security model.
•
v2—Indicates the SNMP Version 2 security model.
•
v3—Indicates the SNMP Version 3 security model.
•
noauth—Indicates no authentication of a packet. Applicable only to the SNMP Version 3
security model.
•
auth—Indicates authentication of a packet without encrypting it. Applicable only to the
SNMP Version 3 security model.
•
priv—Indicates authentication of a packet with encryption. Applicable only to the SNMP
Version 3 security model.
•
noauth—Specifies no authentication of a packet.
•
readview —A string that is the name of the view that enables the you to view only the
contents of the agent. If unspecified, all the objects except for the community-table and
SNMPv3 user and access tables are available. (Range: 1-30 characters.)
•
writeview —A string that is the name of the view that enables the user to enter data and
configure the contents of the agent. If unspecified, nothing is defined for the write view.
(Range: 1-30 characters.)
•
notifyview —Defines a string that is the name of the view that enables specifying an
inform or a trap. If unspecified, nothing is defined for the notify view. (Range: 1-30
characters.)
Default Configuration
No group entry exists. There will be some default groups for Read/Write/Super users. These
groups cannot be deleted or modified by the user. This command is used only to configure the
user-defined groups.
Command Mode
Global Configuration Mode
434
SNMP Commands
User Guidelines
View-name should be an existing view created using the snmp-server view command. If there
are multiple records with the same view-name, then the argument specified in this command
points to first view-name in the table.
Example
The following example attaches a group called user-group to SNMPv3 and assigns to the
group the privacy security level and read access rights to a view called user-view.
console(config)# snmp-server group user-group v3 priv read userview
snmp-server host
Use the snmp-server host command in Global Configuration mode to specify the recipient of
Simple Network Management Protocol notifications. To remove the specified host, use the no form
of this command. This command enters the user into SNMP-host configuration mode.
Syntax
snmp-server host {ip-address | hostname} community {traps {v1 | v2} | informs [timeout
seconds] [retries retries]} [udpport port] [filter filtername]
no snmp-server host ip-address
•
ip-address—Specifies the IP address of the host (targeted recipient).
•
hostname—Specifies the name of the host. (Range:1-158 characters)
•
community—Specifies a password-like community string sent with the notification
operation. (Range: 1-20 characters)
•
traps—Indicates that SNMP traps are sent to this host.
•
v1—Indicates that SNMPv1 traps will be used.
•
v2—Indicates that SNMPv2 traps will be used.
•
informs—Indicates that SNMPv2 informs are sent to this host.
•
seconds—Number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment before resending informs.
The default is 15 seconds. (Range: 1-300 characters.)
•
retries—Maximum number of times to resend an inform request. The default is 3
attempts. (Range: 1-255 characters.)
•
port—UDP port of the host to use. The default is 162. (Range: 1-65535 characters.)
•
filtername—A string that is the name of the filter that defines the filter for this host. If
unspecified, does not filter anything (Range: 1-30 characters.)
SNMP Commands
435
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
The default configuration is 3 retries, and 15 seconds timeout.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Example
The following example enables SNMP traps for host 192.16.12.143.
console(config)# snmp-server host 192.16.12.143 Dell_powerconnect
traps v2
snmp-server location
Use the snmp-server location command in Global Configuration mode to set the system location
string. To remove the location string, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
snmp-server location text
no snmp-server location
•
text—Character string describing the system location. (Range: 1 to 160 characters.)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the device location as "New_York".
console(config)# snmp-server location New_York
436
SNMP Commands
snmp-server trap authentication
Use the snmp-server trap authentication command in Global Configuration mode to enable the
switch to send Simple Network Management Protocol traps when authentication fails. To disable
SNMP failed authentication traps, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
snmp-server trap authentication
no snmp-server trap authentication
Default Configuration
Traps are enabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the command to enable authentication failed SNMP traps.
console(config)# snmp-server trap authentication
snmp-server user
Use the snmp-server user command in Global Configuration mode to configure a new SNMP
Version 3 user. To delete a user, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
snmp-server user username groupname [remote engineid-string] [ { auth-md5 password |
auth-sha password | auth-md5-key md5-key | auth-sha-key sha-key } [priv-des password |
priv-des-key des-key] ]
no snmp-server user username
•
username—Specifies the name of the user on the host that connects to the agent. (Range:
1-30 characters.)
•
groupname—Specifies the name of the group to which the user belongs. (Range: 1-30
characters.)
SNMP Commands
437
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
engineid-string—Specifies the engine ID of the remote SNMP entity to which the user
belongs. The engine ID is a concatenated hexadecimal string. Each byte in the
hexadecimal character string is two hexadecimal digits. The remote engine id designates
the remote management station, and should be defined to enable the device to receive
acknowledgements to "informs." (Range: 5-32 characters.)
•
auth-md5—The HMAC-MD5-96 authentication level. Enter a password. (Range: 8-64
characters.)
•
auth-sha—The HMAC-SHA-96 authentication level. Enter a password. (Range: 8-64
characters.)
•
password—A password. (Range: 1 to 32 characters.)
•
auth-md5-key—The HMAC-MD5-96 authentication level. Enter a pregenerated MD5
key.
•
auth-sha-key—The HMAC-SHA-96 authentication level. Enter a pregenerated SHA key.
•
md5-key—Character string - length 32 hex characters.
•
sha-key—Character string - length 48 characters.
•
priv-des—The CBC-DES Symmetric Encryption privacy level. Enter a password.
•
priv-des-key—The CBC-DES Symmetric Encryption privacy level. The user should enter
a pregenerated MD5 or SHA key depending on the authentication level selected.
•
des-key—The pregenerated DES encryption key. Length is determined by authentication
method selected - 32 hex characters if MD5 Authentication is selected, 48 hex characters
if SHA Authentication is selected.
Default Configuration
No user entry exists.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If the SNMP local engine ID is changed, configured users will no longer be able to connect
and will need to be reconfigured.
Example
The following example configures an SNMPv3 user "John" in group "user-group".
console(config)# snmp-server user John user-group
438
SNMP Commands
snmp-server view
Use the snmp-server view command in Global Configuration mode to create or update a Simple
Network Management Protocol (SNMP) server view entry. To delete a specified SNMP server view
entry, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
snmp-server view view-name oid-tree { included | excluded }
no snmp-server view view-name [oid-tree ]
•
view-name—Specifies the label for the view record that is being created or updated. The
name is used to reference the record. (Range: 1-30 characters.)
•
oid-tree—Specifies the object identifier of the ASN.1 subtree to be included or excluded
from the view. To identify the subtree, specify a text string consisting of numbers, such as
1.3.6.2.4, or a word, such as system. Replace a single subidentifier with the asterisk
(*) wildcard to specify a subtree family; for example 1.3.*.4.
•
included—Indicates that the view type is included.
•
excluded—Indicates that the view type is excluded.
Default Configuration
A view entry does not exist.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command can be entered multiple times for the same view record.
Examples
The following example creates a view that includes all objects in the MIB-II system group
except for sysServices (System 7) and all objects for interface 1 in the MIB-II interface group.
console(config)# snmp-server view user-view system included
console(config)# snmp-server view user-view system.7 excluded
console(config)# snmp-server view user-view ifEntry.*.1 included
snmp-server v3-host
Use the snmp-server v3-host command in Global Configuration mode to specify the recipient of
Simple Network Management Protocol Version 3 notifications. To remove the specified host, use
the no form of this command.
SNMP Commands
439
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
snmp-server v3-host {ip-address | hostname} username {traps | informs} [noauth | auth |
priv] [timeout seconds] [retries retries] [udpport port] [filter filtername]
no snmp-server host ip-address
•
ip-address—Specifies the IP address of the host (targeted recipient).
•
hostname—Specifies the name of the host. (Range:1-158 characters.)
•
username—Specifies user name to use to generate the notification. (Range:1-25
characters.)
•
traps—Indicates that SNMP traps are sent to this host.
•
informs—Indicates that SNMPv2 informs are sent to this host.
•
noauth—Specifies sending of a packet without authentication.
•
auth—Specifies authentication of a packet without encrypting it
•
priv—Specifies authentication and encryption of a packet.
•
seconds—Number of seconds to wait for an acknowledgment before resending informs.
This is not allowed for hosts configured to send traps. The default is 15 seconds.
(Range:1-300 seconds.)
•
retries—Maximum number of times to resend an inform request. This is not allowed for
hosts configured to send traps. The default is 3 attempts. (Range:1-255 retries.)
•
port—UDP port of the host to use. The default is 162. (Range:1-65535.)
•
filtername—A string that is the name of the filter that define the filter for this host. If
unspecified, does not filter anything. (Range:1-30 characters.)
Default Configuration
Default configuration is 3 retries and 15 seconds timeout.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example identifies an SNMPv3 host.
console(config)# snmp-server v3-host 192.168.0.20
440
SNMP Commands
Port Channel Commands
channel-group
Use the channel-group command in Interface Configuration mode to configure a port-to-port
channel. To remove the channel-group configuration from the interface, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
channel-group port-channel-number mode {on|auto}
no channel-group
•
port-channel_number—Specifies the number of the valid port-channel for the current
port to join.
•
on—Forces the port to join a channel without LACP.
•
auto—Forces the port to join a channel with LACP.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how port 1/g5 is configured to port-channel number 1 without
LACP.
console(config)# interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)# channel-group 1 mode on
Port Channel Commands
441
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
interface port-channel
Use the interface port-channel command in Global Configuration mode to configure a
port-channel type and enter port-channel configuration mode.
Syntax
interface port-channel port-channel-number
•
port-channel-number—A valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enters the context of port-channel number 1.
console(config)# interface port-channel 1
console(config-if-ch1)#
interface range port-channel
Use the interface range port-channel command in Global Configuration mode to execute a
command on multiple port channels at the same time.
Syntax
interface range port-channel {port-channel-range|all}
•
port-channel-range—List of port-channels to configure. Separate non-consecutive portchannels with a comma and no spaces. A hyphen designates a range of port-channels.
(Range: valid port-channel)
•
all—All the channel-ports.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
442
Port Channel Commands
User Guidelines
Commands in the interface range context are executed independently on each interface in
the range. If the command returns an error on one of the interfaces, it stops the execution of
the command on subsequent interfaces.
Example
The following example shows how port-channels 1, 2 and 8 are grouped to receive the same
command.
console(config)# interface range port-channel 1-2,8
console(config-if)#
hashing-mode
Use the hashing-mode command to set the hashing algorithm on trunk ports.
Syntax
hashing-mode mode
•
mode—Mode value in the range of 1 to 6.
Range: 1–6:
1. Source MAC, VLAN, EtherType, source module, and port ID
2. Destination MAC, VLAN, EtherType, source module, and port ID
3. Source IP and source TCP/UDP port
4. Destination IP and destination TCP/UDP port
5. Source/destination MAC, VLAN, EtherType, and source MODID/port
6. Source/destination IP and source/destination TCP/UDP port
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (port-channel)
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#interface port-channel l
Port Channel Commands
443
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
console(config-if-ch1)#hashing-mode 4
no hashing-mode
Use the no hashing-mode command to set the hashing algorithm on Trunk ports to the default (3).
Syntax Description
no hashing-mode
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (port-channel)
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#interface port-channel 1
console(config-if-ch1)#no hashing mode
show interfaces port-channel
Use the show interfaces port-channel command to show port-channel information.
Syntax Description
show interfaces port-channel [port-channel number]
[port-channel-number]—Number of the port channel to show. This parameter is optional. If
the port channel number is not given, all the channel groups are
displayed. (Range: Valid port-channel number, 1 to 8)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
444
Port Channel Commands
Example
Console#show interfaces port-channel
Channel
Ports
Hashing-mode
-------
---------------------------------------
------------
ch1
Active: 1/e1, 2/e2
1
ch2
Active: 2/e2, 2/e7 Inactive: 3/e1
2
ch3
Active: 3/e3, 3/e8
3
ch4
No Configured Ports
5
ch5
No Configured Ports
6
ch6
No Configured Ports
4
ch7
No Configured Ports
3
ch8
No Configured Ports
3
Hash algorithm type
1 - Source MAC, VLAN, EtherType, source module and port Id
2 - Destination MAC, VLAN, EtherType, source module and port Id
3 - Source IP and source TCP/UDP port
4 - Destination IP and destination TCP/UDP port
5 - Source/Destination MAC, VLAN, EtherType and source MODID/port
6 - Source/Destination IP and source/destination TCP/UDP port
show statistics port-channel
Use the show statistics port-channel command in Privileged EXEC mode to display statistics
about a specific port-channel.
Syntax
show statistics port-channel port-channel-number
•
port-channel-number—Valid port-channel number channel to display.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Port Channel Commands
445
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows statistics about port-channel 1.
console#show statistics port-channel 1
Total Packets Received (Octets)................ 0
Packets Received > 1522 Octets................. 0
Packets RX and TX 64 Octets.................... 1064
Packets RX and TX 65-127 Octets................ 140
Packets RX and TX 128-255 Octets............... 201
Packets RX and TX 256-511 Octets............... 418
Packets RX and TX 512-1023 Octets.............. 1
Packets RX and TX 1024-1518 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 1519-1522 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 1523-2047 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 2048-4095 Octets............. 0
Packets RX and TX 4096-9216 Octets............. 0
Total Packets Received Without Errors.......... 0
Unicast Packets Received....................... 0
Multicast Packets Received..................... 0
Broadcast Packets Received..................... 0
Total Packets Received with MAC Errors......... 0
Jabbers Received............................... 0
Fragments/Undersize Received................... 0
Alignment Errors............................... 0
--More-- or (q)uit
FCS Errors..................................... 0
446
Port Channel Commands
Overruns....................................... 0
Total Received Packets Not Forwarded........... 0
Local Traffic Frames........................... 0
802.3x Pause Frames Received................... 0
Unacceptable Frame Type........................ 0
Multicast Tree Viable Discards................. 0
Reserved Address Discards...................... 0
Broadcast Storm Recovery....................... 0
CFI Discards................................... 0
Upstream Threshold............................. 0
Total Packets Transmitted (Octets)............. 263567
Max Frame Size................................. 1518
Total Packets Transmitted Successfully......... 1824
Unicast Packets Transmitted.................... 330
Multicast Packets Transmitted.................. 737
Broadcast Packets Transmitted.................. 757
Total Transmit Errors.......................... 0
FCS Errors..................................... 0
--More-- or (q)uit
Tx Oversized................................... 0
Underrun Errors................................ 0
Total Transmit Packets Discarded............... 0
Single Collision Frames........................ 0
Multiple Collision Frames...................... 0
Excessive Collision Frames..................... 0
Port Membership Discards....................... 0
802.3x Pause Frames Transmitted................ 0
GVRP PDUs received............................. 0
GVRP PDUs Transmitted.......................... 0
Port Channel Commands
447
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
GVRP Failed Registrations...................... 0
Time Since Counters Last Cleared............... 0 day 0 hr 17 min
52 sec
console#
448
Port Channel Commands
Spanning Tree Commands
abort (mst)
Use the abort command in MST mode to exit the MST region configuration mode without
applying the configuration changes.
Syntax
abort
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
MST mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to exit the MST configuration mode without saving
changes.
console(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
console(config-mst)#abort
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols
Use the clear spanning-tree detected-protocols command in Privileged EXEC mode to restart the
protocol migration process (force the renegotiation with neighboring switches) on all interfaces or
on the specified interface.
Spanning Tree Commands
449
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
clear spanning-tree detected-protocols [ethernet interface| port-channel port-channelnumber]
•
interface—A valid Ethernet port. The full syntax is : unit/port.
•
port-channel-number—A valid port channel.
Default Configuration
This command has no default setting.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This feature is used only when working in RSTP or MSTP mode.
Example
The following example restarts the protocol migration process (forces the renegotiation with
neighboring switches) on 1/g1.
console#clear spanning-tree detected-protocols ethernet 1/g1
exit (mst)
Use the exit command in MST mode to exit the MST configuration mode and apply all
configuration changes.
Syntax
exit
Default Configuration
MST configuration.
Command Mode
MST mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
450
Spanning Tree Commands
Example
The following example shows how to exit the MST configuration mode and save changes.
console(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
console(config-mst)#exit
instance (mst)
Use the instance command in MST mode to map VLANS to an MST instance.
Syntax
instance instance-id {add | remove} vlan vlan-range
•
instance-ID—ID of the MST instance. (Range: 1-15)
•
vlan-range—VLANs to be added to the existing MST instance. To specify a range of
VLANs, use a hyphen. To specify a series of VLANs, use a comma. (Range: 1-4093)
Default Configuration
VLANs are mapped to the common and internal spanning tree (CIST) instance (instance 0).
Command Mode
MST mode
User Guidelines
Before mapping VLANs to an instance use the spanning-tree mst enable command to enable
the instance.
All VLANs that are not explicitly mapped to an MST instance are mapped to the common
and internal spanning tree (CIST) instance (instance 0) and cannot be unmapped from the
CIST.
For two or more switches to be in the same MST region, they must have the same VLAN
mapping, the same configuration revision number, and the same name.
Example
The following example maps VLANs 10-20 to MST instance 1.
console(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
console(config-mst)#instance 1 add vlan 10-20
name (mst)
Use the name command in MST mode to define the configuration name. To return to the default
setting, use the no form of this command.
Spanning Tree Commands
451
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
name string
•
string—Case sensitive MST configuration name. (Range: 1-32 characters)
Default Configuration
Bridge address.
Command Mode
MST mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the configuration name to "region1".
console(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
console(config-mst)#name region1
revision (mst)
Use the revision command in MST mode to identify the configuration revision number. To return
to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
revision value
no revision
•
value—Configuration revision number. (Range: 0-65535)
Default Configuration
Revision number is 0.
Command Mode
MST mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
452
Spanning Tree Commands
Example
The following example sets the configuration revision to 1.
console(config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
console(config-mst)#revision 1
show (mst)
Use the show command in MST mode to display the current or pending MST region configuration.
Syntax
show {current | pending}
•
current—Current MST region configuration.
•
pending—Pending MST region configuration. This setting is effective after exiting mst
configuration context
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
MST mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays a pending MST region configuration.
console(config-mst)#show pending
Pending MST configuration
Name: Region1
Revision: 1
Instance
Vlans Mapped
--------
------------
0
1-9,21-4094
1
10-20
Spanning Tree Commands
453
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show spanning-tree
Use the show spanning-tree command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the spanning-tree
configuration.
Syntax
show spanning-tree [ethernet interface-number | port-channel port-channel-number ]
[instance instance-id]
show spanning-tree [detail] [active | blockedports] | [instance instance-id]
show spanning-tree mst-configuration
•
detail—Displays detailed information.
•
active—Displays active ports only.
•
blockedports—Displays blocked ports only.
•
mst-configuration—Displays the MST configuration identifier.
•
interface-number—A valid Ethernet port number.
•
port-channel-number—A valid port-channel index.
•
instance -id—ID of the spanning -tree instance.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display spanning-tree information.
console#show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Root ID
Address
00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost
20000
Root Port
1 (1/g1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
454
Spanning Tree Commands
Bridge ID
Priority
36864
Address
00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
Name
State
Prio.Nbr
Cost
Sts Role
---------- -------
--------
----
--- ----- ---------
1/g1
Enabled
128.1
20000
FWD Root
No
1/g2
Enabled
128.2
20000
FWD Desg
No
1/g3
Disabled 128.3
20000
-
-
1/g4
Enabled
128.4
20000
BLK Altn
No
1/g5
Enabled
128.5
20000
DIS -
-
-
PortFast
console#show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Root ID
Address
00:02:4b:29:7a:00
This switch is the Root.
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
Name
State
Prio.Nbr
Cost
Sts
Role
---------- -------
--------
----
---
----- ---------
1/g1
Enabled
128.1
20000 FWD Desg
No
1/g2
Enabled
128.2
20000 FWD Desg
No
1/g3
Disabled 128.3
20000 -
-
1/g4
Enabled
128.4
20000 FWD Desg
No
1/g5
Enabled
128.5
20000 DIS -
-
-
PortFast
console#show spanning-tree
Spanning tree disabled (BPDU filtering) mode RSTP
Root ID
Address
00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Path Cost
20000
Spanning Tree Commands
455
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Root Port
1(1/g1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Bridge ID
Priority
36864
Address
00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
Name
State
Prio.Nbr Cost
Sts Role
PortFast
---------- -------
-------- ----
--- ----- ---------
1/g1
Enabled
128.1
20000
-
-
-
1/g2
Enabled
128.2
20000
-
-
-
1/g3
Disabled 128.3
20000
-
-
-
1/g4
Enabled
128.4
20000
-
-
-
1/g5
Enabled
128.5
20000
-
-
-
console#show spanning-tree active
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Root ID
Address 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost
20000
Root Port
1 (1/g1)
Hello Time 2 sec
Bridge ID
Max Age 20 sec
Forward Delay 15 sec
Priority
36864
Address
00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec
Max Age 20 sec
Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
Name
456
State
Prio.Nbr
Cost
Sts
Role
---------- -------
--------
----
---
----- ---------
1/g1
Enabled
128.1
20000 FWD
Root
No
1/g2
Enabled
128.2
20000 FWD
Desg
No
Spanning Tree Commands
PortFast
1/g4
Enabled
128.4
20000 BLK
Altn
No
console#show spanning-tree blockedports
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Root ID
Address
00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost 20000
Root Port 1 (1/g1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Bridge
ID Priority
36864
Address
00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
Name
State
Prio.Nbr Cost Sts Role
PortFast
---------- ------- -------- ---- --- ----- --------1/g4
Enabled 128.4
19
BLK Altn
No
console#show spanning-tree detail
Spanning tree enabled mode RSTP
Default port cost method: long
Root ID
Address
00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost
20000
Root Port
1 (1/g1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Bridge ID
Priority
36864
Address
00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Number of topology changes 2 last change occurred 2d18h ago
Spanning Tree Commands
457
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Times: hold 1, hello 2, max age 20, forward delay 15
Port 1 (1/g1) enabled
State: Forwarding
Role: Root
Port id: 128.1
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Address: 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Designated port id: 128.25
Designated path cost: 0
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
Port 2 (1/g2) enabled
State: Forwarding
Role: Designated
Port id: 128.2
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated port id: 128.2
Designated path cost: 20000
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Port 3 (1/g3) enabled
State: Forwarding
Role: Designated
Port id: 128.3
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Designated port id: 128.3
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated path cost: 20000
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Port 4 (1/g4) enabled
State: Blocking
Role: Alternate
Port Identifier: 128.4
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 28672
458
Spanning Tree Commands
Address: 00:30:94:41:62:c8
Designated port id: 128.25
Designated path cost: 20000
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
console#show spanning-tree ethernet 1/g1
Port 1 (1/g1) enabled
State: Forwarding
Role: Root
Port id: 128.1
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Address: 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Designated port id: 128.25
Designated path cost: 0
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
console#show spanning-tree mst-configuration
Name: Region1
Revision: 1
Instance
Vlan Mapped
----------
-----------------------------------------------
0
1, 5, 7
1
3
console#show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode MSTP
######MST 0 Vlans Mapped: 1-9, 21-4094
Root ID
Address
00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost
20000
Root Port
1 (1/g1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Interfaces
Name
State
Prio.Nbr Cost
Sts Role
PortFast
------- -------
-------- ----
--- ----- --------
1/g1
Enabled
128.1
20000 FWD Root
No
1/g2
Enabled
128.2
20000 FWD Desg
No
Spanning Tree Commands
459
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
1/g3
Enabled
128.3
20000 FWD Desg
No
1/g4
Enabled
128.4
20000 FWD Desg
No
######MST 1 Vlans Mapped: 10-20
Root ID
Bridge ID
Address
00:02:4b:29:89:76
Path Cost
20000
Root Port
4(1/g4)
Priority
32768
Address
00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Interfaces
Name
State
Prio.Nbr Cost
-------- ------- -------- ----
Sts Role
PortFast
--- ----- ---------
1/g1
Enabled 128.1
20000 FWD Boun
No
1/g2
Enabled 128.2
20000 FWD Boun
No
1/g3
Enabled 128.3
20000 BLK Altn
No
1/g4
Enabled 128.4
20000 FWD Root
No
console#show spanning-tree detail
Spanning tree enabled mode MSTP
Default port cost method: long
######MST 0 Vlans Mapped: 1-9, 21-4094
Root ID
Priority
32768
Address
00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost
20000
Root Port
1 (1/g1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
Port 1 (1/g1) enabled
State: Forwarding
460
Spanning Tree Commands
Role: Root
Port id: 128.1
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Designated port id: 128.25
Address: 00:01:42:97:e0:00
Designated path cost: 0
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
Port 2 (1/g2) enabled
State: Forwarding
Role: Designated
Port id: 128.2
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated port id: 128.2
Designated path cost: 20000
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Port 3 (1/g3) enabled
State: Forwarding
Role: Designated
Port id: 128.3
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated port id: 128.3
Designated path cost: 20000
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Port 4 (1/g4) enabled
State: Forwarding
Role: Designated
Port id: 128.4
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated port id: 128.2
Designated path cost: 20000
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
######MST 1 Vlans Mapped: 10-20
Root ID
Address
00:02:4b:29:89:76
Spanning Tree Commands
461
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Path Cost
20000
Port Cost
4 (1/g4)
Port 1 (1/g1) enabled
State: Forwarding
Role: Boundary
Port id: 128.1
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated port id: 128.1
Designated path cost: 20000
BPDU: sent 2, received 120638
Port 2 (1/g2) enabled
State: Forwarding
Role: Designated
Port id: 128.2
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated port id: 128.2
Designated path cost: 20000
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Port 3 (1/g3) disabled
State: Blocking
Role: Alternate
Port id: 128.3
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Address: 00:02:4b:29:1a:19
Designated port id: 128.78
Designated path cost: 20000
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
Port 4 (1/g4) enabled
State: Forwarding
Role: Designated
Port id: 128.4
Port cost: 20000
Port Fast: No (configured:no)
462
Designated bridge Priority: 32768
Address: 00:02:4b:29:7a:00
Designated port id: 128.2
Designated cost: 20000
Spanning Tree Commands
BPDU: sent 2, received 170638
console#show spanning-tree
Spanning tree enabled mode MSTP
######MST 0 Vlans Mapped: 1-9, 21-4094
Root ID
Address
00:01:42:97:e0:00
Path Cost
20000
Root Port
1 (1/g1)
Hello Time 2 sec Max Age 20 sec Forward Delay 15 sec
spanning-tree
Use the spanning-tree command in Global Configuration mode to enable spanning-tree
functionality. To disable spanning-tree functionality, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree
no spanning-tree
Default Configuration
Spanning-tree is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables spanning-tree functionality.
console(config)#spanning-tree
spanning-tree bpdu
Use the spanning-tree bpdu command in Global Configuration mode to define BPDU handling
when the spanning-tree is disabled on an interface. Use the no form of this command to return to
the default.
Spanning Tree Commands
463
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
spanning-tree bpdu {filtering | flooding}
no spanning-tree bpdu
•
filtering—Filter BPDU packets when spanning-tree is disabled on an interface.
•
flooding—Flood BPDU packets when spanning-tree is disabled on an interface.
Default Configuration
The default parameter value is flooding.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command is relevant when spanning-tree is disabled globally or on a single interface.
Example
The following example defines BPDU packet flooding when spanning-tree is disabled on an
interface.
console(config)#spanning-tree bpdu flooding
spanning-tree bpdu-protection
Use the spanning-tree bpdu-protection command in Global Configuration mode to enable BPDU
protection on a switch. Use the no form of this command to resume the default status of BPDU
protection function.
For an access layer device, the access port is generally connected to the user terminal (such as a PC)
or file server directly and configured as an edge port to implement the fast transition. When the
port receives a BPDU packet, the system sets it to non-edge port and recalculates the spanning tree,
which causes network topology flapping. In normal cases, these ports do not receive any BPDU
packets. However, someone may forge BPDU to maliciously attack the switch and cause network
flapping.
RSTP provides BPDU protection function against such attack. After BPDU protection function is
enabled on a switch, the system disables an edge port that has received BPDU and notifies the
network manager about it. The disabled port can only be enabled by the no version of the
command.
Syntax
spanning-tree bpdu-protection
no spanning-tree bpdu-protection
464
Spanning Tree Commands
Default Configuration
BPDU protection is not enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables BPDU protection.
console(config)#spanning-tree bpdu-protection
spanning-tree cost
Use the spanning-tree cost command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the spanningtree path cost for a port. To return to the default port path cost, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree cost cost
no spanning-tree cost
•
cost—The port path cost. (Range: 0 - 200,000,000)
Default Configuration
The default cost is 0, which signifies that the cost is automatically calculated based on port
speed.
•
10G Port path cost—2000
•
Port Channel—20,000
•
1000 mbps (giga)—20,000
•
100 mbps—200,000
•
10 mbps—2,000,000
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
There are no user guidelines for this command.
Spanning Tree Commands
465
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree cost on 1/g5 to 35000.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)#spanning-tree cost 35000
spanning-tree disable
Use the spanning-tree disable command in Interface Configuration mode to disable spanning-tree
on a specific port. To enable spanning-tree on a port, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree disable
no spanning-tree disable
Default Configuration
By default, all ports are enabled for spanning-tree.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example disables spanning-tree on 1/g5.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)#spanning-tree disable
spanning-tree forward-time
Use the spanning-tree forward-time command in Global Configuration mode to configure the
spanning-tree bridge forward time, which is the amount of time a port remains in the listening and
learning states before entering the forwarding state.
To reset the default forward time, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree forward-time seconds
no spanning-tree forward-time
•
466
seconds—Time in seconds. (Range: 4 - 30)
Spanning Tree Commands
Default Configuration
The default forwarding-time for IEEE Spanning-tree Protocol (STP) is 15 seconds.
Command Modes
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
When configuring the Forward-Time the following relationship should be satisfied:
2*(Forward-Time - 1) >= Max-Age.
Example
The following example configures spanning-tree bridge forward time to 25 seconds.
console(config)#spanning-tree forward-time 25
spanning-tree hello-time
Use the spanning-tree hello-time command in Global Configuration mode to configure the
spanning-tree bridge hello time, which is how often the switch broadcasts hello messages to other
switches. To reset the default hello time, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree hello-time seconds
no spanning-tree hello-time
•
seconds—Time in seconds. (Range: 1 - 10)
Default Configuration
2 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
When configuring the Hello-Time the following relationship should be satisfied:
Max-Age >= 2*(Hello-Time + 1)
Example
The following example configures spanning-tree bridge hello time to 5 seconds.
console(config)#spanning-tree hello-time 5
Spanning Tree Commands
467
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
spanning-tree max-age
Use the spanning-tree max-age command in Global Configuration mode to configure the
spanning-tree bridge maximum age. To reset the default maximum age, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
spanning-tree max-age seconds
no spanning-tree max-age
•
seconds -Time in seconds. (Range: 6 - 40)
Default Configuration
The default max-age for IEEE STP is 20 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
When configuring the Max-Age the following relationships should be satisfied:
2*(Forward-Time - 1) >= Max-Age
Max-Age >= 2*(Hello-Time + 1)
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree bridge maximum-age to 10 seconds.
console(config)#spanning-tree max-age 10
spanning-tree mode
Use the spanning-tree mode command in Global Configuration mode to configure the spanningtree protocol. To return to the default configuration, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mode {stp | rstp |mstp}
no spanning-tree mode
468
•
stp—Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) is enabled.
•
rstp—Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) is enabled.
•
mstp—Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) is enabled.
Spanning Tree Commands
Default Configuration
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) is supported.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
In RSTP mode the switch would use STP when the neighbor switch is using STP. In MSTP
mode the switch would use RSTP when the neighbor switch is using RSTP and would use
STP when the neighbor switch is using STP.
Example
The following example configures the spanning-tree protocol to MSTP.
console(config)#spanning-tree mode mstp
spanning-tree mst configuration
Use the spanning-tree mst configuration command in Global Configuration mode to enable
configuring an MST region by entering the multiple spanning-tree (MST) mode.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst configuration
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
For two or more switches to be in the same MST region, they must have the same VLAN
mapping, the same configuration revision number and the same name.
Example
The following example configures an MST region.
console (config)#spanning-tree mst configuration
console (config-mst)#instance 1 add vlan 10-20
console (config-mst)#name region1
console (config-mst)#revision 1
Spanning Tree Commands
469
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
spanning-tree mst cost
Use the spanning-tree mst cost command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the path
cost for multiple spanning tree (MST) calculations. If a loop occurs, the spanning tree considers
path cost when selecting an interface to put in the forwarding state. To return to the default port
path cost, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance-id cost cost
no spanning-tree mst instance-id cost
•
instance-ID—ID of the spanning -tree instance. (Range: 1-15)
•
cost—The port path cost. (Range: 0 - 200,000,000)
Default Configuration
The default value is 0, which signifies that the cost will be automatically calculated based on
port speed.
The default configuration is:
•
Ethernet (10 Mbps) - 2,000,000
•
Fast Ethernet (100 Mbps) - 200,000
•
Gigabit Ethernet (1000 Mbps) - 20,000
•
Port-Channel - 20,000
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the MSTP instance 1 path cost for interface 1/g9 to 4.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g9
console(config-if-1/g9)#spanning-tree mst 1 cost 4
spanning-tree mst max-hops
Use the spanning-tree mst priority command in Global Configuration mode to configure the
number of hops in an MST region before the Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BDPU) is discarded and
the port information ages out. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command.
470
Spanning Tree Commands
Syntax
spanning-tree mst max-hops hop-count
no spanning-tree mst max-hops
•
hop-count—Number of hops in an MST region before the BDPU is discarded.
(Range: 1-40)
Default Configuration
The default number of hops is 20.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the maximum number of hops that a packet travels in an
MST region before it is discarded to 10.
console(config)#spanning-tree mst max-hops 10
spanning-tree mst port-priority
Use the spanning-tree mst port-priority command in Interface Configuration mode to configure
port priority. To return to the default port priority, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance-id port-priority priority
no spanning-tree mst instance-id port-priority
•
instance-ID—ID of the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 1-16)
•
priority—The port priority. (Range: 0 - 240 in multiples of 16)
Default Configuration
The default port-priority for IEEE MSTP is 128.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Spanning Tree Commands
471
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example configures the port priority of port 1/g1 to 144.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g1
console(config-if-1/g1)#spanning-tree mst 1 port-priority 144
spanning-tree mst priority
Use the spanning-tree mst priority command in Global Configuration mode to set the switch
priority for the specified spanning-tree instance. To return to the default setting, use the no form of
this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree mst instance-id priority priority
no spanning-tree mst instance-id priority
•
instance-id—ID of the spanning-tree instance. (Range: 1-16)
•
priority—Sets the switch priority for the specified spanning-tree instance. This setting
affects the likelihood that the switch is selected as the root switch. A lower value increases
the probability that the switch is selected as the root switch. (Range: 0-61440)
Default Configuration
The default bridge priority for IEEE STP is 32768.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The priority value must be a multiple of 4096.
The switch with the lowest priority is selected as the root of the spanning tree.
Example
The following example configures the spanning tree priority of instance 1 to 4096.
console(config)#spanning-tree mst 1 priority 4096
spanning-tree portfast
Use the spanning-tree portfast command in Interface Configuration mode to enable PortFast
mode. In PortFast mode, the interface is immediately put into the forwarding state upon linkup,
without waiting for the timer to expire. To disable PortFast mode, use the no form of this
command.
472
Spanning Tree Commands
Syntax
spanning-tree portfast
no spanning-tree portfast
Default Configuration
PortFast mode is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This feature is to be used only with interfaces connected to end stations. Otherwise, an
accidental topology loop could cause a data packet loop and disrupt switch and network
operations.
An interface with PortFast mode enabled is moved directly to the spanning tree forwarding
state when linkup occurs without waiting the standard forward-time delay.
Example
The following example enables PortFast on 1/g5.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)#spanning-tree portfast
spanning-tree port-priority
Use the spanning-tree port-priority command in Interface Configuration mode to configure port
priority. To reset the default port priority, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree port-priority priority
no spanning-tree port-priority
•
priority—The port priority. (Range: 0 - 240)
Default Configuration
The default port-priority for IEEE STP is 128.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
Spanning Tree Commands
473
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
The priority value must be a multiple of 16.
Example
The following example configures the spanning priority on 1/g5 to 96.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g5
console(config-if-1/g5)#spanning-tree port-priority 96
spanning-tree priority
Use the spanning-tree priority command in Global Configuration mode to configure the spanningtree priority. The priority value is used to determine which bridge is elected as the root bridge. To
reset the default spanning-tree priority use the no form of this command.
Syntax
spanning-tree priority priority
no spanning-tree priority
•
priority—Priority of the bridge. (Range: 0 - 61440)
Default Configuration
The default bridge priority for IEEE STP is 32768.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The priority value must be a multiple of 4096.
The switch with the lowest priority is the root of the spanning tree.
Example
The following example configures spanning-tree priority to 12288.
console(config)#spanning-tree priority 12288
spanning-tree root-protection
Use the spanning-tree root-protection command in Interface Configuration mode to enable the
Root protection function on a switch. Use the no form of this command to restore the default
status of the Root protection function.
474
Spanning Tree Commands
Due to configuration error of the maintenance personnel or a malicious user attack, a designated
root of the network may receive a BPDU with higher priority and lose its status as a root, which
causes undesired changes of network topology. Such unpermitted changes may pull the higherspeed traffic to lower-speed links and cause network congestion.
To avoid such a problem, RSTP provides a Root protection function. After being configured with
Root protection, a port remains a designated port. Once this port receives a BPDU with higher
priority, it turns to listening status and does not forward any packets (as if the link to it is
disconnected). It resumes normal status if it receives no BPDU with higher-priority for a period of
time.
Syntax
spanning-tree root-protection
no spanning-tree root-protection
Default Configuration
Root protection is not enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, Port-Channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables the Root protection function on the switch.
console(config-if-1/g5)#spanning-tree root-protection
Spanning Tree Commands
475
476
Spanning Tree Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
SSH Commands
crypto key generate dsa
Use the crypto key generate dsa command in Global Configuration mode to generate DSA key
pairs for your switch. A key pair is one public DSA key and one private DSA key.
Syntax
crypto key generate dsa
Default Configuration
DSA key pairs do not exist.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
DSA keys are generated in pairs: one public DSA key and one private DSA key. If your switch
already has DSA keys when you issue this command, you are warned and prompted to replace
the existing keys. The keys are not saved in the switch configuration; they are saved in the file
system and the private key is never displayed to the user. DSA keys, along with other switch
credentials, are distributed to all units in a stack on a configuration save.
Example
The following example generates DSA key pairs.
console(config)#crypto key generate dsa
SSH Commands
479
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
crypto key generate rsa
Use the crypto key generate rsa command in Global Configuration mode to generate RSA key
pairs.
Syntax
crypto key generate rsa
Default Configuration
RSA key pairs do not exist.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
RSA keys are generated in pairs: one public RSA key and one private RSA key. If your switch
already has RSA keys when you issue this command, you are warned and prompted to replace
the existing keys. The keys are not saved in the switch configuration; they are saved in the file
system and the private key is never displayed to the user. RSA keys, along with other switch
credentials, are distributed to all units in a stack on a configuration save.
Example
The following example generates RSA key pairs.
console(config)#crypto key generate rsa
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Use the crypto key pubkey-chain ssh command in Global Configuration mode to enter public key
configuration mode in order to manually specify public keys such as SSH client public keys.
Syntax
crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Default Configuration
By default, this command has no public keys configured.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
480
SSH Commands
Example
The following example enters the SSH Public Key-chain configuration mode.
console(config)#crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
console(config-pubkey-chain)#user-key bob
console(config-pubkey-key)#key-string rsa
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCvTnRwPWl
Al4kpqIw9GBRonZQZxjHKcqKL6rMlQ+
ZNXfZSkvHG+QusIZ/76ILmFT34v7u7ChFAE+
Vu4GRfpSwoQUvV35LqJJk67IOU/zfwOl1g
kTwml75QR9gHujS6KwGN2QWXgh3ub8gDjTSq
MuSn/Wd05iDX2IExQWu08licglk02LYciz
+Z4TrEU/9FJxwPiVQOjc+KBXuR0juNg5nFYsY
0ZCk0N/W9a/tnkm1shRE7Di71+w3fNiOA
6w9o44t6+AINEICBCCA4YcF6zMzaT1wefWwX6f+
Rmt5nhhqdAtN/4oJfce166DqVX1gWmN
zNR4DYDvSzg0lDnwCAC8Qh
Fingerprint: a4:16:46:23:5a:8d:1d:b5:37:59:eb:44:13:b9:33:e9
ip ssh port
Use the ip ssh port command in Global Configuration mode to specify the TCP port to be used by
the SSH server. To use the default port, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip ssh port port-number
no ip ssh port
•
port-number—Port number for use by the SSH server. (Range: 1 - 65535)
Default Configuration
The default value is 22.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies the port to be used by the SSH server as 8080.
console(config)#ip ssh port 8080
SSH Commands
481
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
ip ssh pubkey-auth
Use the ip ssh pubkey-auth command in Global Configuration mode to enable public key
authentication for incoming SSH sessions. To disable this function, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
ip ssh pubkey-auth
no ip ssh pubkey-auth
Default Configuration
The function is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
AAA authentication is independent from this configuration.
Example
The following example enables public key authentication for incoming SSH sessions.
console(config)#ip ssh pubkey-auth
ip ssh server
Use the ip ssh server command in Global Configuration mode to enable the switch to be
configured from SSH. To disable this function, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip ssh server
no ip ssh server
Default Configuration
This command is enabled by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
To generate SSH server keys, use the commands crypto key generate rsa, and crypto key generate
dsa.
482
SSH Commands
Example
The following example enables the switch to be configured using SSH.
console(config)#ip ssh server
key-string
Use the key-string SSH Public Key Configuration mode to specify an SSH public key manually.
Syntax
key-string key-string
key-string row key-string
•
row—To specify the SSH public key row by row.
•
key-string—The UU-encoded DER format is the same format as the authorized keys file
used by OpenSSH.
Default Configuration
By default, the key-string is empty.
Command Mode
SSH Public Key Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use the key-string row command to specify which SSH public key you will configure
interactively next. To complete the interactive command, you must enter key-string row with
no characters.
Examples
The following example shows how to enter a public key string for a user called "bob."
console(config)#crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
console(config-pubkey-chain)#user-key bob rsa
console(config-pubkey-key)#key-string
AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAADAQABAAABAQCvTnRwPWl
Al4kpqIw9GBRonZQZxjHKcqKL6rMlQ+
ZNXfZSkvHG+QusIZ/76ILmFT34v7u7ChFAE+
Vu4GRfpSwoQUvV35LqJJk67IOU/zfwOl1g
kTwml75QR9gHujS6KwGN2QWXgh3ub8gDjTSq
muSn/Wd05iDX2IExQWu08licglk02LYciz
SSH Commands
483
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
+Z4TrEU/9FJxwPiVQOjc+KBXuR0juNg5nFYsY
0ZCk0N/W9a/tnkm1shRE7Di71+w3fNiOA
6w9o44t6+AINEICBCCA4YcF6zMzaT1wefWwX6f+
Rmt5nhhqdAtN/4oJfce166DqVX1gWmN
zNR4DYDvSzg0lDnwCAC8Qh
Fingerprint: a4:16:46:23:5a:8d:1d:b5:37:59:eb:44:13:b9:33:e9
console(config)#crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
console(config-pubkey-chain)#user-key bob rsa
console(config-pubkey-key)#key-string row AAAAB3Nza
console(config-pubkey-key)#key-string row C1yc2
show crypto key mypubkey
Use the show crypto key mypubkey command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the SSH public
keys of the switch.
Syntax
show crypto key mypubkey [rsa|dsa]
•
rsa—RSA key.
•
dsa—DSA key.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the SSH public keys on the switch.
console#show crypto key mypubkey rsa
rsa key data:
ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAQEAu7WHtjQDUygjSQXHVgyqdUby
dxUXEAiDHXcWHVr0R/ak1HDQitBzeEv1vVEToEn5ddLmRhtIgRdKUJHgBHJV
484
SSH Commands
R2VaSN/WC0IK53j9re4B11AE+O3qAxwJs0KD7cTkvF9I+YdiXeOM8VE4skkw
AiyLDNVWXgNQ6iat8+8Mjth+PIo5t3HykYUCkD8B1v93nzi/sr4hHHJCdx7w
wRW3QtgXaGwYt2rdlr3x8ViAF6B7AKYd8xGVVjyJTD6TjrCRRwQHgB/BHsFr
z/Rl1SYa0vFjel/7/0qaIDSHfHqWhajYkMa4xPOtIye7oqzAOm1b76l28uTB
luBEoLQ+PKOKMiK8sQ==
Fingerprint(hex): 58:7f:5c:af:ba:d3:60:88:42:00:b0:2f:f1:5a:a8:fc
Fingerprint(bubbleBabble): xodob-liboh-heret-tiver-dyrib-godac-pynahmuzyt-mofim-bihog-cuxyx
show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Use the show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh command in Privileged EXEC mode to display SSH
public keys stored on the switch.
Syntax
show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh [username username] [fingerprint bubble-babble|hex]
•
username—Specifies the remote SSH client username. (Range: 1 - 48 characters)
•
bubble-babble—Fingerprints in Bubble Babble format.
•
hex—Fingerprint in Hex format. If fingerprint is unspecified, it defaults to Hex format.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays all SSH public keys stored on the switch.
console#show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
Username Fingerprint
-------- ---------------------------------------------------bob
9A:CC:01:C5:78:39:27:86:79:CC:23:C5:98:59:F1:86
john
98:F7:6E:28:F2:79:87:C8:18:F8:88:CC:F8:89:87:C8
SSH Commands
485
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following example displays the SSH public called "dana."
console#show crypto key pubkey-chain ssh username dana
Username: dana
rsa key data:
ssh-rsa AAAAB3NzaC1yc2EAAAABIwAAAIEAywqRKTRnexccxVUVTeMl+Gkh
imyUDhcTkgEfssLPMsgoXlTwzCE5+97UIIsSRKQQWR+pBNl45tCYd75LUofV
4LP6Lj1Q5Q0w5lBgiqC2MZ/iBHGSsHMAE0lpYtelZprDu4uiZHMuWezmdQp9
a1PU4jwQ22TlcfaUq3sqC3FMUoU=
Fingerprint: 2f:09:e7:6f:c9:bf:ab:04:d4:6f:a0:eb:e8:df:7a:11
show ip ssh
Use the show ip ssh command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the SSH server configuration.
Syntax
show ip ssh
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the SSH server configuration.
console#show ip ssh
SSH server enabled. Port: 22
RSA key was generated.
DSA key was generated.
SSH Public Key Authentication is enabled.
Active incoming sessions:
486
IP Address
User Name
Idle Time
---------------
--------------------
--------------
10.240.1.122
John
00:00:00
SSH Commands
SessionTime
-------------00:00:08
user-key
Use the user-key command in SSH Public Key Chain Configuration mode to specify which SSH
public key you are configuring manually. To remove a SSH public key, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
user-key username {rsa|dsa}
no user-key username
•
username—Specifies the remote SSH client username. (Range: 1 - 48 characters)
•
rsa—RSA key
•
dsa—DSA key
Default Configuration
By default, there are no keys.
Command Mode
SSH Public Key Chain Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables a SSH public key to be manually configured for the SSH
public key chain called "bob."
console(config)#crypto key pubkey-chain ssh
console(config-pubkey-chain)#user-key bob rsa
console(config-pubkey-key)#
SSH Commands
487
488
SSH Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syslog Commands
clear logging
Use the clear logging command in Privileged EXEC mode to clear messages from the internal
logging buffer.
Syntax
clear logging
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example clears messages from the internal syslog message logging buffer.
console#clear logging
Clear logging buffer [y/n]
clear logging file
Use the clear logging file command in Privileged EXEC mode to clear messages from the logging
file.
Syntax
clear logging file
Syslog Commands
489
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
There is no default configuration for the command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows the clear logging file command and confirmation response.
console#clear logging file
Clear logging file [y/n]
description
Use the description command in Logging mode to describe the syslog server.
Syntax
description description
•
description—Sets the description of the syslog server. (Range: 1-64 characters.)
Default Configuration
This command has no default value.
Command Mode
Logging mode
User Guidelines
After entering the view corresponding to a specific syslog server, the command can be
executed to set the description of the server.
Example
The following example sets the syslog server description.
console(config-logging)#description "syslog server 1"
level
Use the level command in Logging mode to specify the importance level of syslog messages. To
reset to the default value, use the no form of the command.
490
Syslog Commands
Syntax
level level
no level
•
level—The level number for syslog messages. (Range: emergency, alert, critical, error,
warning, notice, info, debug)
Default Configuration
The default value for level is info.
Command Mode
Logging mode
User Guidelines
After entering the view corresponding to a specific syslog server, the command can be
executed to set the importance level for syslog messages.
Example
The following example sets the syslog message importance level to alert.
console(config-logging)#level alert
logging cli-command
Use the logging cli-command in Global Configuration mode to enable CLI command logging.
Syntax
logging cli-command
no logging cli-command
Default Configuration
Disabled
Command Mode
Global Configuration
User Guidelines
To see the CLI commands by using the show logging command.
Example
console(config)#logging cli-command
Syslog Commands
491
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
<189> JAN 13 05:20:27 192.168.2.1-1 UNKN[248900192]:
cmd_logger_api.c(87) 2113 %% CLI:EIA232:----:vlan 3
<189> JAN 13 05:20:27 192.168.2.1-1 UNKN[248900192]:
cmd_logger_api.c(87) 2114 %% CLI:EIA232:----:ex
<189> JAN 13 05:20:28 192.168.2.1-1 UNKN[248900192]:
cmd_logger_api.c(87) 2115 %% CLI:EIA232:----:
<189> JAN 13 05:20:39 192.168.2.1-1 UNKN[248900192]:
cmd_logger_api.c(87) 2116 %% CLI:EIA232:----:show logging file
logging
Use the logging command in Global Configuration mode to log messages to a syslog server. To
delete the syslog server with the specified address from the list of syslogs, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
logging {ip-address | hostname}
no logging {ip-address | hostname}
•
ip-address—IP address of the host to be used as a syslog server.
•
hostname—Hostname of the host to be used as a syslog server. (Range: 1-158 characters)
Default Configuration
No syslog servers defined.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Up to eight syslog servers can be used.
Example
The following example places the designated server in logging configuration mode.
console(config)#logging 192.168.15.1
492
Syslog Commands
logging buffered
Use the logging buffered command in Global Configuration mode to limit syslog messages
displayed from an internal buffer based on severity. To cancel the buffer use, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
logging buffered level
no logging buffered
•
level—Limits the message logging to a specified level buffer. (Range: emergency, alert,
critical, error, warning, notice, info, debug)
Default Configuration
The default value for level is info.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
All the syslog messages are logged to the internal buffer. This command limits the commands
displayed to the user.
Example
The following example limits syslog messages displayed from an internal buffer based on the
severity level "error".
console(config)#logging buffered error
logging buffered size
Use the logging buffered size command in Global Configuration mode to change the number of
syslog messages stored in the internal buffer. To return the number of messages stored in the
internal buffer to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
logging buffered size number
no logging buffered size
•
number—Numeric value indicating the maximum number of messages stored in the
history table. (Range: 20 - 400)
Syslog Commands
493
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
The default number of messages is 200.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command takes effect only after reset.
Example
The following example changes the number of syslog messages stored in the internal buffer to
250.
console(config)#logging buffered size 250
logging console
Use the logging console command in Global Configuration mode to limit messages logged to the
console based on severity. To disable logging to the console terminal, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
logging console level
no logging console
•
level—Limits the logging of messages displayed on the console to a specified level.
(Range: emergency, alert, critical, error, warning, notice, info, debug)
Default Configuration
The default value for level is info.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example limits messages logged to the console based on severity level "alert".
console(config)#logging console alert
494
Syslog Commands
logging facility
Use the logging facility command in Global Configuration mode to set the facility for logging
messages. To reset to the default value, use the no form of the command.
Syntax
logging facility facility
no logging facility
•
facility—The facility that will be indicated in the message. (Range: local0, local1, local2,
local3, local4, local5, local 6, local7)
Default Configuration
The default value is local7.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the logging facility as local3.
console(config)#logging facility local3
logging file
Use the logging file command in Global Configuration mode to limit syslog messages sent to the
logging file based on severity. To cancel the buffer, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
logging file level
no logging file
•
level—Limits the logging of messages to the buffer to a specified level. (Range:
emergency, alert, critical, error, warning, notice, info, debug)
Default Configuration
The default value for level is error.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
Syslog Commands
495
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example limits syslog messages sent to the logging file based on the severity
level "warning".
console(config)#logging file warning
logging on
Use the logging on command in Global Configuration mode to control error messages logging.
This command sends debug or error messages to a logging process, which logs messages to
designated locations asynchronously to the process that generated the messages. To disable the
logging process, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
logging on
no logging on
Default Configuration
Logging is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The logging process controls the distribution of logging messages to the various destinations,
such as the logging buffer, logging file, or syslog server. Logging on and off for these
destinations can be individually configured using the logging buffered, logging file, and
logging global configuration commands. However, if the logging on command is
disabled, no messages are sent to these destinations. Only the console receives messages.
Example
The following example shows how logging is enabled.
console(config)#logging on
port
Use the port command in Logging mode to specify the port number of syslog messages. To reset to
the default value, use the no form of the command.
496
Syslog Commands
Syntax
port port
no port
•
port—The port number for syslog messages. (Range: 1-65535)
Default Configuration
The default port number is 514.
Command Mode
Logging mode
User Guidelines
After entering the view corresponding to a specific syslog server, the command can be
executed to set the port number for the server.
Example
The following example sets the syslog message port to 300.
console(config-logging)#port 300
show logging
Use the show logging command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the state of logging and the
syslog messages stored in the internal buffer.
Syntax
show logging
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the state of logging and the syslog messages stored in the
internal buffer.
console#show logging
Syslog Commands
497
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Logging is enabled.
Console logging: level debugging. console Messages: 0 Dropped.
Buffer logging: level debugging. Buffer Messages: 11 Logged, 200
Max.
File logging: level notifications. File Messages: 0 Dropped.
Syslog server 192.180.2.27 logging: errors. Messages: 6 Dropped.
console#show logging
Console logging: level warning. Console Messages: 2100 Dropped.
Buffer Logging: level info. Buffer Messages: 2100 Logged, 200 Max
File Logging: level notActive. File Messages: 0 Dropped.
CLI Command Logging : disabled
Web Session Logging : disabled
SNMP Set Command Logging : disabled
366 Messages were not logged.
Buffer Log:
<189> JAN 10 10:44:49 192.168.2.1-1 TRAPMGR[232224784]:
traputil.c(910) 1901 %% Spanning Tree Topology Change: 14, Unit: 1
Syslog server 192.180.2.28 logging: errors. Messages: 6 Dropped.
2 messages were not logged (resources)
Buffer log:
11-Aug-2005 15:41:43: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface FastEthernet g1,
changed state to up
11-Aug-2005 15:41:43: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Ethernet g1,
changed state to up
11-Aug-2005 15:41:43: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Ethernet g1,
changed state to up
11-Aug-2005 15:41:43: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Ethernet g2,
changed state to up
11-Aug-2005 15:41:43: %LINK-3-UPDOWN: Interface Ethernet g3,
changed state to up
11-Aug-2005
console
498
Syslog Commands
15:41:43: %SYS-5-CONFIG_I: Configured from memory by
11-Aug-2005 15:41:39: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on
Interface FastEthernet g1, changed state to up
11-Aug-2005 15:41:39: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on
Interface Ethernet g1, changed state to down
11-Aug-2005 15:41:39: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on
Interface Ethernet g1, changed state to down
11-Aug-2005 15:41:39: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on
Interface Ethernet g2, changed state to down
11-Aug-2005 15:41:39: %LINEPROTO-5-UPDOWN: Line protocol on
Interface Ethernet 1/3, changed state to down
show logging file
Use the show logging file command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the state of logging and
the syslog messages stored in the logging file.
Syntax
show logging file
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the state of logging and syslog messages sorted in the logging
file.
console#show logging file
Persistent Logging : enabled
Persistent Log Count : 1
<186> JAN 01 00:00:05 0.0.0.0-1 UNKN[268434928]: bootos.c(382) 3
%% Event(0xaaaaaaaa)
Syslog Commands
499
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show syslog-servers
Use the show syslog-servers command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the syslog servers
settings.
Syntax
show syslog-servers
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the syslog server settings.
console#show syslog-servers
IP address
Port Severity
------------- ---- ----------
500
Facility
--------
Description
-----------
192.180.2.275
14
Info
local7
7
192.180.2.285
14
Warning
local7
7
Syslog Commands
TACACS+ Commands
key
Use the key command in TACACS Configuration mode to specify the authentication and
encryption key for all TACACS communications between the device and the TACACS server. This
key must match the key used on the TACACS daemon.
Syntax
key key-string
•
key-string—To specify the key name. For an empty string use " ". (Range: 0 - 128
characters)
Default Configuration
If left unspecified, the key-string parameter defaults to the global value.
Command Mode
TACACS Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies an encryption and authentication key of 12.
console(config-tacacs)#key 12
port
Use the port command in TACACS Configuration mode to specify a server port number.
Syntax
port port-number
TACACS+ Commands
503
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
port-number—The server port number. If left unspecified, the default port number is 49.
(Range: 0 - 65535)
Default Configuration
The default port number is 49.
Command Mode
TACACS Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to specify server port number 1200.
console(tacacs)#port 1200
priority
Use the priority command in TACACS Configuration mode to specify the order in which servers
are used, where 0 (zero) is the highest priority.
Syntax
priority priority
•
priority—Specifies the priority for servers. 0 (zero) is the highest priority. (Range: 0 65535)
Default Configuration
If left unspecified, this parameter defaults to 0 (zero).
Command Mode
TACACS Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to specify a server priority of 10000.
console(config-tacacs)#priority 10000
504
TACACS+ Commands
show tacacs
Use the show tacacs command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the configuration and statistics
of a TACACS+ server.
Syntax
show tacacs [ip-address]
•
ip-address—The name or IP address of the host.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example displays TACACS+ server settings.
console#show tacacs
Global Timeout: 5
IP address
--------------10.254.24.162
Port
----49
Timeout
------Global
Priority
-------0
tacacs-server host
Use the tacacs-server host command in Global Configuration mode to configure a TACACS+
server. This command enters into the TACACS+ configuration mode. To delete the specified
hostname or IP address, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
tacacs-server host {ip-address|hostname}
no tacacs-server host {ip-address|hostname}
•
ip-address—The IP address of the TACACS+ server.
•
hostname—The hostname of the TACACS+ server. (Range: 1-255 characters).
TACACS+ Commands
505
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
No TACACS+ host is specified.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
To specify multiple hosts, multiple tacacs-server host commands can be used.
Example
The following example specifies a TACACS+ host.
console(config)#tacacs-server host 172.16.1.1
console(tacacs)#
tacacs-server key
Use the tacacs-server key command in Global Configuration mode to set the authentication and
encryption key for all TACACS+ communications between the switch and the TACACS+
daemon. To disable the key, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
tacacs-server key key-string
no tacacs-server key
•
key-string—Specifies the authentication and encryption key for all TACACS
communications between the switch and the TACACS+ server. This key must match the
key used on the TACACS+ daemon. (Range: 0 - 128 characters)
Default Configuration
The default is an empty string.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the authentication encryption key.
console(config)#tacacs-server key dell-s
506
TACACS+ Commands
tacacs-server timeout
Use the tacacs-server timeout command in Global Configuration mode to set the interval during
which a switch waits for a server host to reply. To restore the default, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
tacacs-server timeout timeout
no tacacs-server timeout
•
timeout—The timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1 - 30)
Default Configuration
The default value is 5 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the timeout value as 30.
console(config)#tacacs-server timeout 30
timeout
Use the timeout command in TACACS Configuration mode to specify the timeout value in
seconds. If no timeout value is specified, the global value is used.
Syntax
timeout timeout
•
timeout—The timeout value in seconds. (Range: 1 - 30)
Default Configuration
If left unspecified, the timeout defaults to the global value.
Command Mode
TACACS Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
TACACS+ Commands
507
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
This example shows how to specify the timeout value.
console(config-tacacs)#timeout 23
508
TACACS+ Commands
Telnet Server Commands
ip telnet server disable
This command is used to enable/disable the Telnet service on the switch.
ip telnet server disable
no ip telnet server disable
Syntax Description
Not applicable
Parameter Ranges
Not applicable
Command Mode
Global Configuration
Usage Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Default Value
This feature is enabled by default.
Example
console#configure
console(config)#ip telnet server disable
console(config)# no ip telnet server disable
ip telnet port
This command is used to configure the Telnet service port number on the switch.
Telnet Server Commands
509
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip telnet port port number
•
port number—Telnet service port number (Range: 1–65535)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration
Usage Guidelines
No specific guidelines.
Example
console(config)#ip telnet port 45
console(config)#no ip telnet port
show ip telnet
This command displays the status of the Telnet server and the Telnet service port number.
Syntax Description
show ip telnet
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
Example
(console)#show ip telnet
Telnet Server is Enabled. Port:23
510
Telnet Server Commands
VLAN Commands
dvlan-tunnel ethertype
Use the dvlan-tunnel ethertype command in Global Configuration mode to configure the
ethertype for the specified interface.
To configure the EtherType on the specified interface to its default value, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
dvlan-tunnel ethertype {802.1Q | vman | custom <0-65535>}
no dvlan-tunnel ethertype
•
802.1Q—Configures the EtherType as 0x8100.
•
vman—Configures the EtherType as 0x88A8.
•
custom—Custom configures the EtherType for the DVLAN tunnel. The value must be 065535.
Default Configuration
The default for this command is 802.1Q.
Command Mode
Global Configuration
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays configuring Double VLAN tunnel for vman EtherType.
console(config)#dvlan-tunnel ethertype vman
VLAN Commands
511
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
interface vlan
Use the interface vlan command in Global Configuration mode to configure a VLAN type and to
enter Interface Configuration mode.
Syntax
interface vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id—The ID of a valid VLAN (Range: 0-4093).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the VLAN 1 IP address of 131.108.1.27 and subnet mask
255.255.255.0.
console(config)#interface vlan 1
console(config-vlan)#ip address 131.108.1.27 255.255.255.0
interface range vlan
Use the interface range vlan command in Global Configuration mode to execute a command on
multiple VLANs at the same time.
Syntax
interface range vlan {vlan-range|all}
•
vlan-range—A list of valid VLAN IDs to add. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a
comma and no spaces; use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs. (Range: 2 - 4093)
•
all—All existing static VLANs.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
512
VLAN Commands
User Guidelines
Commands used in the interface range context are executed independently on each interface
in the range. If the command returns an error on one of the interfaces, an error message is
displayed and execution continues on other interfaces.
Example
The following example groups VLAN 221 till 228 and VLAN 889 to receive the same
command.
console(config)#interface range vlan 221-228,889
console(config-if)#
mode dvlan-tunnel
Use the mode dvlan-tunnel command in Interface Configuration mode to enable Double VLAN
Tunneling on the specified interface. To disable Double VLAN Tunneling on the specified
interface, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
mode dvlan-tunnel
no mode dvlan-tunnel
Default Configuration
By default, Double VLAN Tunneling is disabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to enable Double VLAN Tunneling at ethernet port 1/g1.
console(config-if-1/g1)#mode dvlan-tunnel
name
Use the name command in Interface Configuration mode to add a name to a VLAN. To remove
the VLAN name, use the no form of this command.
NOTE: This command cannot be configured for a range of interfaces (range context).
VLAN Commands
513
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
name string
no name
•
string—Comment or description to help identify a specific VLAN (Range: 1 - 32
characters).
Default Configuration
No name is defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
The VLAN name must be unique.
Example
The following example names VLAN number 19 with the name "Marketing."
console(config)#interface vlan 19
console(config-if-vlan19)#name Marketing
protocol group
Use the protocol group command in VLAN Database mode to attach a VLAN ID to the protocolbased group identified by groupid. A group may only be associated with one VLAN at a time.
However, the VLAN association can be changed. The referenced VLAN should be created prior to
the creation of the protocol-based group except when GVRP is expected to create the VLAN.
To detach the VLAN from this protocol-based group identified by this groupid, use the no form of
this command.
Syntax
protocol group groupid vlanid
no protocol group groupid vlanid
514
•
groupid—The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically generated when
you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan protocol group command. To see
the group ID associated with the name of a protocol group, use the show port protocol all
command.
•
vlanid—A valid VLAN ID.
VLAN Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to attach the VLAN ID "100" to the protocol-based
VLAN group "3."
console#vlan database
console(config-vlan)#protocol group 3 100
protocol vlan group
Use the protocol vlan group command in Interface Configuration mode to add the physical
unit/port interface to the protocol-based group identified by groupid. A group may have more than
one interface associated with it. Each interface and protocol combination can be associated with
one group only. If adding an interface to a group causes any conflicts with protocols currently
associated with the group, this command fails and the interface(s) are not added to the group.
Ensure that the referenced VLAN is created prior to the creation of the protocol-based group
except when GVRP is expected to create the VLAN.
To remove the interface from this protocol-based VLAN group that is identified by this groupid, use
the no form of this command.
If you select all, all ports are removed from this protocol group.
Syntax
protocol vlan group groupid
no protocol vlan group groupid
•
groupid—The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically generated when
you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan protocol group command. To see
the group ID associated with the name of a protocol group, use the show port protocol all
command.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
VLAN Commands
515
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to add a physical port interface to the group ID of "2."
console(config-if-1/g1)#protocol vlan group 2
protocol vlan group all
Use the protocol vlan group all command in Global Configuration mode to add all physical
interfaces to the protocol-based group identified by groupid. A group may have more than one
interface associated with it. Each interface and protocol combination can be associated with one
group only. If adding an interface to a group causes any conflicts with protocols currently associated
with the group, this command fails and the interface(s) are not added to the group. Ensure that the
referenced VLAN is created prior to the creation of the protocol-based group except when GVRP is
expected to create the VLAN.
To remove all interfaces from this protocol-based group that is identified by this groupid, use the
no form of the command
Syntax
protocol vlan group all groupid
no protocol vlan group all groupid
•
groupid—The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically generated when
you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan protocol group command. To see
the group ID associated with the name of a protocol group, use the show port protocol all
command.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
516
VLAN Commands
Example
The following example displays how to add all physical interfaces to the protocol-based group
identified by group ID "2."
console(config)#protocol vlan group all 2
show dvlan-tunnel
Use the show dvlan-tunnel command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all interfaces enabled for
Double VLAN Tunneling.
Syntax
show dvlan-tunnel unit/port
•
unit/port—A valid unit and port number separated by forward slashes (/).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to display all interfaces for Double VLAN Tunneling.
console#show dvlan-tunnel
Interfaces Enabled for DVLAN Tunneling......... 1/g1
show dvlan-tunnel interface
Use the show dvlan-tunnel interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display detailed
information about Double VLAN Tunneling for the specified interface or all interfaces.
Syntax
show dvlan-tunnel interface {unit/port|all}
•
unit/port—A valid unit and port number separated by forward slashes (/).
•
all—Displays information for all interfaces.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
VLAN Commands
517
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays detailed information for unit/port "1/g1."
console#show dvlan-tunnel interface 1/g1
Interface Mode
EtherType
--------- ------- -------------1/g1
Enable vMAN
The following table describes the significant fields shown in the example.
Field
Description
Mode
This field specifies the administrative mode through which Double
VLAN Tunneling can be enabled or disabled. The default value for this
field is disabled.
Interface
Interface Number.
EtherType
This field represents a 2-byte hex EtherType to be used as the first 16
bits of the DVLAN tunnel. The three different EtherType tags are: (1)
802.1Q, which represents the commonly used value of 0x8100. (2)
vMAN, which represents the commonly used value of 0x88A8. (3) If
EtherType is not one of these two values, it is a custom tunnel value,
representing any value in the range of 0 to 65535.
show interfaces switchport
Use the show interfaces switchport command in Privileged EXEC mode to display switchport
configuration.
Syntax
show interfaces switchport {ethernet interface|port-channel port-channel-number}
•
Interface—Specific interface, such as ethernet 1/g8.
•
port-channel-number—Valid port-channel trunk index.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
518
VLAN Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example displays switchport configuration individually for g1.
console#show interface switchport ethernet 1/g1
Port 1/g1:
VLAN Membership mode: General
Operating parameters:
PVID: 1 (default)
Ingress Filtering: Enabled
Acceptable Frame Type: All
GVRP status: Enabled
Protected: Enabled
Port 1/g1 is member in:
VLAN
---1
8
11
19
72
Name
--------default
VLAN008
VLAN0011
IPv6 VLAN
VLAN0072
Egress rule
----------untagged
tagged
tagged
untagged
untagged
Type
----Default
Dynamic
Static
Static
Static
Static configuration:
PVID: 1 (default)
Ingress Filtering: Enabled
Acceptable Frame Type: All
Port 1/g1 is statically configured to:
VLAN
---11
19
72
Name
--------VLAN0011
IPv6 VLAN
VLAN0072
Egress rule
----------tagged
untagged
untagged
Forbidden VLANS:
VLAN
Name
-----------73
Out
VLAN Commands
519
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following example displays switchport configuration individually for 1/g2.
console#show interface switchport ethernet 1/g2
Port 1/g2:
VLAN Membership mode: General
Operating parameters:
PVID: 4095 (discard vlan)
Ingress Filtering: Enabled
Acceptable Frame Type: All
Port 1/g1 is member in:
VLAN
Name
-----------91
IP Telephony
Egress rule
----------tagged
Type
----Static
Static configuration:
PVID: 8
Ingress Filtering: Disabled
Acceptable Frame Type: All
Port 1/g2 is statically
VLAN
Name
-----------8
VLAN0072
91
IP Telephony
Forbidden
VLAN
---73
configured to:
Egress rule
----------untagged
tagged
VLANS:
Name
--------Out
The following example displays switchport configuration individually for 2/g19.
console#show interfaces switchport ethernet 2/g19
Port 2/g19:
Operating parameters:
PVID: 2922
Ingress Filtering: Enabled
Acceptable Frame Type: Untagged
GVRP status: Disabled
Port 2/g19 is member in:
VLAN
Name
-----------2921
Primary A
2922
Community A1
520
VLAN Commands
Egress rule
----------untagged
untagged
Type
----Static
Static
Static configuration:
PVID: 2922
Ingress Filtering: Enabled
Acceptable Frame Type: Untagged
GVRP status: Disabled
Port 2/g19 is member in:
VLAN
Name
-----------2921
Primary A
2922
Community A1
Egress rule
----------untagged
untagged
Type
----Static
Static
show port protocol
Use the show port protocol command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the Protocol-Based
VLAN information for either the entire system or for the indicated group.
Syntax
show port protocol [groupid | all]
•
groupid—The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically generated when
you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan protocol group command.
•
all—Enter all to show all interfaces.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the Protocol-Based VLAN information for either the entire
system.
console#show port protocol all
Group Name
Group
ID
Protocol(s) VLAN Interface(s)
---------------- ------ ----------- ---- -----------------------test
1
IP
1
1/g1
VLAN Commands
521
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show switchport protected
Use the show switchport protected command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the status of all
the interfaces, including protected and unprotected interfaces.
Syntax
show switchport protected groupid
•
groupid—Identifies which group the port is to be protected in. (Range: 0-2)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example identifies test as the protected group.
console#show switchport protected 0
Name......................................... test
show vlan
Use the show vlan command in Privileged EXEC mode to display VLAN information.
Syntax
show vlan [id vlan-id | name vlan-name]
•
vlan-id—A valid VLAN ID.
•
vlan-name—A valid VLAN name string. (Range: 1 - 32 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
522
VLAN Commands
Example
The following example displays all VLAN information.
console#show vlan
VLAN
Name
---------------------1
default
10
11
20
21
30
31
91
3964
VLAN0010
VLAN0011
VLAN0020
VLAN0021
VLAN0030
VLAN0031
VLAN0011
Guest VLAN
Ports
-----1/g1-1/g2
2/g1-1/g4
1/g3-1/g4
1/g1-1/g2
1/g3-1/g4
1/g1-1/g2
1/g17
Type
----Other
Authorization
-------------Required
dynamic
static
static
static
static
static
static
Guest
Required
Required
Required
Required
Required
Required
Not Required
-
show vlan association mac
Use the show vlan association mac command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the VLAN
associated with a specific configured MAC address. If no MAC address is specified, the VLAN
associations of all the configured MAC addresses are displayed.
Syntax
show vlan association mac [mac-address ]
•
mac-address—Specifies the MAC address to be entered in the list. (Range: Any valid
MAC address)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows no entry in MAC address to VLAN cross-reference.
console#show vlan association mac
MAC Address
VLAN ID
VLAN Commands
523
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
-----------------------
-------
0001.0001.0001.0001
1
console#
show vlan association subnet
Use the show vlan association subnet command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the VLAN
associated with a specific configured IP-Address and netmask. If no IP Address and net mask are
specified, the VLAN associations of all the configured IP-subnets are displayed.
Syntax
show vlan association subnet [ip-address ip-mask ]
•
ip-address—Specifies IP address to be shown
•
ip-mask—Specifies IP mask to be shown
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
The command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows the case if no IP Subnet to VLAN association exists.
console#show vlan association subnet
IP Address
IP Mask
VLAN ID
---------------- ---------------- ------The IP Subnet to VLAN association does not exist.
524
VLAN Commands
switchport access vlan
Use the switchport access vlan command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the VLAN
ID when the interface is in access mode. To reconfigure the default, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
switchport access vlan vlan-id
no switchport access vlan
•
vlan-id—A valid VLAN ID of the VLAN to which the port is configured.
Default Configuration
The default value for the vlan-id parameter is 1.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
The command automatically removes the port from the previous VLAN and adds it to the
new VLAN.
Example
The following example configures a VLAN ID of interface 1/g8 to become an access member
of VLAN ID 23.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport access vlan 23
switchport forbidden vlan
Use the switchport forbidden vlan command in Interface Configuration mode to forbid adding
specific VLANs to a port. To revert to allowing the addition of specific VLANs to the port, use the
remove parameter of this command.
Syntax
switchport forbidden vlan {add vlan-list|remove vlan-list}
•
add vlan-list—List of valid VLAN IDs to add to the forbidden list. Separate
nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a
range of IDs.
VLAN Commands
525
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
remove vlan-list—List of valid VLAN IDs to remove from the forbidden list. Separate
nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a
range of IDs.
Default Configuration
All VLANs allowed.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example forbids adding VLAN numbers 234 through 256 to port 1/g8.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport forbidden vlan add 234-256
switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only
Use the switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only command in Interface
Configuration mode to discard untagged frames at ingress. To enable untagged frames at ingress,
use the no form of this command.
Syntax
switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only
no switchport general acceptable-frame-type tagged-only
Default Configuration
All frame types are accepted at ingress.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures 1/g8 to discard untagged frames at ingress.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
526
VLAN Commands
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport general acceptable-frame-type
tagged-only
switchport general allowed vlan
Use the switchport general allowed vlan command in Interface Configuration mode to add VLANs
to or remove VLANs from a general port.
Syntax
switchport general allowed vlan add vlan-list [tagged|untagged]
switchport general allowed vlan remove vlan-list
•
add vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to add. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with a
comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
•
remove vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to remove. Separate nonconsecutive VLAN IDs with
a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
•
tagged—Sets the port to transmit tagged packets for the VLANs. If the port is added to a
VLAN without specifying tagged or untagged, the default is untagged.
•
untagged—Sets the port to transmit untagged packets for the VLANs.
Default Configuration
Untagged.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
You can use this command to change the egress rule (for example, from tagged to untagged)
without first removing the VLAN from the list.
Example
The following example shows how to add VLANs 1, 2, 5, and 8 to the allowed list.
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport general allowed vlan add
1,2,5,8 tagged
switchport general ingress-filtering disable
Use the switchport general ingress-filtering disable command in Interface Configuration mode to
disable port ingress filtering. To enable ingress filtering on a port, use the no form of this command.
VLAN Commands
527
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
switchport general ingress-filtering disable
no switchport general ingress-filtering disable
Default Configuration
Ingress filtering is enabled.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to enables port ingress filtering on 1/g8.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport general ingress-filtering
disable
switchport general pvid
Use the switchport general pvid command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the Port
VLAN ID (PVID) when the interface is in general mode. Use the switchport mode general
command to set the VLAN membership mode of a port to "general." To configure the default value,
use the no form of this command.
Syntax
switchport general pvid vlan-id
no switchport general pvid
•
vlan-id—PVID. The VLAN ID may belong to a non-existent VLAN.
Default Configuration
The default value for the vlan-id parameter is 1 when the VLAN is enabled. Otherwise, the
value is 4093.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
528
VLAN Commands
Example
The following example shows how to configure the PVID for 1/g8, when the interface is in
general mode.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport general pvid 234
switchport mode
Use the switchport mode command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the VLAN
membership mode of a port. To reset the mode to the appropriate default for the switch, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
switchport mode {access|trunk|general}
no switchport mode
•
access—An access port connects to a single end station belonging to a single VLAN. An
access port is configured with ingress filtering enabled and will accept either an untagged
frame or a packet tagged with the access port VLAN. An access port only egresses
untagged packets.
•
trunk—Trunk port connects two switches. A trunk port may belong to multiple VLANs.
A trunk port accepts only packets tagged with the VLAN IDs of the VLANs to which the
trunk is a member. A trunk only egresses tagged packets.
•
general—Full 802.1q support VLAN interface. A general mode port may be a
combination of both trunk and access ports. It is possible to fully configure all VLAN
features on a general mode port.
Default Configuration
The default for this command is access.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures 1/g8 to access mode.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g8
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport mode access
VLAN Commands
529
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
switchport protected
Use the switchport protected command in Interface Configuration mode to configure a protected
port. The groupid parameter identifies the set of protected ports to which this interface is assigned.
You can only configure an interface as protected in one group. You are required to remove an
interface from one group before adding it to another group.
Port protection occurs within a single switch. Protected port configuration does not affect traffic
between ports on two different switches. No traffic forwarding is possible between two protected
ports.
Syntax
switchport protected groupid
no switchport protected
•
groupid--Identifies which group this port will be protected in. (Range: 0-2)
Default Configuration
No protected switchports are defined.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures Ethernet port 1/g1 as a member of protected group 1.
console(config)#interface ethernet 1/g1
console(config-if-1/g1)#switchport protected 1
switchport protected name
Use the switchport protected name command in Global Configuration mode to adds the port to
the protected group 1 and also sets the group name to "protected".
Syntax
switchport protected groupid name name
no switchport protected groupid name
530
•
groupid—Identifies which group the port is to be protected in. (Range: 0-2)
•
name—Name of the group. (Range: 0-32 characters)
VLAN Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example assigns the name "protected" to group 1.
console(config-if-1/g1)#switchport protected 1 name protected
switchport trunk allowed vlan
Use the switchport trunk allowed vlan command in Interface Configuration mode to add VLANs
to or remove VLANs from a trunk port.
Syntax
switchport trunk allowed vlan {add vlan-list|remove vlan-list}
•
add vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to add. Separate non-consecutive VLAN IDs with a
comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
•
remove vlan-list—List of VLAN IDs to remove. Separate non-consecutive VLAN IDs
with a comma and no spaces. Use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Ethernet, port-channel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to add VLANs 1, 2, and 5 to 8 to the allowed list.
console(config-if-1/g8)#switchport trunk allowed vlan add 1,2,5-8
VLAN Commands
531
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
vlan
Use the vlan command in VLAN Database mode to configure a VLAN. To delete a VLAN, use the
no form of this command.
Syntax
vlan vlan-range
no vlan vlan-range
•
vlan-range—A list of valid VLAN IDs to be added. List separate, non-consecutive VLAN
IDs separated by commas (without spaces); use a hyphen to designate a range of IDs.
(Range: 2 - 4093)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows how to create (add) VLAN of IDs 22, 23, and 56.
console(config-vlan)#vlan 22,23,56
console(config-vlan)#
vlan association mac
Use the vlan association mac command in VLAN Database mode to associate a MAC address to a
VLAN.
Syntax
vlan association mac mac-address vlanid
no vlan association mac mac-address
mac-address—MAC address to associate. (Range: Any MAC address in the format
xxxx.xxxx.xxxx)
vlanid—VLAN to associate with subnet. (Range: 1-4093)
532
VLAN Commands
Default Configuration
No assigned MAC address.
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example associates MAC address with VLAN ID 1.
console(config-vlan)#vlan association mac 0001.0001.0001 1
vlan association subnet
Use the vlan association subnet command in VLAN Database mode to associate a VLAN to a
specific IP-subnet.
Syntax
vlan association subnet ip-address subnet-mask vlanid
no vlan association subnet ip-address subnet-mask
•
ip-address—Source IP address. (Range: Any valid IP address)
•
subnet-mask—Subnet mask. (Range: Any valid subnet mask)
•
vlanid—VLAN to associated with subnet. (Range: 1-4093)
Default Configuration
No assigned ip-subnet.
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example associates IP address with VLAN ID 100.
console(config-vlan)#vlan association subnet 192.245.23.45
255.255.255.0 100
VLAN Commands
533
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
vlan database
Use the vlan database command in Global Configuration mode to enter the VLAN database
configuration mode.
Syntax
vlan database
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enters the VLAN database mode.
console(config)#vlan database
console(config-vlan)#
vlan makestatic
This command changes a dynamically created VLAN (one that is created by GVRP registration) to
a static VLAN (one that is permanently configured and defined). The ID is a valid VLAN
identification number. VLAN range is 2-4093.
Syntax
vlan makestatic vlan-id
•
vlan-id—Valid vlan ID. Range is 2-4093.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
VLAN Database Mode
534
VLAN Commands
User Guidelines
The dynamic VLAN (created via GRVP) should exist prior to executing this command. See
the Type column in output from the show vlan command to determine that the VLAN is
dynamic.
Example
The following changes vlan 3 to a static VLAN.
console(config-vlan)#vlan makestatic 3
vlan protocol group
Use the vlan protocol group command in Global Configuration mode to add protocol-based
groups to the system. When a protocol group is created, it is assigned a unique group ID number.
The group ID is used to identify the group in subsequent commands. Use the no form of the
command to remove the specified VLAN protocol group name from the system.
Syntax
vlan protocol group groupname
no vlan protocol group groupname
•
groupname—A character string that identifies the group name. (Range: 1 - 16 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
A Group ID is automatically generated when you create a protocol-based group with the vlan
protocol group command. To see the group ID associated with the name of a protocol group,
use the show port protocol all command.
Example
The following example displays how to add the protocol-based group named "marketing."
console(config)#vlan protocol group marketing
VLAN Commands
535
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
vlan protocol group add protocol
Use the vlan protocol group add protocol command in Global Configuration mode to add a
protocol to the protocol-based VLAN groups identified by groupid. A group may have more than
one protocol associated with it. Each interface and protocol combination can be associated with
one group only. If adding a protocol to a group causes any conflicts with interfaces currently
associated with the group, this command fails and the protocol is not added to the group.
To remove the protocol from the protocol-based VLAN group identified by groupid, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
vlan protocol group add protocol groupid protocol
no vlan protocol group add protocol groupid protocol
•
groupid—The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically generated when
you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan protocol group command. To see
the group ID associated with the name of a protocol group, use the show port protocol all
command.
•
protocol—The protocol you want to add. (Range: ip, arp, and ipx)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays how to add the "ip" protocol to the protocol based VLAN
group identified as "2."
console(config)#vlan protocol group add protocol 2 ip
vlan protocol group remove
Use the vlan protocol group remove command in Global Configuration mode to remove the
protocol-based VLAN group identified by groupid.
Syntax
vlan protocol group remove groupid
536
VLAN Commands
•
groupid—The protocol-based VLAN group ID, which is automatically generated when
you create a protocol-based VLAN group with the vlan protocol group command. To see
the group ID associated with the name of a protocol group, use the show port protocol all
command.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the removal of the protocol-based VLAN group identified as
"2."
console(config)#vlan protocol group remove 2
VLAN Commands
537
538
VLAN Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Web Server Commands
common-name
Use the common-name command in Crypto Certificate Generation or Crypto Certificate Request
mode to specify the common-name for the switch.
Syntax
common-name common-name
•
common-name—Specifies the fully qualified URL or IP address of the switch. If left
unspecified, this parameter defaults to the lowest IP address of the switch (when the
certificate is generated). (Range: 1 - 64)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Crypto Certification mode
User Guidelines
This command mode is entered using the crypto certificate request or crypto certificate
generate command.
Example
The following example displays how to specify the name of "router.gm.com."
console(config-crypto-cert)#common-name router.gm.com
country
Use the country command in Crypto Certificate Generation or Crypto Certificate Request mode
to specify the country.
Web Server Commands
541
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
country country
•
country—Specifies the country name. (Range: 2 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Crypto Certificate Generation or Crypto Certificate Request mode
User Guidelines
This command mode is entered using the crypto certificate request or crypto certificate
generate command.
Example
The following example displays how to specify the country as "us."
console(config-crypto-cert)#country us
crypto certificate generate
Use the crypto certificate generate command in Global Configuration mode to generate a
self-signed HTTPS certificate.
Syntax
crypto certificate number generate
•
number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2)
•
generate—Regenerates the SSL RSA key.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command is not saved in the router switch configuration; however, the certificate and
keys generated by this command are saved in the private configuration. This saved
information is never displayed to the user or backed up to another switch. If the RSA keys do
not exist, the generate parameter must be used.
542
Web Server Commands
Example
The following example generates a self-signed HTTPS certificate.
console(config)#crypto certificate 1 generate
console(config-crypto-cert)#
crypto certificate import
Use the crypto certificate import command in Global Configuration mode to import a certificate
signed by the Certification Authority for HTTPS.
Syntax
crypto certificate number import
•
number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use this command to enter an external certificate (signed by the Certification Authority) to the
switch. To end the session, add a period (.) on a separate line after the input, and press ENTER.
The imported certificate must be based on a certificate request created by the crypto certificate
request privileged EXEC command.
If the public key found in the certificate does not match the switch's SSL RSA key, the command
fails.
This command is not saved in the router configuration; however, the certificate imported by this
command is saved in the private configuration (which is never displayed to the user or backed up to
another switch).
Example
The following example imports a certificate sighed by the Certification Authority for HTTPS.
console(config)#crypto certificate 1 import
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----dHmUgUm9vdCBDZXJ0aWZpZXIwXDANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAANLADBIAkEAp4HS
Web Server Commands
543
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
nnH/xQSGA2ffkRBwU2XIxb7n8VPsTm1xyJ1t11a1GaqchfMqqe0kmfhcoHSWr
yf1FpD0MWOTgDAwIDAQABo4IBojCCAZ4wEwYJKwYBBAGCNxQCBAYeBABDAEEw
CwR0PBAQDAgFGMA8GA1UdEwEB/wQFMAMBAf8wHQYDVR0OBBYEFAf4MT9BRD47
ZvKBAEL9Ggp+6MIIBNgYDVR0fBIIBLTCCASkwgdKggc+ggcyGgclsZGFwOi8v
L0VByb3h5JTIwU29mdHdhcmUlMjBSb290JTIwQ2VydGlmaWVyLENOPXNlcnZl
-----END CERTIFICATE----Certificate imported successfully.
Issued to: router.gm.com
Issued by: www.verisign.com
Valid from: 8/9/2005
to 8/9/2005
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
Finger print: DC789788 DC88A988 127897BC BB789788
crypto certificate request
Use the crypto certificate request command in Privileged EXEC mode to generate and display a
certificate request for HTTPS. This command takes you to Crypto Certificate Request mode.
Syntax
crypto certificate number request
•
number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Use this command to export a certificate request to a Certification Authority. The certificate
request is generated in Base64-encoded X.509 format.
Before generating a certificate request, you must first generate a self-signed certificate using the
crypto certificate generate command in Global Configuration mode in order to generate the keys.
Make sure to re-enter values in the certificate fields.
544
Web Server Commands
After receiving the certificate from the Certification Authority, use the crypto certificate import
command in Global Configuration mode to import the certificate into the switch. This certificate
replaces the self-signed certificate.
Example
The following example generates and displays a certificate request for HTTPS.
console#crypto certificate 1 request
console(config-crypto-cert)#
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE REQUEST----MIwTCCASoCAQAwYjELMAkGA1UEBhMCUFAxCzAJBgNVBAgTAkNDMQswCQYDVQQH
EwRDEMMAoGA1UEChMDZGxkMQwwCgYDVQQLEwNkbGQxCzAJBgNVBAMTAmxkMRAw
DgKoZIhvcNAQkBFgFsMIGfMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBAQUAA4GNADCBiQKBgQC8ecwQ
HdML0831i0fh/F0MV/Kib6Sz5p+3nUUenbfHp/igVPmFM+1nbqTDekb2ymCu6K
aKvEbVLF9F2LmM7VPjDBb9bb4jnxkvwW/wzDLvW2rsy5NPmH1QVl+8Ubx3GyCm
/oW93BSOFwxwEsP58kf+sPYPy+/8wwmoNtDwIDAQABoB8wHQYJKoZIhvcNAQkH
MRDjEyMwgICCAgICAICAgIMA0GCSqGSIb3DQEBBAUAA4GBAGb8UgIx7rB05m+2
m5ZZPhIwl8ARSPXwhVdJexFjbnmvcacqjPG8pIiRV6LkxryGF2bVU3jKEipcZa
g+uNpyTkDt3ZVU72pjz/fa8TF0n3
-----END CERTIFICATE REQUEST----CN= router.gm.com
0= General Motors
C= US
duration
Use the duration command in Crypto Certificate Generation mode to specify the duration.
Syntax
duration days
•
days—Specifies the number of days a certification would be valid. If left unspecified, the
parameter defaults to 365 days. (Range: 30 - 3650 days)
Default Configuration
This command defaults to 365 days.
Web Server Commands
545
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Crypto Certificate Generation mode
User Guidelines
This command mode is entered using the crypto certificate request command.
Example
The following example displays how specify a duration of 50 days that a certification is valid.
console(config-crypto-cert)#duration 50
ip http port
Use the ip http port command in Global Configuration mode to specify the TCP port for use by a
web browser to configure the switch. To use the default TCP port, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
ip http port port-number
no ip http port
•
port-number—Port number for use by the HTTP server. (Range: 0 - 65535)
Default Configuration
This default port number is 80.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines. However, specifying 0 as the port number effectively
disables HTTP access to the switch.
Example
The following example shows how the http port number is configured to 100.
console(config)#ip http port 100
ip http server
Use the ip http server command in Global Configuration mode to enable the switch to be
configured, monitored, or modified from a browser. To disable this function use the no form of this
command.
546
Web Server Commands
Syntax
ip http server
no ip http server
Default Configuration
The default mode is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables the switch to be configured from a browser.
console(config)#ip http server
ip https certificate
Use the ip https certificate command in Global Configuration mode to configure the active
certificate for HTTPS. To return to the default setting, use the no form of this command .
Syntax
ip https certificate number
no ip https certificate
•
number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2)
Default Configuration
The default value of the certificate number is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The HTTPS certificate is generated using the crypto certificate generate command in Global
Configuration mode.
Example
The following example configures the active certificate for HTTPS.
console(config)#ip https certificate 1
Web Server Commands
547
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
ip https port
Use the ip https port command in Global Configuration mode to configure a TCP port for use by a
secure web browser to configure the switch. To use the default port, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
ip https port port-number
no ip https port
•
port-number—Port number for use by the secure HTTP server. (Range: 1 - 65535)
Default Configuration
This default port number is 443.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the https port number to 100.
console(config)#ip https port 100
ip https server
Use the ip https server command in Global Configuration mode to enable the switch to be
configured, monitored, or modified securely from a browser. To disable this function, use the no
form of this command.
Syntax
ip https server
no ip https server
Default Configuration
The default for the switch is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
548
Web Server Commands
User Guidelines
You must use the crypto certificate generate command to generate the HTTPS certificate.
Example
The following example enables the switch to be configured from a browser.
console(config)#ip https server
key-generate
Use the key-generate command in Crypto Certificate Generation mode to specify the keygenerate.
Syntax
key-generate [length]
•
length—Specifies the length of the SSL’s RSA key. If left unspecified, this parameter
defaults to 1024. (Range: 512 - 2048)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Crypto Certificate Generation mode
User Guidelines
This command mode is entered using the crypto certificate request command.
Example
The following example displays how to specify that you want to regenerate the SSL RSA key
1024 byes in length.
console(config-crypto-cert)#key-generate 1024
location
Use the location command in Crypto Certificate Generation or Crypto Certificate Request mode
to specify the location or city name.
Syntax
location location
•
location—Specifies the location or city name. (Range: 1 - 64 characters)
Web Server Commands
549
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Crypto Certificate Generation or Crypto Certificate Request mode
User Guidelines
This command mode is entered using the crypto certificate request or crypto certificate
generate command.
Example
The following example displays how to specify the city location of "austin."
console(config-crypto-cert)#location austin
organization-unit
Use the organization-unit command in Crypto Certificate Generation or Crypto Certificate
Request mode to specify the organization unit.
Syntax
organization-unit organization-unit
•
organization-unit—Specifies the organization-unit or department name. (Range: 1 - 64
characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Crypto Certificate Generation or Crypto Certificate Request mode
User Guidelines
This command mode is entered using the crypto certificate request or crypto certificate
generate command.
Example
The following example displays how to specify the "generalmotors" organization-unit.
console(config-crypto-cert)#organization-unit generalmotors
550
Web Server Commands
show crypto certificate mycertificate
Use the show crypto certificate mycertificate command in Privileged EXEC mode to view the SSL
certificates of your switch.
Syntax
show crypto certificate mycertificate [number]
•
number—Specifies the certificate number. (Range: 1 - 2 digits)
Default configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Modes
Privileged EXEC mode
Example
The following example displays the SSL certificate of a sample switch.
console#show crypto certificate mycertificate 1
-----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----dHmUgUm9vdCBDZXJ0aWZpZXIwXDANBgkqhkiG9w0BAQEFAANLADBIAkEAp4HS
NnH/xQSGA2ffkRBwU2XIxb7n8VPsTm1xyJ1t11a1GaqchfMqqe0kmfhcoHSWr
yf1FpD0MWOTgDAwIDAQABo4IBojCCAZ4wEwYJKwYBBAGCNxQCBAYeBABDAEEw
CwR0PBAQDAgFGMA8GA1UdEwEB/wQFMAMBAf8wHQYDVR0OBBYEFAf4MT9BRD47
ZvKBAEL9Ggp+6MIIBNgYDVR0fBIIBLTCCASkwgdKggc+ggcyGgclsZGFwOi8v
L0VByb3h5JTIwU29mdHdhcmUlMjBSb290JTIwQ2VydGlmaWVyLENOPXNlcnZl
-----END CERTIFICATE----Issued by: www.verisign.com
Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
Finger print: DC789788 DC88A988 127897BC BB789788
Web Server Commands
551
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show ip http
Use the show ip http command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the HTTP server
configuration.
Syntax
show ip http
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC command
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the HTTP server configuration.
console#show ip http
HTTP server enabled. Port: 80
show ip https
Use the show ip http command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the HTTPS server
configuration.
Syntax
show ip https
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
552
Web Server Commands
Example
The following example displays the HTTPS server configuration with DH Key exchange
enabled.
console#show ip https
HTTPS server enabled. Port: 443
DH Key exchange enabled.
Certificate 1 is active
Issued by: www.verisign.com
Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
Finger print: DC789788 DC88A988 127897BC BB789788
Certificate 2 is inactive
Issued by: self-signed
Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
Finger print: 1873B936 88DC3411 BC8932EF 782134BA
The following example displays the HTTPS server configuration with DH Key exchange
disabled.
console#show ip https
HTTPS server enabled. Port: 443
DH Key exchange disabled, parameters are being generated.
Certificate 1 is active
Issued by: www.verisign.com
Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
Finger print: DC789788 DC88A988 127897BC BB789788
Certificate 2 is inactive
Issued by: self-signed
Valid from: 8/9/2003 to 8/9/2004
Subject: CN= router.gm.com, 0= General Motors, C= US
Finger print: 1873B936 88DC3411 BC8932EF 782134BA
state
Use the state command in Crypto Certificate Generation or Crypto Certificate Request mode to
specify the state or province name.
Syntax
state state
•
state—Specifies the state or province name. (Range: 1 - 64 characters)
Web Server Commands
553
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Crypto Certificate Generation or Crypto Certificate Request mode
User Guidelines
This command mode is entered using the crypto certificate request or crypto certificate
generate command.
Example
The following example shows how to specify the state of "texas."
console(config-crypto-cert)#state texas
554
Web Server Commands
Layer 3 Commands
The chapters that follow describe commands that conform to the OSI model’s Network Layer
(Layer 3). Layer 3 commands perform a series of exchanges over various data links to deliver data
between any two nodes in a network. These commands define the addressing and routing structure
of the Internet.
Layer 3 Commands
557
558
Layer 3 Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
ARP Commands
arp
Use the arp command in Global Configuration mode to create an Address Resolution Protocol
(ARP) entry. Use the no form of the command to remove the entry.
Syntax
arp ip-address mac-address
no arp ip-address
•
ip-address—IP address of a device on a subnet attached to an existing routing interface.
•
mac-address—A unicast MAC address for that device.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example creates an ARP entry consisting of an IP address and a MAC address.
console(config)#arp 192.168.1.2 00A2.64B3.A245
arp cachesize
Use the arp cachesize command in Global Configuration mode to configure the maximum
number of entries in the ARP cache. To return the maximum number ARP cache entries to the
default value, use the no form of this command.
ARP Commands
559
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
arp cachesize integer
no arp cachesize
•
integer—Maximum number of ARP entries in the cache. (Range: 256-896)
Default Configuration
The default integer value is 896.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines an arp cachesize of 500.
console(config)#arp cachesize 500
arp dynamicrenew
Use the arp dynamicrenew command in Global Configuration mode to enable the ARP
component to automatically renew dynamic ARP entries when they age out. To disable the
automatic renewal of dynamic ARP entries when they age out, use the no form of the command.
Syntax
arp dynamicrenew
no arp dynamicrenew
Default Configuration
The default state is enabled.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console#configure
console(config)#arp dynamicrenew
560
ARP Commands
console(config)#no arp dynamic renew
arp purge
Use the arp purge command in Privileged EXEC mode to cause the specified IP address to be
removed from the ARP cache. Only entries of type dynamic or gateway are affected by this
command.
Syntax
arp purge ip-address
•
ip-address—The IP address to be removed from ARP cache.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example removes the specified IP address from arp cache.
console#arp purge 192.168.1.10
arp resptime
Use the arp resptime command in Global Configuration mode to configure the ARP request
response timeout. To return the response timeout to the default value, use the no form of this
command.
Syntax
arp resptime integer
no arp resptime
•
integer—IP ARP entry response time out. (Range: 1-10 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default value is 1 second.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
ARP Commands
561
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines a response timeout of 5 seconds.
console(config)#arp resptime 5
arp retries
Use the arp retries command in Global Configuration mode to configure the ARP count of
maximum requests for retries. To return to the default value, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
arp retries integer
no arp retries
•
integer—The maximum number of requests for retries. (Range: 0-10)
Default Configuration
The default value is 4 retries.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines 6 as the maximum number of retries.
console(config)#arp retries 6
arp timeout
Use the arp timeout command in Global Configuration mode to configure the ARP entry ageout
time. Use the no form of the command to set the ageout time to the default.
Syntax
arp timeout integer
no arp timeout
•
562
integer—The IP ARP entry ageout time. (Range: 15-21600 seconds)
ARP Commands
Default Configuration
The default value is 1200 seconds.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines 900 seconds as the timeout.
console(config)#arp timeout 900
clear arp-cache
Use the clear arp-cache command in Privileged EXEC mode to remove all ARP entries of type
dynamic from the ARP cache.
Syntax
clear arp-cache [gateway]
•
gateway—Removes the dynamic entries of type gateway, as well.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example clears all entries ARP of type dynamic, including gateway, from ARP
cache.
console#clear arp-cache gateway
ip proxy-arp
Use the ip proxy-arp command in Interface Configuration mode to enable proxy ARP on a router
interface. Without proxy ARP, a device only responds to an ARP request if the target IP address is
an address configured on the interface where the ARP request arrived. With proxy ARP, the device
ARP Commands
563
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
may also respond if the target IP address is reachable. The device only responds if all next hops in
its route to the destination are through interfaces other than the interface that received the ARP
request. Use the no form of the command to disable proxy ARP on a router interface.
Syntax
ip proxy-arp
no ip proxy-arp
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables proxy arp for VLAN 15.
(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip proxy-arp
show arp
Use the show arp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the Address Resolution Protocol
(ARP) cache. The displayed results are not the total ARP entries. To view the total ARP entries, the
operator should view the show ARP results in conjunction with the show ARP switch results.
Syntax
show arp [brief] [switch]
•
brief—Display ARP parameters and cache.
•
switch—Display ARP cache for the switch.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
564
ARP Commands
Example
The following example shows show arp command output.
console#show arp
Age Time (seconds)............................. 1200
Response Time (seconds)........................ 1
Retries........................................ 4
Cache Size..................................... 896
Dynamic Renew Mode ............................ Enable
Total Entry Count Current / Peak .............. 1 / 1
Static Entry Count Configured / Active / Max .. 0 / 0 / 64
console#show arp switch
IP Address
MAC Address
Interface
Type
Age
----------- ----------------- -------------- -------- -----------
console#
ARP Commands
565
566
ARP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode
Use the bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode command in Global Configuration mode to enable the
circuit ID option and remote agent ID mode for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system. Use the no
form of the command to disable the circuit ID option and remote agent ID mode for BootP/DHCP
Relay.
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode
no bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables the circuit ID and remote agent ID options.
console(config)#bootpdhcprelay cidridoptmode
Circuit Id and Remote Agent Id Mode set Successfully.
bootpdhcprelay enable
Use the bootpdhcprelay enable command in Global Configuration mode to enable the forwarding
of relay requests for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system. Use the no form of the command to disable
the forwarding of relay requests for BootP/DHCP Relay.
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
567
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay enable
no bootpdhcprelay enable
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console#configure
console(config)#bootpdhcprelay enable
console(config)#no bootpdhcprelay enable
bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount
Use the bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount command in Global Configuration mode to configure the
maximum allowable relay agent hops for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system. Use the no form of the
command to set the maximum hop count to the default value.
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount integer
no bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount
•
integer—Maximum allowable relay agent hops for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system.
(Range: 1-16)
Default Configuration
The default integer configuration is 4.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
568
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
Example
The following example defines a maximum hopcount of 6.
console(config)#bootpdhcprelay maxhopcount 6
bootpdhcprelay minwaittime
Use the bootpdhcprelay minwaittime command in Global Configuration mode to configure the
minimum wait time in seconds for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system. When the BOOTP relay
agent receives a BOOTREQUEST message, it might use the seconds-sinceclient- began-booting
field of the request as a factor in deciding whether to relay the request or not. Use the no form of
the command to set the minimum wait time to the default value.
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay minwaittiime integer
no bootpdhcprelay minwaittime
•
integer—Minimum wait time for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system. (Range: 0-100
seconds)
Default Configuration
0 is the default integer configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines a minimum wait time of 10 seconds.
console(config)#bootpdhcprelay minwaittime 10
bootpdhcprelay serverip
Use the bootpdhcprelay serverip command in Global Configuration mode to configure the server
IP address for BootP/DHCP Relay on the system. Use the no form of the command to set the IP
address to the default value. Use the no form of the command to return the server IP address to the
default value.
Syntax
bootpdhcprelay serverip ip-address
no bootpdhcprelay serverip
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
569
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
ip-address—IP address of the BootP/DHCP Relay server
Default Configuration
0.0.0.0 is the default ip-address.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines the BootP/DHCP Relay server IP address.
console(config)#bootpdhcprelay serverip 192.168.30.3
show bootpdhcprelay
Use the show bootpdhcprelay command in User EXEC mode to display the BootP/DHCP Relay
information.
Syntax
show bootpdhcprelay
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines the BootP/DHCP Relay information.
console>show bootpdhcprelay
Maximum Hop Count.............................. 6
Minimum Wait Time(Seconds)..................... 0
Admin Mode..................................... Enable
Server IP Address.............................. 192.168.30.3
570
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
Circuit Id and Remote Agent ID Option Mode..... Enable
Requests Received.............................. 0
Requests Relayed............................... 0
Packets Discarded.............................. 0
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
571
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
572
DHCP and BOOTP Relay Commands
DHCPv6 Commands
clear ipv6 dhcp
Use the clear ipv6 dhcp command in Privileged EXEC mode to clear DHCPv6 statistics for all
interfaces or for a specific interface.
Syntax
clear ipv6 dhcp {statistics | interface vlan vlan-id statistics}
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
•
statistics—Indicates statistics display if VLAN is specified.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples clears DHCPv6 statistics for VLAN 11.
console#clear ipv6 dhcp interface vlan 11 statistics
dns-server
Use the dns-server command in IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode to set the ipv6 DNS server
address which is provided to a DHCPv6 client by the DHCPv6 server. DNS server address is
configured for stateless server support.
Syntax
dns-server dns-server-address
DHCPv6 Commands
573
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
no dns-server dns-server-address
•
dns-server-address—Valid IPv6 address.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode
User Guidelines
DHCPv6 pool can have multiple number of domain names with maximum of 8.
Example
The following example sets the ipv6 DNS server address of 2020:1::1, which is provided to a
DHCPv6 client by the DHCPv6 server.
console(config)#ipv6 dhcp pool addrpool
console(config-dhcp6s-pool)#dns-server 2020:1::1
domain-name
Use the domain-name command in IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode to set the DNS domain
name which is provided to a DHCPv6 client by the DHCPv6 server. DNS domain name is
configured for stateless server support.
Syntax
domain-name dns-domain-name
no domain-name dns-domain-name
•
dns-domain-name—DHCPv6 domain name. (Range: 1-31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode
User Guidelines
DHCPv6 pool can have multiple number of domain names with maximum of 8.
574
DHCPv6 Commands
Example
The following example sets the DNS domain name "test", which is provided to a DHCPv6
client by the DHCPv6 server.
console(config)#ipv6 dhcp pool addrpool
console(config-dhcp6s-pool)#domain-name test
console(config-dhcp6s-pool)#no domain-name test
ipv6 dhcp pool
Use the ipv6 dhcp pool command in Global Configuration mode to enter IPv6 DHCP Pool
Configuration mode. DHCPv6 pools are used to specify information for DHCPv6 server to
distribute to DHCPv6 clients. These pools are shared between multiple interfaces over which
DHCPv6 server capabilities are configured.
Syntax
ipv6 dhcp pool pool-name
no ipv6 dhcp pool pool-name
•
pool-name—DHCPv6 pool name. (Range: 1-31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enters IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode.
console(config)#ipv6 dhcp pool addrpool
console(config-dhcp6s-pool)#
ipv6 dhcp relay
Use the ipv6 dhcp relay command in Interface Configuration mode to configure an interface for
DHCPv6 relay functionality.
DHCPv6 Commands
575
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ipv6 dhcp relay {destination relay-address [interface vlan vlan-id] | interface vlan vlanid}[remote-id {duid-ifid | user-defined-string}]
•
destination—Keyword that sets the relay server IPv6 address.
•
relay-address—An IPv6 address of a DHCPv6 relay server.
•
interface—Sets the relay server interface.
•
vlan-id—A valid VLAN ID.
•
[remote-id {duid-ifid|user-defined-string}]—The Relay Agent Information Option
“remote ID” sub-option to be added to relayed messages. This can either be the special
keyword duid-ifid, which causes the “remote ID” to be derived from the DHCPv6 server
DUID and the relay interface number, or it can be specified as a user-defined string.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel) mode
User Guidelines
If relay-address is an IPv6 global address, then relay-interface is not required. If relay-address is
a link-local or multicast address, then relay-interface is required. Finally, a value for relayaddress is not specified, then a value for relay-interface must be specified and the DHCPV6ALLAGENTS multicast address (i.e. FF02::1:2) is used to relay DHCPv6 messages to the
relay server.
Example
The following example configures VLAN 15 for DHCPv6 relay functionality.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 dhcp relay destination 2020:1::1
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-opt
Use ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-opt command in Global Configuration mode to configure a
number to represent the DHCPv6 Relay Agent Information Option. The DHCPv6 Relay Agent
Information Option allows for various sub-options to be attached to messages that are being
relayed by the local router to a relay server. The relay server may in turn use this information in
determining an address to assign to a DHCPv6 client.
Syntax
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-opt option
576
DHCPv6 Commands
•
option—Agent information option. (Range: 32-65535)
Default Configuration
32 is the default value for option.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the number 100 to represent the DHCPv6 Relay Agent
Information Option.
console(config)#ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-opt 100
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-remote-id-subopt
Use the ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-remote-id-subopt command in Global Configuration mode to
configure a number to represent the DHCPv6 the “remote-id” sub-option.
Syntax
ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-remote-id-subopt suboption
•
suboption—Remote ID suboption. (Range: 1-65535)
Default Configuration
1 is the default value for suboption.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the number 100 to represent the DHCPv6 the “remote-id”
sub-option.
console(config)#ipv6 dhcp relay-agent-info-remote-id-subopt 100
DHCPv6 Commands
577
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
ipv6 dhcp server
Use the ipv6 dhcp server command in Interface Configuration mode to configure DHCPv6 server
functionality on an interface. For a particular interface DHCPv6 server and DHCPv6 relay
functions are mutually exclusive.
Syntax
ipv6 dhcp server pool-name [rapid-commit] [preference pref-value]
•
pool-name—The name of the DHCPv6 pool containing stateless and/or prefix delegation
parameters
•
rapid-commit—Is an option that allows for an abbreviated exchange between the client
and server.
•
pref-value—Preference value - used by clients to determine preference between multiple
DHCPv6 servers. (Range: 0-4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures DHCPv6 server functionality.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 dhcp server pool
prefix-delegation
Use the prefix-delegation command in IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode to define Multiple
IPv6 prefixes within a pool for distributing to specific DHCPv6 Prefix delegation clients.
Syntax
prefix-delegation prefix/prefixlength DUID [name hostname] [valid-lifetime valid-lifetime]
[preferred-lifetime preferred-lifetime]
no prefix-delegation prefix/prefixlength
•
578
prefix/prefixlength—Delegated IPv6 prefix.
DHCPv6 Commands
•
DUID—Client DUID (e.g. 00:01:00:09:f8:79:4e:00:04:76:73:43:76').
•
hostname—Client hostname used for logging and tracing. (Range: 0-31 characters.)
•
valid-lifetime—Valid lifetime for delegated prefix. (Range: 0-4294967295 seconds)
•
preferred-lifetime—Preferred lifetime for delegated prefix. (Range: 0-4294967295
seconds)
Default Configuration
2592000 seconds is the default value for preferred-lifetime. 604800 seconds is the default value
for valid-lifetime.
Command Mode
IPv6 DHCP Pool Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines a Multiple IPv6 prefix and client DUID within a pool for
distributing to specific DHCPv6 Prefix delegation clients.
console(config)#ipv6 dhcp pool addrpool
console(config-dhcp6s-pool)#prefix-delegation 2020:1::1/64
00:01:00:09:f8:79:4e:00:04:76:73:43:76
service dhcpv6
Use the service dhcpv6 command in Global Configuration mode to enable DHCPv6 configuration
on the router.
Syntax
service dhcpv6
no service dhcpv6
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
DHCPv6 Commands
579
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example enables DHCPv6 globally.
console#configure
console(config)#service dhcpv6
console(config)#no service dhcpv6
show ipv6 dhcp
Use the show ipv6 dhcp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the DHCPv6 server name
and status.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the DHCPv6 server name and status.
console#show ipv6 dhcp
DHCPv6 is disabled
Server DUID:
show ipv6 dhcp binding
Use the show ipv6 dhcp binding command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the configured
DHCP pool.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp binding [ipv6-addr ]
•
580
ipv6-addr—Valid IPv6 address.
DHCPv6 Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the configured DHCP pool based on the entered IPv6
address.
console#show ipv6 dhcp binding 2020:1::
show ipv6 dhcp interface
Use the show ipv6 dhcp interface command in User EXEC mode to display DHCPv6 information
for all relevant interfaces or a specified interface. If an interface is specified, the optional statistics
parameter is available to view statistics for the specified interface.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp interface vlan vlan-id [statistics ]
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
•
statistics—Enables statistics display if interface is specified.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display DHCPv6 information for VLAN 11.
console> show ipv6 dhcp interface vlan 11
IPv6 Interface................................. vlan11
Mode........................................... Relay
DHCPv6 Commands
581
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Relay Address.................................. 2020:1::1
Relay Interface Number......................... Relay
Relay Remote ID................................
Option Flags...................................
console> show ipv6 dhcp interface vlan 11 statistics
DHCPv6 Interface vlan11 Statistics
-----------------------------------DHCPv6 Solicit Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Request Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Confirm Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Renew Packets Received.................. 0
DHCPv6 Rebind Packets Received................. 0
DHCPv6 Release Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Decline Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Inform Packets Received................. 0
DHCPv6 Relay-forward Packets Received.......... 0
DHCPv6 Relay-reply Packets Received............ 0
DHCPv6 Malformed Packets Received.............. 0
Received DHCPv6 Packets Discarded.............. 0
Total DHCPv6 Packets Received.................. 0
DHCPv6 Advertisement Packets Transmitted....... 0
DHCPv6 Reply Packets Transmitted............... 0
DHCPv6 Reconfig Packets Transmitted............ 0
DHCPv6 Relay-reply Packets Transmitted......... 0
DHCPv6 Relay-forward Packets Transmitted....... 0
Total DHCPv6 Packets Transmitted............... 0
582
DHCPv6 Commands
show ipv6 dhcp pool
Use the show ipv6 dhcp pool command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the configured DHCP
pool.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp pool pool-name
•
pool-name—Name of the pool. (Range: 1-31 characters)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the configured DHCP pool.
console#show ipv6 dhcp pool test
DHCPv6 Pool: test
show ipv6 dhcp statistics
Use the show ipv6 dhcp statistics command in User EXEC mode to display the DHCPv6 server
name and status.
Syntax
show ipv6 dhcp statistics
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
DHCPv6 Commands
583
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays the DHCPv6 server name and status.
console> show ipv6 dhcp statistics
DHCPv6 Interface Global Statistics
-----------------------------------DHCPv6 Solicit Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Request Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Confirm Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Renew Packets Received.................. 0
DHCPv6 Rebind Packets Received................. 0
DHCPv6 Release Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Decline Packets Received................ 0
DHCPv6 Inform Packets Received................. 0
DHCPv6 Relay-forward Packets Received.......... 0
DHCPv6 Relay-reply Packets Received............ 0
DHCPv6 Malformed Packets Received.............. 0
Received DHCPv6 Packets Discarded.............. 0
Total DHCPv6 Packets Received.................. 0
DHCPv6 Advertisement Packets Transmitted....... 0
DHCPv6 Reply Packets Transmitted............... 0
DHCPv6 Reconfig Packets Transmitted............ 0
DHCPv6 Relay-reply Packets Transmitted......... 0
DHCPv6 Relay-forward Packets Transmitted....... 0
Total DHCPv6 Packets Transmitted............... 0
584
DHCPv6 Commands
DVMRP Commands
ip dvmrp
Use the ip dvmrp command to set the administrative mode of DVMRP in the router to active.
IGMP must be enabled before DVMRP can be enabled.
Syntax
ip dvmrp
no ip dvmrp
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets VLAN 15’s administrative mode of DVMRP to active.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip dvmrp
ip dvmrp metric
Use the ip dvmrp metric command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the metric for an
interface. This value is used in the DVMRP messages as the cost to reach this network.
DVMRP Commands
587
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip dvmrp metric metric
no ip dvmrp metric
•
metric—Cost to reach the network. (Range: 1-31)
Default Configuration
1 the default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a metric of 5 for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip dvmrp metric 5
ip dvmrp trapflags
Use the ip dvmrp trapflags command in Global Configuration mode to enable the DVMRP trap
mode.
Syntax
ip dvmrp trapflags
no ip dvmrp trapflags
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following command enables DVMRP trap mode.
588
DVMRP Commands
console#configure
console(config)#ip dvmrp trapflags
console(config)#no ip dvmrp trapflags
show ip dvmrp
Use the show ip dvmrp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the system-wide
information for DVMRP.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp
Default Configuration
This command has no default condition.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays system-wide information for DVMRP.
console(config)#show ip dvmrp
Admin Mode..................................... Disable
Version........................................ 3
Total Number of Routes......................... 0
Reachable Routes .............................. 0
DVMRP INTERFACE STATUS
Interface Interface Mode
Protocol State
--------- --------------- ---------------
show ip dvmrp interface
Use the show ip dvmrp interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the interface
information for DVMRP on the specified interface.
DVMRP Commands
589
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show ip dvmrp interface vlan-id
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default condition.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays interface information for VLAN 11 DVMRP.
console(config)#show ip dvmrp interface vlan 11
Interface Mode................................. Disable
show ip dvmrp neighbor
Use the show ip dvmrp neighbor command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the neighbor
information for DVMRP.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp neighbor
Default Configuration
This command has no default condition.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the neighbor information for DVMRP.
console(config)#show ip dvmrp neighbor
No neighbors available.
590
DVMRP Commands
show ip dvmrp nexthop
Use the show ip dvmrp nexthop command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the next hop
information on outgoing interfaces for routing multicast datagrams.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp nexthop
Default Configuration
This command has no default condition.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the next hop information on outgoing interfaces for routing
multicast datagrams.
console(config)#show ip dvmrp nexthop
Next Hop
Source IP
Source Mask
Interface Type
--------------- --------------- --------- -------
show ip dvmrp prune
Use the show ip dvmrp prune command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the table that lists
the router’s upstream prune information.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp prune
Default Configuration
This command has no default condition.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
DVMRP Commands
591
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays the table that lists the router’s upstream prune information.
console(config)#show ip dvmrp prune
Expiry
Group
IP Source
IP Source Mask
Time(secs)
--------------- --------------- --------------- --------------
show ip dvmrp route
Use the show ip dvmrp route command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the multicast routing
information for DVMRP.
Syntax
show ip dvmrp route
Default Configuration
This command has no default condition.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the multicast routing information for DVMRP.
console#show ip dvmrp route
Upstream
Expiry
Up Time
Source Address Neighbor Interface Metric Time(secs) (secs)
-------------- -------- ---------------- ----------
592
DVMRP Commands
---------
IGMP Commands
ip igmp
Use the ip igmp command in Global Configuration mode to set the administrative mode of IGMP
in the system to active.
Syntax
ip igmp
no ip igmp
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example globally enables IGMP.
console(config)#ip igmp
ip igmp last-member-query-count
Use the ip igmp last-member-query-count command in Interface Configuration mode to set the
number of Group-Specific Queries sent before the router assumes that there are no local members
on the interface.
IGMP Commands
595
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-count count
no ip igmp last-member-query-count
•
count—Query count. (Range: 1-20)
Default Configuration
The default last member query count is 2.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets 10 as the number of VLAN 2 Group-Specific Queries.
console#configure
console(config)#interface vlan 2
console(config-if-vlan2)#ip igmp last-member-query-count 10
console(config-if-vlan2)#no ip igmp last-member-query-count
ip igmp last-member-query-interval
Use the ip igmp last-member-query-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to
configure the Maximum Response Time inserted in Group-Specific Queries which are sent in
response to Leave Group messages.
Syntax
ip igmp last-member-query-interval tenthsofseconds
no ip igmp last-member-query-interval
•
tenthsofseconds—Maximum Response Time in tenths of a second (Range: 0-255)
Default Configuration
10 is the default Maximum Response Time value in tenths of a second.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
596
IGMP Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures 2 seconds as the Maximum Response Time inserted in
VLAN 15’s Group-Specific Queries.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp last-member-query-interval 20
ip igmp query-interval
Use the ip igmp query-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the query
interval for the specified interface. The query interval determines how fast IGMP Host-Query
packets are transmitted on this interface.
Syntax
ip igmp query-interval seconds
no ip igmp query-interval
•
seconds—Query interval. (Range: 1-3600)
Default Configuration
125 seconds is the default query interval value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a 10-second query interval for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp query-interval 10
ip igmp query-max-response-time
Use the ip igmp query-max-response-time command in Internet Configuration mode to configure
the maximum response time interval for the specified interface. It is the maximum query response
time advertised in IGMPv2 queries on this interface. The time interval is specified in tenths of a
second.
IGMP Commands
597
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip igmp query-max-response-time tenthsofseconds
no ip igmp query-max-response-time
•
tenthsofseconds—Maximum response time. (Range: 0-255 seconds)
Default Configuration
100 tenths of seconds is the default maximum response time value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a maximum response time interval of one second for VLAN
15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp query-max-response-time 10
ip igmp robustness
Use the ip igmp robustness command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the robustness
that allows tuning of the interface, that is, tuning for the expected packet loss on a subnet. If a
subnet is expected to have significant loss, the robustness variable may be increased for the
interface.
Syntax
ip igmp robustnest robustness
no ip igmp robustnest
•
robustness—Robustness variable. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
2 is the default robustness value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
598
IGMP Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a robustness value of 10 for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp robustness 10
ip igmp startup-query-count
Use the ip igmp startup-query-count command in Interface Configuration mode to set the
number of queries sent out on startup - at intervals equal to the startup query interval for the
interface.
Syntax
ip igmp startup-query-count count
no ip igmp startup-query-count
•
count—The number of startup queries. (Range: 1-20)
Default Configuration
2 is the default count value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets for VLAN 15 the number of queries sent out on startup at 10 .
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp startup-query-count 10
ip igmp startup-query-interval
Use the ip igmp startup-query-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to set the
interval between general queries sent at startup on the interface.
IGMP Commands
599
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip igmp startup-query-interval seconds
no ip igmp startup-query-interval
•
seconds—Startup query interval. (Range: 1-300 seconds)
Default Configuration
31 seconds is the default interval value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets at 10 seconds the interval between general queries sent at startup
for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp startup-query-interval 10
ip igmp version
Use the ip igmp version command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the version of
IGMP for an interface.
Syntax
ip igmp version version
•
version—IGMP version. (Range: 1-3)
Default Configuration
3 is the default version.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures version 2 of IGMP for VLAN 15.
600
IGMP Commands
console#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp version 2
show ip igmp
Use the show ip igmp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display system-wide IGMP
information.
Syntax
show ip igmp
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays system-wide IGMP information .
console#show ip igmp groups vlan 2
IP Address..................................... 1.1.1.1
Subnet Mask.................................. 255.255.255.0
Interface Mode............................... Enable
Querier Status................................ Querier
show ip igmp groups
Use the show ip igmp groups command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the registered
multicast groups on the interface. If detail is specified, this command displays the registered
multicast groups on the interface in detail.
Syntax
show ip igmp groups vlan vlan-id [detail]
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID
IGMP Commands
601
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the registered multicast groups for VLAN 1.
console(config)#show ip igmp groups vlan 1
IP Address..................................... 0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask.................................... 0.0.0.0
show ip igmp interface
Use the show ip igmp interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the IGMP
information for the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip igmp interface vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays IGMP information for VLAN 11.
console#show ip igmp vlan 11
Interface...................................... 11
IGMP Admin Mode................................ Enable
602
IGMP Commands
Interface Mode................................. Enable
IGMP Version................................... 3
Query Interval (secs).......................... 125
Query Max Response Time (1/10 of a second)..... 100
Robustness..................................... 2
Startup Query Interval (secs) ................. 31
Startup Query Count............................ 2
Last Member Query Interval (1/10 of a second).. 10
Last Member Query Count........................ 2
show ip igmp interface membership
Use the show ip igmp interface membership command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
list of interfaces that have registered in the multicast group. If detail is specified, this command
displays detailed information about the listed interfaces
Syntax
show ip igmp interface membership groupaddr [detail]
•
groupaddr—Group IP address
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display the list of interfaces that have registered in the multicast
group at IP address 224.5.5.5, the latter in detail mode.
console#show ip igmp interface membership 224.5.5.5
IGMP INTERFACE MEMBERSHIP INFO
Interface
Interface IP
State
Group Compat Source Filter
Mode
---------
Mode
--------------- ------------ ------------ ------------IGMP Commands
603
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
console(config)#show ip igmp interface membership 224.5.5.5 detail
IGMP INTERFACE DETAILED MEMBERSHIP INFO
Interface
Group Compat
Source Filter
Mode
Mode
Source Hosts
Expiry Time
---------- ------------- -------------- -------------- ------------
show ip igmp interface stats
Use the show ip igmp interface stats command in User EXEC mode to display the IGMP
statistical information for the interface. The statistics are only displayed when the interface is
enabled for IGMP.
Syntax
show ip igmp interface stats vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following example displays the IGMP statistical information for VLAN 7.
console#show ip igmp interface stats vlan 7
Querier Status................................. Querier
Querier IP Address............................. 7.7.7.7
Querier Up Time (secs) ........................ 55372
Querier Expiry Time (secs) .................... 0
Wrong Version Queries.......................... 0
Number of Joins................................ 7
Number of Groups............................... 1
604
IGMP Commands
ip igmp router-alert-optional
Use the ip igmp router-alert-optional command to set IGMP to not require the Router-Alert field.
Syntax
ip igmp router-alert-optional
no ip igmp router-alert-optional
Default Value
The Router-Alert field is not required by default.
Command Mode
Global Configuration
Usage Guidelines
No specific guidelines
Example
ip igmp router-alert-optional
IGMP Commands
605
606
IGMP Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
IGMP Proxy Commands
ip igmp-proxy
Use the ip igmp-proxy command in Interface Configuration mode to enable the IGMP Proxy on
the router. To enable the IGMP Proxy on the router, multicast forwarding must be enabled and
there must be no multicast routing protocols enabled on the router.
Syntax
ip igmp-proxy
no ip igmp-proxy
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables the IGMP Proxy on the VLAN 15 router.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp-proxy
ip igmp-proxy reset-status
Use the ip igmp-proxy reset-status command in Interface Configuration mode to reset the host
interface status parameters of the IGMP Proxy router. This command is valid only when IGMP
Proxy is enabled on the interface.
IGMP Proxy Commands
607
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip igmp-proxy reset-status
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example resets the host interface status parameters of the IGMP Proxy router.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp-proxy reset-status
ip igmp-proxy unsolicited-report-interval
Use the ip igmp-proxy unsolicited-report-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to
set the unsolicited report interval for the IGMP Proxy router. This command is valid only if IGMP
Proxy on the interface is enabled.
Syntax
ip igmp-proxy unsolicited-report-interval seconds
•
seconds—Unsolicited report interval. (Range: 1-260 seconds)
Default Configuration
The default configuration is 1 second.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
608
IGMP Proxy Commands
Example
The following example sets 10 seconds as the unsolicited report interval for the IGMP Proxy
router.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip igmp-proxy unsolicited-reportinterval 10
show ip igmp-proxy
Use the show ip igmp-proxy command in Privileged EXEC mode to display a summary of the host
interface status parameters. It displays status parameters only when IGMP Proxy is enabled.
Syntax
show ip igmp-proxy
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
IGMP Proxy Commands
609
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays a summary of the host interface status parameters.
console#show ip igmp-proxy
Interface Index................................ vlan13
Admin Mode..................................... Enable
Operational Mode............................... Enable
Version........................................ 3
Number of Multicast Groups..................... 0
Unsolicited Report Interval.................... 1
Querier IP Address on Proxy Interface.......... 0.0.0.0
Older Version 1 Querier Timeout................ 0
Older Version 2 Querier Timeout................ 0
Proxy Start Frequency.......................... 1
show ip igmp-proxy interface
Use the show ip igmp-proxy interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display a detailed list
of the host interface status parameters. It displays status parameters only when IGMP Proxy is
enabled.
Syntax
show ip igmp-proxy interface
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example fails to display status parameters because IGMP Proxy is not enabled.
console#show ip igmp-proxy interface
Interface Index................................ vlan13
610
IGMP Proxy Commands
Ver
Query Rcvd
Report Rcvd
Report Sent
Leave Rcvd
Leave Sent
----------------------------------------------------------------1
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
-----
-----
0
0
-----
-----
show ip igmp-proxy groups
Use the show ip igmp-proxy groups command in Privileged EXEC mode to display a table of
information about multicast groups that IGMP Proxy reported. It displays status parameters only
when IGMP Proxy is enabled.
Syntax
show ip igmp-proxy groups
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example attempts to display a table of information about multicast groups that
IGMP Proxy reported.
console#show ip igmp-proxy groups
Interface Index................................ vlan13
Group Address
Last Reporter
Up Time
Member State Filter Mode Sources
-------------
---------------
-------
------------ ----------- -------
225.0.1.1
13.13.13.1
7
DELAY-MEMBER Exclude
0
225.0.1.2
13.13.13.1
48
DELAY-MEMBER Exclude
0
IGMP Proxy Commands
611
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show ip igmp-proxy groups detail
Use the show ip igmp-proxy groups detail command in Privileged EXEC mode to display complete
information about multicast groups that IGMP Proxy has reported.
Syntax
show ip igmp-proxy groups detail
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays complete information about multicast groups that IGMP
Proxy has reported.
console#show ip igmp-proxy groups detail
Interface Index................................ vlan13
612
Group Address
Last Reporter
Up Time
Member State Filter Mode Sources
-------------
---------------
-------
------------ ----------- -------
225.0.1.1
13.13.13.1
26
DELAY-MEMBER Exclude
0
225.0.1.2
13.13.13.1
67
DELAY-MEMBER Exclude
0
IGMP Proxy Commands
IP Routing Commands
encapsulation
Use the encapsulation command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the link layer
encapsulation type for the packet. Routed frames are always ethernet encapsulated when a frame is
routed to a VLAN.
Syntax
encapsulation {ethernet | snap}
•
ethernet—Specifies Ethernet encapsulation.
•
snap—Specifies SNAP encapsulation.
Default Configuration
Ethernet encapsulation is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example applies SNAP encapsulation for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#encapsulation snap
ip address
Use the ip address command in Interface Configuration mode to configure an IP address on an
interface. Also use this command to configure one or more secondary IP addresses on the interface.
This command changes the label IP address in the show IP interface.
IP Routing Commands
613
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip address ip-address {subnet-mask | prefix-length} [secondary]
no ip address ip-address {subnet-mask | prefix-length} [secondary]
•
ip-address—IP address of the interface.
•
subnet-mask—Subnet mask of the interface
•
prefix-length—Length of the prefix. Must be preceded by a forward slash (/). (Range: 1-30
bits)
•
secondary—Indicates the IP address is a secondary address.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command also implicitly enables the interface for routing (i.e. as if the user had issued
the ‘routing’ interface command).
Example
The following example defines the IP address and subnet mask for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip address 192.168.10.10 255.255.255.0
ip mtu
Use the ip mtu command in Interface Configuration mode to set the IP Maximum Transmission
Unit (MTU) on a routing interface. The IP MTU is the size of the largest IP packet that can be
transmitted on the interface without fragmentation. Use the no form of the command to return
the MTU size to the default value.
Software currently does not fragment IP packets. Packets forwarded in hardware ignore the IP
MTU. Packets forwarded in software are dropped if they exceed the IP MTU of the outgoing
interface. Packets originated on the router, such as OSPF packets, may be fragmented by the IP
stack. The IP stack uses its default IP MTU and ignores the value set using the ip mtu command.
OSPF advertises the IP MTU in the Database Description packets it sends to its neighbors during
database exchange. If two OSPF neighbors advertise different IP MTUs, they will not form an
adjacency (unless OSPF has been instructed to ignore differences in IP MTU with the ip ospf
mtuignore command).
614
IP Routing Commands
Syntax
ip mtu integer
•
integer—Specifies the distance (preference) of an individual static route. (Range: 681500)
Default Configuration
1500 bytes is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines 1480 as the MTU for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip mtu 1480
ip netdirbcast
Use the ip netdirbcast command in Interface Configuration mode to enable the forwarding of
network-directed broadcasts. When enabled, network directed broadcasts are forwarded. When
disabled they are dropped. Use the no form of the command to disable the broadcasts.
Syntax
ip netdirbcast
no ip netdirbcast
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
IP Routing Commands
615
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example defines the IP address and subnet mask for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip netdirbcast
ip route
Use the ip route command in Global Configuration mode to configure a static route. Use the no
form of the command to delete the static route. The IP route command sets a value for the route
preference. Among routes to the same destination, the route with the lowest preference value is the
route entered into the forwarding database. Specifying the preference of a static route controls
whether a static route is more or less preferred than routes from dynamic routing protocols. The
preference also controls whether a static route is more or less preferred than other static routes to
the same destination.
Syntax
ip route ip-address {subnet-mask | prefix-length} next-hop-ip [metric preference]
no ip route ip-address subnet-mask [next-hop-ip] [metric preference]
•
ip-address—IP address of destination interface.
•
subnet-mask—Subnet mask of destination interface.
•
prefix-length—Length of prefix. Must be preceded with a forward slash (/). (Range: 0-32
bits)
•
next-hop-ip—IP address of the next hop router.
•
preference—Specifies the preference value, a.k.a. administrative distance, of an individual
static route. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
Default value of preference is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
For the static routes to be visible, you must:
616
•
Enable ip routing globally.
•
Enable ip routing for the interface.
•
Confirm that the associated link is also up.
IP Routing Commands
Example
The following example identifies the ip-address subnet-mask, next-hop-ip and a preference
value of 200.
console(config)#ip route 192.168.10.10 255.255.255.0 192.168.20.1
metric 200
ip route default
Use the ip route default command in Global Configuration mode to configure the default route.
Use the no form of the command to delete the default route.
Syntax
ip route default [next-hop-ip] [preference]
no ip route default [next-hop-ip [preference]
•
next-hop-ip—IP address of the next hop router.
•
preference—Specifies the preference value, a.k.a administrative distance, of an individual
static route. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
Default value of preference is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example identifies the next-hop-ip and a preference value of 200.
console(config)#ip route 192.168.10.10 255.255.255.0 192.168.20.1
200
ip route distance
Use the ip route distance command in Global Configuration mode to set the default distance
(preference) for static routes. Lower route preference values are preferred when determining the
best route. The ip route and ip route default commands allow optional setting of the distance of
an individual static route. The default distance is used when no distance is specified in these
IP Routing Commands
617
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
commands. Changing the default distance does not update the distance of existing static routes,
even if they were assigned the original default distance. The new default distance are applied to
static routes created after invoking the ip route distance command.
Syntax
ip route distance integer
no ip route distance integer
•
integer—Specifies the distance (preference) of an individual static route. (Range 1-255)
Default Configuration
Default value of distance is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Lower route distance values are preferred when determining the best route.
Example
The following example sets the default route metric to 80.
console(config)#ip route distance 80
ip routing
To globally enable IPv4 routing on the router, use the "ip routing" command in Global
Configuration mode. To disable IPv4 routing globally, use the no form of this command.
Syntax
ip routing
no ip routing
Default Configuration
The ip routing default configuration is disabled.
Command Mode
Global Config
User Guidelines
Use this command to globally enable IPv4 routing.
618
IP Routing Commands
Example
console(config)#ip routing
routing
Use the routing command in Interface Configuration mode to enable IPv4 and IPv6 routing for an
interface. View the current value for this function with the show ip brief command. The value is
labeled Routing Mode in the output display. Use the no form of the command to disable routing
for an interface.
Syntax
routing
no routing
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables IPv4 and IPv6 routing for VLAN 15
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#routing
show ip brief
Use the show ip brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all the summary information
of the IP.
Syntax
show ip brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
IP Routing Commands
619
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays IP summary information.
console#show ip brief
Default Time to Live........................... 30
Routing Mode................................... Disabled
IP Forwarding Mode............................. Enabled
Maximum Next Hops.............................. 2
show ip interface
Use the show ip interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all pertinent information
about one or more IP interfaces.
Syntax
show ip interface [vlan vlan-id | loopback loopback -id]
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID
•
loopback-id—Valid loopback ID. (Range: 0-7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display all IP information and information specific to VLAN 15.
console#show ip interface
Management Interface:
IP Address..................................... 10.240.4.125
Subnet Mask.................................... 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway................................ 10.240.4.1
620
IP Routing Commands
Burned In MAC Address.......................... 00:10:18:82:04:35
Network Configuration Protocol Current......... None
Management VLAN ID............................. 1
Routing Interfaces:
Netdir Multi
Interface
IP Address
IP Mask
Bcast
CastFwd
---------- --------------- --------------- -------- -------vlan1
192.168.10.10
255.255.255.0
Disable
Disable
vlan2
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Enable
Disable
loopback2
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Disable
Disable
console#show ip interface vlan 15
Primary IP Address.............................
192.168.10.10/255.255.255.0
Secondary IP Address(es).......................
192.168.20.20/255.255.255.0
Routing Mode................................... Disable
Administrative Mode............................ Disable
Forward Net Directed Broadcasts................ Disable
Proxy ARP...................................... Enable
Local Proxy ARP................................ Disable
Active State................................... Inactive
Link Speed Data Rate........................... Inactive
MAC Address.................................... 00:00:00:01:00:02
Encapsulation Type............................. Ethernet
IP MTU......................................... 1500
show ip protocols
Use the show ip protocols command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the parameters and
current state of the active routing protocols.
IP Routing Commands
621
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show ip protocols
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays parameters and current state of active routing protocols.
console#show ip protocols
Routing Protocol is "rip"
Sending updates every 30 seconds
Invalid after 180 seconds, hold down 120, flushed after 300
Redistributing: RIP, Static, OSPF
Default version control: send version 1, receive version 1
Interfaces:
Interface Send Receive Key-chain
176.1.1.1 1 1 flowers
176.2.1.1 passive 2
Routing Information Sources:
Gateway Last Update
176.1.1.2 0:00:17
Preference: 60
Routing Protocol is "ospf"
Redistributing: OSPF, External direct, Static, RIP
Interfaces:
Interface Metric Key-chain
176.1.1.1 10 flowers
622
IP Routing Commands
176.2.1.1 1
Routing Information Sources:
Gateway State
176.1.1.2 Full
External Preference: 60
Internal Preference: 20
show ip route
Use the show ip route command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the routing table.
Syntax
show ip route [protocol |address ip-address [subnet-mask | prefix-length] [longer-prefixes]]
•
protocol—Specifies the protocol that installed the routes. (Range: connected, ospf, rip
static)
•
ip-address—Specifies the network for which the route is to be displayed and displays the
best matching best-route for the address.
•
subnet-mask—Subnet mask of the IP address.
•
prefix-length—Length of prefix, in bits. Must be preceded with a forward slash (‘/’).
(Range: 0-32 bits)
•
longer-prefixes—Indicates that the ip-address and subnet-mask pair becomes the prefix,
and the command displays the routes to the addresses that match that prefix.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the routing table.
console#show ip route
Route Codes: R - RIP Derived, O - OSPF Derived, C - Connected, S Static
IP Routing Commands
623
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
B - BGP Derived, IA - OSPF Inter Area
E1 - OSPF External Type 1, E2 - OSPF External Type 2
N1 - OSPF NSSA External Type 1, N2 - OSPF NSSA external type 2
show ip route preferences
Use the show ip route preferences command in Privileged EXEC mode displays detailed
information about the route preferences. Route preferences are used in determining the best route.
Lower router preference values are preferred over higher router preference values.
Syntax
show ip route preferences
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays IP route preferences.
console#show ip route preferences
Local.......................................... 0
Static......................................... 1
OSPF Intra..................................... 8
OSPF Inter..................................... 10
OSPF Ext T1.................................... 13
OSPF Ext T2.................................... 150
OSPF NSSA T1................................... 14
OSPF NSSA T2................................... 151
RIP............................................ 15
624
IP Routing Commands
show ip route summary
Use the show ip route summary command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the routing table
summary.
Syntax
show ip route summary [all]
•
all—Shows the number of all routes, including best and non-best routes. To include only
the number of best routes, do not use this optional parameter.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the IP route summary.
console#show ip route summary
Connected Routes............................... 0
Static Routes.................................. 0
RIP Routes..................................... 0
OSPF Routes.................................... 0
Intra Area Routes.............................. 0
Inter Area Routes.............................. 0
External Type-1 Routes......................... 0
External Type-2 Routes......................... 0
Total routes................................... 0
show ip stats
Use the show ip stats command in User EXEC mode to display IP statistical information. Refer to
RFC 1213 for more information about the fields that are displayed.
IP Routing Commands
625
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show ip stats
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays IP route preferences.
console>show ip stats
IpInReceives................................... 24002
IpInHdrErrors.................................. 1
IpInAddrErrors................................. 925
IpForwDatagrams................................ 0
IpInUnknownProtos.............................. 0
IpInDiscards................................... 0
IpInDelivers................................... 18467
IpOutRequests.................................. 295
IpOutDiscards.................................. 0
IpOutNoRoutes.................................. 0
IpReasmTimeout................................. 0
IpReasmReqds................................... 0
IpReasmOKs..................................... 0
IpReasmFails................................... 0
IpFragOKs...................................... 0
IpFragFails.................................... 0
IpFragCreates.................................. 0
IpRoutingDiscards.............................. 0
626
IP Routing Commands
IcmpInMsgs..................................... 3
IcmpInErrors................................... 0
IcmpInDestUnreachs............................. 0
IcmpInTimeExcds................................ 0
IcmpInParmProbs................................ 0
IcmpInSrcQuenchs............................... 0
IcmpInRedirects................................ 0
IcmpInEchos.................................... 3
IcmpInEchoReps................................. 0
IcmpInTimestamps............................... 0
IcmpInTimestampReps............................ 0
IcmpInAddrMasks................................ 0
IcmpInAddrMaskReps............................. 0
IcmpOutMsgs.................................... 3
IcmpOutErrors.................................. 0
IcmpOutDestUnreachs............................ 0
IcmpOutTimeExcds............................... 0
IcmpOutParmProbs............................... 0
IcmpOutSrcQuenchs.............................. 0
IcmpOutRedirects............................... 0
IcmpOutEchoReps................................ 3
IcmpOutTimestamps.............................. 0
IcmpOutTimestampReps........................... 0
IcmpOutAddrMasks............................... 0
IP Routing Commands
627
628
IP Routing Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
IPv6 Routing Commands
clear ipv6 neighbors
Use the clear ipv6 neighbors command in Privileged EXEC mode to clear all entries in the IPv6
neighbor table or an entry on a specific interface.
Syntax
clear ipv6 neighbors [vlan vlan-id ]
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example clears all entries in the IPv6 neighbor table.
console(config)#clear ipv6 neighbors
clear ipv6 statistics
Use the clear ipv6 statistics command in Privileged EXEC mode to clear IPv6 statistics for all
interfaces or for a specific interface, including loopback and tunnel interfaces. IPv6 statistics
display in the output of the show ipv6 traffic command.
IPv6 Routing Commands
629
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
clear ipv6 statistics [vlan vlan-id| tunnel tunnel-id | loopback loopback-id]
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
•
tunnel-id—Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0-7)
•
loopback-id—Loopback identifier. (Range: 0-7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example clears IPv6 statistics for VLAN 11.
console(config)#clear ipv6 statistics vlan 11
ipv6 address
Use the ipv6 address command in Interface Configuration mode to configure an IPv6 address on
an interface (including tunnel and loopback interfaces) and to enable IPv6 processing on this
interface. Multiple globally reachable addresses can be assigned to an interface by using this
command. There is no need to assign a link-local address by using this command since one is
automatically created. IPv6 addresses can be expressed in eight blocks. Also of note is that instead
of a period, a colon separates each block. For simplification, leading zeros of each 16-bit block can
be omitted. One sequence of 16-bit blocks containing only zeros can be replaced with a double
colon "::", but not more than one at a time (otherwise it is no longer a unique representation).
Dropping zeros: 3ffe:ffff:100:f101:0:0:0:1 becomes 3ffe:ffff:100:f101::1
Local host: 0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0001 becomes ::1
Any host: 0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000 becomes ::
The hexadecimal letters in the IPv6 addresses are not case-sensitive. An example of an IPv6 prefix
and prefix length is 3ffe:1::1234/64.
Syntax
ipv6 address prefix/prefix-length [eui64]
no ipv6 address [prefix/prefix-length] [eui64]
•
630
prefix—Consists of the bits of the address to be configured.
IPv6 Routing Commands
•
prefix-length—Designates how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address
make up the prefix.
•
eui64—The optional eui-64 field designates that IPv6 processing on the interfaces is
enabled using an EUI-64 interface ID in the low order 64 bits of the address. If this
option is used, the value of prefix_length must be 64 bits.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures an IPv6 address and enables IPv6 processing.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 address 2020:1::1/64
ipv6 enable
Use the ipv6 enable command in Interface Configuration mode to enable IPv6 routing on an
interface (including tunnel and loopback interfaces) that has not been configured with an explicit
IPv6 address. Command execution automatically configures the interface with a link-local address.
The command is not required if an IPv6 global address is configured on the interface.
Syntax
ipv6 enable
no ipv6 enable
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
IPv6 Routing Commands
631
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example enables IPv6 routing, which has not been configured with an explicit
IPv6 address.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 enable
ipv6 forwarding
Use the ipv6 forwarding command in Global Configuration mode to enable IPv6 forwarding on a
router.
Syntax
ipv6 forwarding
no ipv6 forwarding
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example globally enables IPv6 forwarding.
console#configure
console(config)#ipv6 forwarding
console(config)#no ipv6 forwarding
ipv6 mtu
Use the ipv6 mtu command in Interface Configuration mode to set the maximum transmission
unit (MTU) size, in bytes, of IPv6 packets on an interface. This command replaces the default or
link MTU with a new MTU value.
632
IPv6 Routing Commands
Syntax
ipv6 mtu mtu
no ipv6 mtu
•
mtu—Is the maximum transmission unit. (Range: 1280-1500)
Default Configuration
The default MTU is 1500.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the maximum transmission unit (MTU) size, in bytes, of IPv6
packets.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 mtu 1300
ipv6 nd dad attempts
Use the ipv6 nd dad attempts command in Interface Configuration mode to set the number of
duplicate address detection probes transmitted while doing neighbor discovery. Duplicate address
detection verifies that an IPv6 address on an interface is unique.
Syntax
ipv6 nd dad attempts attempts
no ipv6 nd dad attempts
•
attempts—Probes transmitted. (Range: 0-600)
Default Configuration
1 is the default value for attempts.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
IPv6 Routing Commands
633
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example sets at 10 the number of duplicate address detection probes
transmitted while doing neighbor discovery.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd dad attempts 10
ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
Use the ipv6 nd managed-config-flag command in Interface Configuration mode to set the
“managed address configuration” flag in router advertisements. When the value is true,
end nodes use DHCPv6. When the value is false, end nodes automatically configure addresses.
Syntax
ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
no ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
Default Configuration
False is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
In the following example, the end node uses DHCPv6.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd managed-config-flag
ipv6 nd ns-interval
Use the ipv6 nd ns-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to set the interval between
router advertisements for advertised neighbor solicitations. An advertised value of 0 means the
interval is unspecified.
634
IPv6 Routing Commands
Syntax
ipv6 nd ns-interval milliseconds
no ipv6 nd ns-interval
•
milliseconds—Interval duration. (Range: 0, 1000 - 4294967295)
Default Configuration
0 is the default value for milliseconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the interval between router advertisements for advertised
neighbor solicitations at 5000 ms.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd ns-interval 5000
ipv6 nd other-config-flag
Use the ipv6 nd other-config-flag command in Interface Configuration mode to set the “other
stateful configuration” flag in router advertisements sent from the interface.
Syntax
ipv6 nd other-config-flag
no ipv6 nd other-config-flag
Default Configuration
False is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
IPv6 Routing Commands
635
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example sets to true the “other stateful configuration” flag in router
advertisements
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd other-config-flag
ipv6 nd prefix
Use the ipv6 nd prefix command to configure parameters associated with prefixes that the router
advertises in its router advertisements.
Syntax
ipv6 nd prefix prefix/prefix-length [{valid-lifetime| infinite} {preferred-lifetime| infinite}]
[noautoconfig] [off-link]
no ipv6 nd prefix prefix/prefix-length
•
prefix—IPv6 prefix.
•
prefix-length—IPv6 prefix length.
•
valid-lifetime—Valid lifetime of the router in seconds. (Range: 0-4294967295 seconds)
•
infinite—Indicates lifetime value is infinite.
•
preferred-lifetime—Preferred-lifetime of the router in seconds. (Range: 0-4294967295
seconds)
•
no-autocoding—Do not use Prefix for autoconfiguration.
•
off-link—Do not use Prefix for onlink determination.
Default Configuration
604800 seconds is the default value for valid-lifetime, 2592000 seconds for preferred lifetime.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
The router advertises its global IPv6 prefixes in its router advertisements (RAs). An RA only
includes the prefixes of the IPv6 addresses configured on the interface where the RA is
transmitted. Addresses are configured using the ipv6 address interface configuration
command. Each prefix advertisement includes information about the prefix, such as its
lifetime values and whether hosts should use the prefix for on-link determination or address
auto-configuration. Use the ipv6 nd prefix command to configure these values.
636
IPv6 Routing Commands
The ipv6 nd prefix command will allow you to preconfigure RA prefix values before you
configure the associated interface address. In order for the prefix to be included in RAs, you
must configure an address that matches the prefix using the ipv6 address command. Prefixes
specified using ipv6 nd prefix without an associated interface address will not be included in
RAs and will not be committed to the device configuration.
Example
The following example sets the IPv6 prefixes to include in the router advertisement.
console(config)#interface vlan 11
console(config-if-vlan11)#ipv6 nd prefix 2020:1::1/64
ipv6 nd ra-interval
Use the ipv6 nd ra-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to set the transmission
interval between router advertisements.
Syntax
ipv6 nd ra-interval seconds
no ipv6 nd ra-interval
•
seconds—Interval duration. (Range: 4-1800)
Default Configuration
600 is the default value for seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the transmission interval between router advertisements at 1000
seconds.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd ra-interval 1000
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime
Use the ipv6 nd ra-lifetime command in Interface Configuration mode to set the value that is
placed in the Router Lifetime field of the router advertisements sent from the interface.
IPv6 Routing Commands
637
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ipv6 nd ra-lifetime seconds
no ipv6 nd ra-lifetime
•
seconds—Lifetime duration. The value must be zero, or it must be an integer between
the value of the router advertisement transmission interval and 9000 seconds. A value of
zero means this router is not to be used as the default router. (Range: 0-9000)
Default Configuration
1800 is the default value for seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets at 1000 seconds the value that is placed in the Router Lifetime
field of the router advertisements.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd ra-lifetime 1000
ipv6 nd reachable-time
Use the ipv6 nd reachable-time command in Interface Configuration mode to set the router
advertisement time to consider a neighbor reachable after neighbor discovery confirmation.
Syntax
ipv6 nd reachable-time milliseconds
no ipv6 nd reachable-time
•
milliseconds—Reachable-time duration. A value of zero means the time is unspecified by
the router. (Range: 0-3600000 milliseconds)
Default Configuration
The default value for neighbor discovery reachable times is 0 milliseconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
638
IPv6 Routing Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the router advertisement time at 5000 milliseconds to consider a
neighbor reachable after neighbor discovery confirmation.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd reachable-time 5000
ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Use the ipv6 nd suppress-ra command in Interface Configuration mode to suppress router
advertisement transmission on an interface.
Syntax
ipv6 nd suppress-ra
no ipv6 nd suppress-ra
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example suppresses router advertisement transmission.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 nd suppress-ra
ipv6 route
Use the ipv6 route command in Global Configuration mode to configure an IPv6 static route.
IPv6 Routing Commands
639
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ipv6 route ipv6-prefix /prefix-length [interface {tunnel tunnel-id | vlan vlan-id}]next-hopaddress preference
no ipv6 route ipv6-prefix /prefix-length [interface {tunnel tunnel-id | vlan vlan-id}]next-hopaddress preference
•
ipv6-prefix—Is the IPv6 network that is the destination of the static route.
•
prefix-length—Is the length of the IPv6 prefix — a decimal value (usually 0-64) that
shows how many of the high-order contiguous bits of the address comprise the prefix (the
network portion of the address). A slash mark must precede it.
•
interface—Identifies direct static routes from point-to-point and broadcast interfaces,
and must be specified when using a link-local address as the next hop.
•
tunnel or vlan—Is the tunnel or vlan interface to associate with the route.
•
next-hop-address—Is the IPv6 address of the next hop that can be used to reach the
specified network.
•
preference—Is a value the router uses to compare this route with routes from other route
sources that have the same destination. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
1 is the default value for preference.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configure an IPv6 static route.
console(config)#ipv6 route 2020:1::1/64 2030:1::2
ipv6 route distance
Use the ipv6 route distance command in Global Configuration mode to set the default distance
(preference) for static routes. Lower route preference values are preferred when determining the
best route. The ipv6 route and ipv6 route default commands allow optional setting of the distance
of an individual static route. The default distance is used when no distance is specified in these
commands. Changing the default distance does not update the distance of existing static routes,
even if they were assigned the original default distance. The new default distance is applied to
static routes created after invoking the ipv6 route distance command.
640
IPv6 Routing Commands
Syntax
ipv6 route distance integer
no ipv6 route distance integer
•
integer—Specifies the distance (preference) of an individual static route. (Range 1-255)
Default Configuration
Default value of integer is 1.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Lower route distance values are preferred when determining the best route.
Example
The following example sets the default distance to 80.
console(config)#ipv6 route distance 80
ipv6 unicast-routing
Use the ipv6 unicast-routing command in Global Configuration mode to enable forwarding of
IPv6 unicast datagrams.
Syntax
ipv6 unicast-routing
no ipv6 unicast-routing
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example globally enables Ipv6 unicast datagram forwarding.
console(config)#ipv6 unicast-routing
IPv6 Routing Commands
641
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
console(config)#no ipv6 unicast-routing
ping ipv6
Use ping ipv6 command in Privileged EXEC mode to determine whether another computer is on
the network. To use the command, configure the switch for network (in-band) connection. The
source and target devices must have the ping utility enabled and running on top of TCP/IP. The
switch can be pinged from any IP workstation with which the switch is connected through the
default VLAN (VLAN 1), as long as there is a physical path between the switch and the
workstation. The terminal interface sends three pings to the target station.
Syntax
ping ipv6 ipv6-address [size size]
•
ipv6-address—Target IPv6 address to ping.
•
size—Size of the datagram. (Range: 48-2048 bytes)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example determines whether another computer is on the network at the IPv6
address specified.
console(config)#ping ipv6 2030:1::1/64
Send count=3, Receive count=0 from 2030:1::1/64
Average round trip time = 0.00 ms
ping ipv6 interface
Use ping ipv6 interface command in the Privileged EXEC mode to determine whether another
computer is on the network. To use the command, configure the switch for network (in-band)
connection. The source and target devices must have the ping utility enabled and running on top
of TCP/IP. The switch can be pinged from any IP workstation with which the switch is connected
through the default VLAN (VLAN 1), as long as there is a physical path between the switch and the
642
IPv6 Routing Commands
workstation. The terminal interface sends three pings to the target station. Use the interface
keyword to ping an interface by using the link-local address or the global IPv6 address of the
interface. The source can be a loopback, tunnel, or logical interface.
Syntax
ping ipv6 interface {vlan vlan-id| tunnel tunnel-id} | loopback loopback-id} link-localaddress [size datagram-size]
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
•
tunnel-id—Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0-7)
•
loopback-id—Loopback identifier. (Range: 0-7)
•
link-local-address—IPv6 address to ping.
•
datagram-size—Size of the datagram. (Range: 48-2048 bytes)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example determines whether another computer is on the network at the IPv6
address specified.
console(config)#ping ipv6 interface loopback 1
FE80::202:BCFF:FE00:3068/128
Send count=3, Receive count=0 from FE80::202:BCFF:FE00:3068/128
Average round trip time = 0.00 ms
show ipv6 brief
Use the show ipv6 brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the IPv6 status of
forwarding mode and IPv6 unicast routing mode.
Syntax
show ipv6 brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
IPv6 Routing Commands
643
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the IPv6 status of forwarding mode and IPv6 unicast routing
mode.
console#show ipv6 brief
IPv6 Forwarding Mode........................... Enable
IPv6 Unicast Routing Mode...................... Disable
IPv6 Hop Limit..................................1
show ipv6 interface
Use the show ipv6 interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to show the usability status of
IPv6 interfaces.
Syntax
show ipv6 interface {brief|loopback loopback-id| tunnel tunnel-id|vlan vlan-id}
•
loopback-id—Valid loopback interface ID
•
tunnel-id—Valid tunnel interface ID
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples show the usability status of a IPv6 VLAN interface individually and
all IPv6 interfaces collectively in an abbreviated format.
console#show ipv6 interface vlan 3
644
IPv6 Routing Commands
IPv6 is enabled
IPv6 Prefix is ...................... FE80::2FC:E3FF:FE90:147/128
3FF0:1236:C261::1/64
Routing Mode................................... Enabled
Administrative Mode............................ Enabled
IPv6 Routing Operational Mode.................. Enabled
Interface Maximum Transmit Unit................ 1500
Router Duplicate Address Detection Transmits... 1
Router Advertisement NS Interval............... 0
Router Lifetime Interval....................... 1800
Router Advertisement Reachable Time............ 0
Router Advertisement Interval.................. 600
Router Advertisement Managed Config Flag....... Disabled
Router Advertisement Other Config Flag......... Disabled
Router Advertisement Suppress Flag............. Disabled
Prefix 3FF0:1236:C261::1/64
Preferred Lifetime............................. 10000
Valid Lifetime................................. 100000
Onlink Flag.................................... Enabled
Autonomous Flag................................ Enabled
console#show ipv6 interface brief
Oper.
Interface Mode
IPv6 Address/Length
---------- -------- --------------------------------vlan3
Enabled
FE80::2FC:E3FF:FE90:147/128
3FF0:1236:C261::1/64
loopback 1 Enabled
FE80::2FC:E3FF:FE90:145/128
3FF0:C221:1234::1/64
IPv6 Routing Commands
645
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
loopback 2 Disabled
tunnel 1
Disabled 3FFE:1234::1/64
[TENT]
show ipv6 neighbors
Use the show ipv6 neighbors command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information about the
IPv6 neighbors.
Syntax
show ipv6 neighbors
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about the IPv6 neighbors.
console(config)#show ipv6 neighbors
Neighbor Last
IPv6 Address
MAC Address
isRtr
State
Updated
Interface
-------------------- ----------------- -----
------- ---------
show ipv6 route
Use the show ipv6 route command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the IPv6 routing table.
Syntax
show ipv6 route [{ipv6-address [ protocol] | {{ipv6-prefix/ ipv6-prefix-length | interface}
[protocol] | protocol [all] | all}]
•
646
ipv6-address—Specifies an IPv6 address for which the best-matching route would be
displayed.
IPv6 Routing Commands
•
protocol—Specifies the protocol that installed the routes. Is one of the following
keywords: connected, ospf, static.
•
ipv6-prefix/ipv6 prefix-length—Specifies a IPv6 network for which the matching route
would be displayed.
•
interface—Valid IPv6 interface. Specifies that the routes with next-hops on the selected
interface be displayed.
•
all—Specifies that all routes including best and non-best routes are displayed. Otherwise,
only the best routes are displayed. If the connected keyword is selected for protocol, the
all option is not available because there are no best or non-best connected routes.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the IPv6 routing table.
console(config)#show ipv6 route
IPv6 Routing Table - 0 entries
Codes: C - connected, S - static
O - OSPF Intra, OI - OSPF Inter, OE1 - OSPF Ext 1, OE2 - OSPF Ext 2
ON1 - OSPF NSSA Ext Type 1, ON2 - OSPF NSSA Ext Type 2
show ipv6 route preferences
Use the show ipv6 route preferences command in Privileged EXEC mode to show the preference
value associated with the type of route. Lower numbers have a greater preference.
Syntax
show ipv6 route preferences
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
IPv6 Routing Commands
647
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows the preference value associated with the type of route.
console#show ipv6 route preferences
Local.......................................... 0
Static......................................... 1
OSPF Intra..................................... 8
OSPF Inter..................................... 10
OSPF Ext T1.................................... 13
OSPF Ext T2.................................... 150
OSPF NSSA T1................................... 14
OSPF NSSA T2................................... 151
show ipv6 route summary
Use the show ipv6 route summary command in Privileged EXEC mode to display a summary of the
routing table. Use all to display the count summary for all routes, including best and non-best
routes. Use the command without parameters to display the count summary for only the best
routes.
Syntax
show ipv6 route summary [all]
•
all—Displays the count summary for all routes.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
648
IPv6 Routing Commands
Example
The following example displays a summary of the routing table.
console#show ipv6 route summary
IPv6 Routing Table Summary - 0 entries
Connected Routes............................... 0
Static Routes.................................. 0
OSPF Routes.................................... 0
Intra Area Routes............................ 0
Inter Area Routes............................ 0
External Type-1 Routes....................... 0
External Type-2 Routes....................... 0
Total routes................................... 0
Number of Prefixes:
show ipv6 traffic
Use the show ipv6 traffic command in User EXEC mode to show traffic and statistics for IPv6 and
ICMPv6.
Syntax
show ipv6 traffic [vlan vlan-id | tunnel tunnel-id | loopback loopback-id]
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID, shows information about traffic on a specific interface or,
without the optional parameter, shows information about traffic on all interfaces.
•
tunnel—Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0-7)
•
loopback—Loopback identifier. (Range: 0-7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
IPv6 Routing Commands
649
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Examples
The following examples show traffic and statistics for IPv6 and ICMPv6, first for all interfaces
and an individual VLAN.
console> show ipv6 traffic
IPv6 STATISTICS
Total Datagrams Received.................................. 0
Received Datagrams Locally Delivered...................... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Header Errors......... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To MTU................... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To No Route.............. 0
Received Datagrams With Unknown Protocol.................. 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Invalid Address....... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Truncated Data........ 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Other........................ 0
Received Datagrams Reassembly Required.................... 0
Datagrams Successfully Reassembled........................ 0
Datagrams Failed To Reassemble............................ 0
Datagrams Forwarded....................................... 0
Datagrams Locally Transmitted............................. 0
Datagrams Transmit Failed................................. 0
Datagrams Successfully Fragmented......................... 0
Datagrams Failed To Fragment.............................. 0
Fragments Created......................................... 0
Multicast Datagrams Received.............................. 0
Multicast Datagrams Transmitted........................... 0
console> show ipv6 traffic vlan 11
Interface ..................................... 11
IPv6 STATISTICS
Total Datagrams Received.................................. 0
650
IPv6 Routing Commands
Received Datagrams Locally Delivered...................... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Header Errors......... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To MTU................... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To No Route.............. 0
Received Datagrams With Unknown Protocol.................. 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Invalid Address....... 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Due To Truncated Data........ 0
Received Datagrams Discarded Other........................ 0
Received Datagrams Reassembly Required.................... 0
Datagrams Successfully Reassembled........................ 0
Datagrams Failed To Reassemble............................ 0
Datagrams Forwarded....................................... 0
Datagrams Locally Transmitted............................. 0
Datagrams Transmit Failed................................. 0
Datagrams Successfully Fragmented......................... 0
Datagrams Failed To Fragment.............................. 0
Fragments Created......................................... 0
Multicast Datagrams Received.............................. 0
Multicast Datagrams Transmitted........................... 0
show ipv6 vlan
Use the show ipv6 vlan command in Privileged EXEC mode to display IPv6 VLAN routing
interface addresses.
Syntax
show ipv6 vlan
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
IPv6 Routing Commands
651
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays IPv6 VLAN routing interface addresses.
console#show ipv6 vlan
MAC Address used by Routing VLANs: 00:02:BC:00:30:68
VLAN ID IPv6 Address/Prefix Length
------- --------------------------------------1
652
IPv6 Routing Commands
traceroute ipv6
Use the traceroute ipv6 command in Privileged EXEC mode to discover the routes that packets
actually take when traveling to their destination through the network on a hop-by-hop basis.
Syntax
traceroute ipv6 ipv6-address [port]
•
ipv6-address—Destination IPv6 address.
•
port—UDP port used as the destination of packets sent as part of the traceroute. This
port should be an unused port on the destination system. (Range: 0-65535)
Default Configuration
33434 is the default port value.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example discovers the packet routes on a hop-by-hop basis.
console#traceroute ipv6 2020:1::1
Tracing route over a maximum of 20 hops
1 * N * N * N
IPv6 Routing Commands
653
654
IPv6 Routing Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Loopback Interface Commands
interface loopback
Use the interface loopback command in Global Configuration mode to enter the Interface
Loopback configuration mode.
Syntax
interface loopback loopback-id
no interface loopback loopback-id
•
loopback-id—Loopback identifier. (Range: 0-7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enters the Interface Loopback 1 configuration mode.
console(config)# interface loopback 1
console(config-if-loopback1)#
show interfaces loopback
Use the show interfaces loopback command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information
about one or all configured loopback interfaces.
Loopback Interface Commands
655
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show interfaces loopback [loopback-id]
•
loopback-id—Loopback identifier. (Range: 0-7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display information about configured loopback interfaces.
console# show interfaces loopback
Loopback Id
Interface
IP Address Received Packets Sent Packets
------------ ---------- ---------- ---------------- ------------1
loopback 1 0.0.0.0
0
0
console# show interfaces loopback 1
Interface Link Status.......................... Up
IP Address..................................... 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0
MTU size....................................... 1500 bytes
656
Loopback Interface Commands
Multicast Commands
ip mcast boundary
Use the ip mcast boundary command in Interface Configuration mode to add an administrative
scope multicast boundary specified by groupipaddr and mask for which this multicast
administrative boundary is applicable. groupipaddr is a group IP address and mask is a group IP
mask.
Syntax
ip mcast boundary groupipaddr mask
no ip mcast boundary groupipaddr mask
•
groupipaddr—IP address of multicast group. Valid range is 239.0.0.0 to 239.255.255.255.
•
mask—IP mask of multicast group.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example adds an administrative scope multicast boundary.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip mcast boundary 239.5.5.5
255.255.255.255
Multicast Commands
659
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
ip multicast
Use the ip multicast command in Global Configuration mode to set the administrative mode of
the IP multicast forwarder in the router to active. For multicast routing to become operational,
IGMP must be currently enabled. An error message is displayed on the CLI if multicast routing is
enabled while IGMP is disabled. However, the IP multicast mode configuration is stored in the
multicast configuration file and is automatically enabled once IGMP is enabled.
Syntax
ip multicast
no ip multicast
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables IP multicast on the router.
console#configure
console(config)#ip multicast
console(config)#no ip multicast
ip multicast staticroute
Use the ip multicast staticroute command in Global Configuration mode to create a static route
which is used to perform RPF checking in multicast packet forwarding. The combination of the
sourceipaddr and the mask fields specify the network IP address of the multicast packet source. The
rpfipaddr is the IP address of the next hop toward the source. metric is the cost of the route entry
for comparison with other routes to the source network. The current incoming interface is used for
RPF checking for multicast packets matching this multicast static route entry.
660
Multicast Commands
Syntax
ip multicast staticroute sourceipaddr mask rpfipaddr metric vlan vlan-id
no ip multicast staticroute sourceipaddr
•
sourceipaddr—IP address of multicast packet source.
•
mask—IP mask of multicast packet source.
•
rpfipaddr—IP address of next hop toward source.
•
metric—Cost of route entry. (Range: 0-255)
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example creates a static route which is used to perform RPF checking in
multicast packet forwarding.
console(config)#ip multicast staticroute 224.5.5.5 255.255.255.255
10.1.1.1 5 vlan 15
ip multicast ttl-threshold
Use the ip multicast ttl-threshold command in Interface Configuration mode to apply a ttlvalue
to a routing interface. ttlvalue is the TTL threshold which is applied to the multicast Data packets
forwarded through the interface.
Syntax
ip multicast ttl-threshold ttlvalue
no ip multicast ttl-threshold ttlvalue
•
ttlvalue—Specifies TTL threshold. (Range: 0-255)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Multicast Commands
661
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example applies a ttlvalue of 5 to the VLAN 15 routing interface.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip multicast ttl-threshold 5
mrinfo
Use the mrinfo command in Privileged EXEC mode to query the neighbor information for a
multicast-capable router specified by ipaddr. The default value is the IP address of the system at
which the command is issued. The mrinfo command can take up to 2 minutes to complete. Only
one mrinfo command may be in process at a time. The results of this command will be available in
the results buffer pool which can be displayed by using the command show mrinfo.
Syntax
mrinfo [ipaddr]
•
ipaddr—IP address of the router.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following queries neighbor information for a multicast-capable router.
console(config)#mrinfo 10.1.1.1
662
Multicast Commands
mstat
Use the mstat command in Privileged EXEC mode to find the IP Multicast packet rate and loss
information path from a source to a receiver (unicast router id of the host running mstat). The
results of this command are available in the results bufferpool, displayed using the command show
mstat. Bookmark not defined. If a debug command is already in progress, a message is displayed
and the new request fails.
Syntax
mstat source [group/receiver] [group/receiver]
•
source—The IP address of the remote multicast-capable device.
•
group/receiver—Multicast IP address of the group being displayed/IP address of the
receiver device.
Default Configuration
The default value for group is 224.2.0.1. The default value for receiver is the IP address of the
device which issues the command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Enter the group and receiver IP addresses in any order.
Example
The following example finds the IP Multicast packet rate and loss information path from a
source (IP address 10.1.1.1) to a receiver .
console(config)#mstat 10.1.1.1
mtrace
Use the mtrace command in Privileged EXEC mode to find the IP Multicast path from a source to
a receiver (unicast router ID of the host running mtrace). A trace query is passed hop-by-hop along
the reverse path from the receiver to the source, collecting hop addresses, packet counts, and
routing error conditions along the path, and then the response is returned to the requestor. The
results of this command are available in the results buffer pool which can be displayed using the
command show mtrace.
Syntax
mtrace sourceipaddr [group/destination] [group/destination]
•
sourceipaddr—The IP address of the remote multicast-capable device.
Multicast Commands
663
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
group/destination—Multicast IP address of the group being displayed/IP address of the
receiver device.
Default Configuration
The default value for group is 224.2.0.1. The default value for destination is the IP address of
the device which issues the command.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Enter the group and receiver IP addresses in any order.
Example
The following example finds the IP Multicast path from a source to a receiver (unicast router
ID of the host running mtrace).
console(config)#mtrace 10.1.1.1
no ip mcast mroute
Use the no ip mcast mroute command in Global Configuration mode to clear entries in the
mroute table.
Syntax
no ip mcast mroute {group groupipaddr | source sourceipaddr [groupipaddr] | all}
•
groupipaddr—Clears the route entries in the mroute table containing the specified
multicast group IP addresses.
•
sourceipaddr—Clears the route entries in the mroute table containing the specified
source IP addresses.
•
all—Clears all entries.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
664
Multicast Commands
Example
The following example clears entries in the mroute table.
console(config)#no ip mcast mroute all
show ip mcast
Use the show ip mcast command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the system-wide multicast
information.
Syntax
show ip mcast
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays system-wide multicast information.
console#show ip mcast
Admin Mode..................................... Disable
Protocol State................................. Non-Operational
Table Max Size ................................ 256
Number Of Packets For Which Source Not Found .. 0
Number Of Packets For Which Group Not Found ... 0
Protocol....................................... No Protocol
Enabled
Entry Count ................................... 0
Highest Entry Count ........................... 0
show ip mcast boundary
Use the show ip mcast boundary command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all the configured
administrative scoped multicast boundaries.
Multicast Commands
665
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show ip mcast boundary {vlan vlan-id | all}
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays all the configured administrative scoped multicast
boundaries.
console#show ip mcast boundary all
MULTICAST BOUNDARY
Interface Group Ip Mask
--------- --------------- ---------------
show ip mcast interface
Use the show ip mcast interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the multicast
information for the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip mcast interface {vlan vlan-id | all}
•
vlan-id—Valid Ethernet port
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
666
Multicast Commands
Example
The following example displays the multicast information for VLAN 15.
console#show ip mcast interface vlan 15
Interface TTL
--------- -----
Multicast Commands
667
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show ip mcast mroute
Use the show ip mcast mroute command in Privileged EXEC mode to display a summary or all the
details of the multicast table.
Syntax
show ip mcast mroute {detail | summary}
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays a summary or all the details of the multicast table.
console#show ip mcast mroute summary
Multicast Route Table Summary
Incoming
Source IP
Group IP
Protocol
Outgoing
Interface Interface List
--------------- ------------ ---------- --------- ---------------
console#show ip mcast mroute detail
Multicast Route Table
Expiry
Source Ip Group Ip
Up Time
Time(secs) (secs)
RPF Neighbor
Flags
--------- ----------- ---------- ----------- --------------- -----
668
Multicast Commands
show ip mcast mroute group
Use the show ip mcast mroute group command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the multicast
configuration settings such as flags, timer settings, incoming and outgoing interfaces, RPF
neighboring routers, and expiration times of all the entries in the multicast mroute table
containing the groupipaddr value.
Syntax
show ip mcast mroute group groupipaddr {detail | summary}
•
groupipaddr—IP address of the multicast group.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the multicast configuration settings such as flags, timer
settings, incoming and outgoing interfaces.
console#show ip mcast mroute group 224.5.5.5 summary
Multicast Route Table Summary
Incoming
Source IP Group IP
Protocol
Outgoing
Interface Interface List
--------- --------------- --------- --------- ----------------
console#show ip mcast mroute group 224.5.5.5 detail
Multicast Route Table
Source Ip Group Ip
Expiry
Up Time
Time(secs)
(secs)
RPF Neighbor
Flags
--------- --------- ----------- --------- --------------- -----
Multicast Commands
669
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show ip mcast mroute source
Use the show ip mcast mroute source command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the multicast
configuration settings such as flags, timer settings, incoming and outgoing interfaces, RPF
neighboring routers, and expiration times of all the entries in the multicast mroute table
containing the sourceipaddr or sourceipaddr | groupipaddr pair value(s).
Syntax
show ip mcast mroute source sourceipaddr {summary | groupipaddr}
•
sourceipaddr—IP address of source.
•
groupipaddr—IP address of multicast group.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays multicast configuration settings.
console#show ip mcast mroute source 10.1.1.1 summary
Multicast Route Table Summary
Incoming
Source IP
Group IP
Protocol
Outgoing
Interface Interface List
---------- --------------- --------- --------- ----------------
console#show ip mcast mroute source 10.1.1.1 224.5.5.5
Multicast Route Table
Expiry
Source IP Group IP
Up Time
Time(secs) (secs)
RPF Neighbor Flags
--------- --------- ----------- ----------- ------------ -----
670
Multicast Commands
show ip mcast mroute static
Use the show ip mcast mroute static command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all the static
routes configured in the static mcast table if it is specified or display the static route associated
with the particular sourceipaddr.
Syntax
show ip mcast mroute static [sourceipaddr ]
•
sourceipaddr—IP address of source.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the static routes configured in the static mcast table.
console#show ip mcast mroute static
STATIC ROUTES
Source IP
Source Mask
RPF Address
Metric Interface
---------
--------------- ------------ ------ ---------
console#show ip mcast mroute static 10.1.1.1
Static Route with source IP address 10.1.1.1 does not exist.
show mrinfo
Use the show mrinfo command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the neighbor information of a
multicast-capable router from the results buffer pool of the router subsequent to the
execution/completion of a mrinfo command. The results that follow completion of the latest
mrinfo are available in the buffer pool after a maximum of two minutes beyond completion of the
show mrinfo command. A subsequent mrinfo command overwrites the contents of the buffer pool
with fresh results.
Multicast Commands
671
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show mrinfo
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the static routes configured in the static mcast table.
console#show mrinfo
Results for 'show mrinfo'
0.0.0.0 [Flags: ]
Router
Interface
-------- ---------
Neighbor
Metric
TTL Flags
------
------
----------
show mstat
Use the show mstat command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the results of packet rate and
loss information from the results buffer pool of the router after execution/completion of a mstat
command. Within two minutes of completing the mstat command, the results are available in the
buffer pool. The next mstat command overwrites the buffer pool with fresh results.
Syntax
show mstat
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
672
Multicast Commands
Example
The following example displays the results of packet rate and loss information.
console#show mstat
Results for 'show mstat 0.0.0.0'
show mtrace
Use the show mtrace command in Privileged EXEC mode to display results of multicast trace path
from the results buffer pool of the router after the execution/completion of a mtrace command.
The results will be available in the buffer pool within two minutes of completing the command. A
subsequent mtrace command overwrites the results in the buffer pool.
Syntax
show mtrace
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the results of packet rate and loss information.
console#show mtrace
Results for 'show mtrace 0.0.0.0'
Hops Away From Intermediate
Destination
Mcast Protocol TTL
Router Address In Use
-----------
-------------- -----------
0
0.0.0.0
Time Elapsed
Threshold Between Hops(msecs)
---------- ----------------
Multicast Commands
673
674
Multicast Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
OSPF Commands
area default-cost
Use the area default-cost command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to configure the
monetary default cost for the stub area. Use the no form of the command to return the cost to the
default value.
Syntax
area area-id default-cost integer
no area area-id default-cost
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF stub area to configure. (Range: IP address or decimal from
0-4294967295)
•
integer—The default cost for the stub area. (Range: 1-16777215)
Default Configuration
10 is the default configuration for integer.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example identifies a stub area of 10 and default cost of 100.
console(config)#router ospf
console(config-router)#area 10 default-cost 100
OSPF Commands
675
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
area nssa
Use the area nssa command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to configure the specified area
ID to function as an NSSA. Use the no form of the command to disable NSSA from the specified
area ID.
Syntax
area area-id nssa
no area area-id nssa
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF not-so-stubby-area. (Range: 0-4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures not-so-stubby-area 10 as an NSSA.
console(config)#router ospf
console(config-router)#area 10 nssa
area nssa default-info-originate
Use the area nssa default-info-originate command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
configure the metric value and type for the default route advertised into the NSSA. The metric
type can be comparable (nssa-external 1) or non-comparable (nssa-external 2). Use the no form of
the command to return the metric value and type to the default value.
Syntax
area area-id nssa default-info-originate [integer] [{comparable | non-comparable}]
no area area-id nssa default-info-originate
676
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF NSSA to configure. (Range: IP address or decimal from 04294967295)
•
integer—Specifies the metric of the default route advertised to the NSSA. (Range: 116777214)
•
comparable—A metric type of nssa-external 1
OSPF Commands
•
non-comparable—A metric type of nssa-external 2
Default Configuration
If no metric is defined, 10 is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the metric value and type for the default route advertised
into the NSSA.
console(config-router)#area 20 nssa default-info-originate 250
non-comparable
area nssa no-redistribute
Use the area nssa no-redistribute command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to configure the
NSSA Area Border router (ABR) so that learned external routes are not redistributed to the NSSA.
Syntax
area area-id nssa no-redistribute
no area area-id nssa no-redistribute
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF NSSA to configure. (Range: IP address or decimal from 04294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the NSSA ABR.
console(config-router)#area 20 nssa no-redistribute
OSPF Commands
677
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
area nssa no-summary
Use the area nssa no-summary command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to configure the
NSSA so that summary LSAs are not advertised into the NSSA.
Syntax
area area-id nssa no-summary
no area area-id nssa no-summary
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF NSSA to configure. (Range: 0-4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the NSSA so that summary LSAs are not advertised into
the NSSA.
console(config-router)#area 20 nssa no-summary
area nssa translator-role
Use the area nssa translator-role command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to configure the
translator role of the NSSA.
Syntax
area area-id nssa translator-role {always | candidate}
no area area-id nssa translator-role
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF NSSA to configure. (Range: IP address or decimal from 04294967295)
•
always—The router assumes the role of the translator when it becomes a border router.
•
candidate—The router to participate in the translator election process when it attains
border router status.
Default Configuration
The default role is candidate.
678
OSPF Commands
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the translator role of the NSSA.
console(config-router)#area 20 nssa translator-role always
area nssa translator-stab-intv
Use the area nssa translator-stab-intv command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to configure
the translator stability interval of the NSSA.
Syntax
area area-id nssa translator-stab-intv integer
no area area-id nssa translator-stab-intv
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF NSSA to configure. (Range: IP address or decimal from 04294967295)
•
integer—The period of time that an elected translator continues to perform its duties
after it determines that its translator status has been deposed by another router. (Range:
0-3600)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the translator stability interval of the area 20 NSSA.
console(config-router)#area 20 nssa translator-stab-intv 2000
OSPF Commands
679
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
area range
Use the area range command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to configure a summary prefix
for routes learned in a given area. There are two types of area ranges. An area range can be
configured to summarize intra-area routes. An ABR advertises the range rather than the specific
intra-area route as a type 3 summary LSA. Also, an area range can be configured at the edge of an
NSSA to summarize external routes reachable within the NSSA. The range is advertised as a type 5
external LSA.
Syntax
area area-id range ip-address subnet-mask {summarylink | nssaexternallink} [advertise |notadvertise]
no area area-id range ip-address subnet-mask {summarylink | nssaexternallink}
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF NSSA to configure. (Range: IP address or decimal from 04294967295)
•
ip-address—IP address.
•
subnet-mask—Subnet mask associated with IP address.
•
summarylink—Specifies a summary link LSDB type.
•
nssaexternallink—Specifies an NSSA external link LSDB type.
•
advertise—Advertisement of the area range.
•
notadvertise—Suppresses advertisement of the area range.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Use this command with Area Border Routers (ABRs).
Example
The following example defines an area range for the area 20.
console(config-router)#area 20 range 192.168.6.0 255.255.255.0
summarylink advertise
680
OSPF Commands
area stub
Use the area stub command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to create a stub area for the
specified area ID. A stub area is characterized by the fact that AS External LSAs are not propagated
into the area. Removing AS External LSAs and Summary LSAs can significantly reduce the link
state database of routers within the stub area. Use the no form of the command to remove the stub
area.
Syntax
area area-id stub
no area area-id stub
•
area-id—Identifies the area identifier of the OSPF stub. (Range: IP address or decimal
from 0-4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples define area 3 for the stub and then removes the stub area.
console(config-router)#area 3 stub
console(config-router)#no area 3 stub
area stub no-summary
Use the area stub no-summary command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to prevent
Summary LSAs from being advertised into the NSSA. Use the no form of the command to return
the Summary LSA mode to the default value.
Syntax
area area-id stub no-summary
no area area-id stub no-summary
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or decimal from 04294967295)
OSPF Commands
681
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example prevents the Summary LSA from being advertised into the area 3
NSSA.
console(config-router)#area 3 stub no-summary
area virtual-link
Use the area virtual-link command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to create the OSPF
virtual interface for the specified area-id and neighbor router. To remove the link, use the no form
of the command.
Syntax
area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id
no area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or decimal from 04294967295)
•
neighbor-id—Valid IP address.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example creates an OSPF virtual interface for area 10 and neighbor router.
console(config-router)#area 10 virtual-link 192.168.2.2
682
OSPF Commands
area virtual-link authentication
Use the area virtual-link authentication command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
configure the authentication type and key for the OSPF virtual interface identified by the area ID
and neighbor ID. Use the no form of the command to return the authentication type to the
default value.
Syntax
area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id authentication {none | simple key |encrypt key key-id}
no area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id authentication
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or decimal from 04294967295)
•
neighbor-id—Identifies the Router identifier of the neighbor.
•
encrypt—Use MD5 Encryption for an OSPF Virtual Link.
•
key—Authentication key for the specified interface. (Range: 8 bytes or less if the
authentication type is simple and 16 bytes or less if the type is encrypt.)
•
key-id—Authentication key identifier for the authentication type encrypt. (Range: 0-255)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
Unauthenticated interfaces do not need an authentication key.
Example
The following example configures the authentication type and key for the area 10 OSPF
virtual interface and neighbor ID.
console(config-router)#area 10 virtual-link 192.168.2.2
authentication encrypt test123 100
area virtual-link dead-interval
Use the area virtual-link dead-interval command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
configure the dead interval for the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by
area-id and neighbor router. Use the no form of the command to return the dead interval to the
default value.
Syntax
OSPF Commands
683
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id dead-interval seconds
no area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id dead-interval
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or decimal from 04294967295)
•
neighbor-id—Identifies the Router ID of the neighbor.
•
seconds—Number of seconds to wait before the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual
interface is assumed to be dead. (Range: 1-2147483647)
Default Configuration
40 seconds is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the dead interval for the area 10 OSPF virtual interface on
the virtual interface and neighbor router.
console(config-router)#area 10 virtual-link 192.168.2.2 deadinterval 655555
area virtual-link hello-interval
Use the area virtual-link hello-interval command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
configure the hello interval for the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by the
area ID and neighbor ID. Use the no form of the command to return the hello interval to the
default value.
Syntax
area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id hello-interval seconds
no area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id hello-interval
684
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or decimal from 04294967295)
•
neighbor-id—Identifies the Router ID of the neighbor.
•
seconds—Number of seconds to wait before sending hello packets to the OSPF virtual
interface. (Range: 1-65535)
OSPF Commands
Default Configuration
10 seconds is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a 50-second wait interval.
console(config-router)#area 10 virtual-link 192.168.2.2 hellointerval 50
area virtual-link retransmit-interval
Use the area virtual-link retransmit-interval command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
configure the retransmit interval for the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified
by the area ID and neighbor ID. Use the no form of the command to return the retransmit interval
to the default value.
Syntax
area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id retransmit-interval seconds
no area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id retransmit-interval
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or or decimal from 04294967295)
•
neighbor-id—Identifies the Router ID of the neighbor.
•
seconds—The number of seconds to wait between retransmitting LSAs if no
acknowledgement is received. (Range: 1-3600)
Default Configuration
5 seconds is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a 500-second retransmit wait interval.
OSPF Commands
685
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
console(config-router)#area 10 virtual-link 192.168.2.2
retransmit-interval 500
area virtual-link transmit-delay
Use the area virtual-link transmit-delay command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to
configure the transmit delay for the OSPF virtual interface identified by the area ID and neighbor
ID. Use the no form of the command to return the transmit delay to the default value.
Syntax
area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id transmit-delay seconds
no area area-id virtual-link neighbor-id transmit-delay
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF area to configure. (Range: IP address or or decimal from 04294967295)
•
neighbor-id—Identifies the Router ID of the neighbor.
•
seconds—Number of seconds to increment the age of the LSA before sending, based on
the estimated time it takes to transmit from the interface. (Range: 0-3600)
Default Configuration
1 second is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a 40-second transmit-delay interval.
console(config-router)#area 10 virtual-link 192.168.2.2 tranmitdelay 40
default-information originate
Use the default-information originate command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to control
the advertisement of default routes. Use the no form of the command to return the default route
advertisement settings to the default value.
Syntax
default-information originate [always] [metric integer] [metric-type {1 | 2}]
no default-information originate [metric] [metric-type]
686
OSPF Commands
•
always—Always advertise default routes.
•
integer—The metric (or preference) value of the default route. (Range: 1-16777214)
•
1—External type-1 route.
•
2—External type-2 route.
Default Configuration
The default metric is none and the default type is 2.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example always advertises default routes.
console(config-router)#default-information originate always metric
100 metric-type 1
default-metric
Use the default-metric command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to set a default for the
metric of distributed routes. Use the no form of the command to remove the metric from the
distributed routes.
Syntax
default-metric integer
no default-metric
•
integer—The metric (or preference) value of the default route. (Range: 1-16777214)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
OSPF Commands
687
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example sets a value of 50 for the default metric.
console(config-router)#default-metric 50
distance ospf
Use the distance ospf command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to set the route preference
value of OSPF in the router. The range for the spectrum intra/inter/type1/type2 is 2-255, but values
must be assigned so that intra] database [{asbr-summary | external | network | nssa-external |
router | summary}][ls-id] [adv-router [ip-address] | self-originate]
•
area-id—Identifies a specific OSPF area for which link state database information will be
displayed.
•
asbr-summary—Display the autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) summary
LSAs.
•
external—Display the external LSAs.
•
network—Display the network LSAs.
•
nssa-external—Display NSSA external LSAs.
•
router—Display router LSAs.
•
summary—Display the LSA database summary information.
•
ls-id—Specifies the link state ID (LSID). (Range: IP address or an integer in the range of
0-4294967295)
•
adv-router—Display the LSAs that are restricted by the advertising router. To specify a
router, enter the IP address of the router.
•
self-originate—Display the LSAs in that are self-originated.
OSPF Commands
705
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
Information is only displayed if OSPF is enabled.
Example
The following example displays information about the link state database when OSPF is
enabled.
console#show ip ospf database router 10 adv-router 192.168.7.7
The Link State Database is empty.
show ip ospf database database-summary
Use the show ip ospf database database-summary command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the number of each type of LSA in the database for each area and for the router. The command also
displays the total number of LSAs in the database.
Syntax
show ip ospf database database-summary
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the number of each type of LSA in the database for each area
and for the router.
console#show ip ospf database database-summary
OSPF Router with ID (5.5.5.5)
Area 0.0.0.0 database summary
Router......................................... 0
706
OSPF Commands
Network........................................ 0
Summary Net.................................... 0
Summary ASBR................................... 0
Type-7 Ext..................................... 0
Self Originated Type-7......................... 0
Opaque Link.................................... 0
Opaque Area.................................... 0
Subtotal....................................... 0
Area 0.0.0.10 database summary
Router......................................... 0
Network........................................ 0
Summary Net.................................... 0
Summary ASBR................................... 0
Type-7 Ext..................................... 0
Self Originated Type-7......................... 0
Opaque Link.................................... 0
Opaque Area.................................... 0
Subtotal....................................... 0
Router database summary
Router......................................... 0
Network........................................ 0
Summary Net.................................... 0
Summary ASBR................................... 0
Type-7 Ext..................................... 0
Opaque Link.................................... 0
Opaque Area.................................... 0
Type-5 Ext..................................... 0
Self-Originated Type-5 Ext..................... 0
Opaque AS...................................... 0
OSPF Commands
707
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Total.......................................... 0
show ip ospf interface
Use the show ip ospf interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the information for
the VLAN or loopback interface.
Syntax
show ip ospf interface {vlan vlan-id | loopback loopback-id}
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
•
loopback-id—Shows information the specified loopback interface. (Range: 0-7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the information for the IFO object or virtual interface tables
associated with VLAN 3.
console#show ip ospf interface vlan 3
IP Address..................................... 3.1.1.2
Subnet Mask.................................... 255.255.255.0
Secondary IP Address(es).......................
OSPF Admin Mode................................ Enable
OSPF Area ID................................... 0.0.0.1
Router Priority................................ 1
Retransmit Interval............................ 5
Hello Interval................................. 10
Dead Interval.................................. 40
LSA Ack Interval............................... 1
708
OSPF Commands
Iftransit Delay Interval....................... 1
Authentication Type............................ None
Metric Cost.................................... 10
(computed)
OSPF Mtu-ignore................................ Disable
OSPF Interface Type............................ broadcast
State................................... backup-designated-router
Designated Router.............................. 3.1.1.1
Backup Designated Router....................... 3.1.1.2
Number of Link Events.......................... 2
show ip ospf interface brief
Use the show ip ospf interface brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to display brief
information for the IFO object or virtual interface tables.
Syntax
show ip ospf interface brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays brief information for the IFO object or virtual interface tables.
console#show ip ospf interface brief
Router Hello Dead Retrax Retrax LSAAck
Interface AdminMode Area ID Priority Intval Intval Intval Delay Intval
--------- --------- ------- -------- ------ ------ ------ ----- -----vlan1
Enable
0.0.0.10 1
10
40
5
1
1
vlan2
Disable
0.0.0.0
1
10
40
5
1
1
vlan3
Disable
0.0.0.0
1
10
40
5
1
1
OSPF Commands
709
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
loopback2 Disable
0.0.0.0
1
10
40
5
1
1
show ip ospf interface stats
Use the show ip ospf interface stats command in User EXEC mode to display the statistics for a
specific interface. The information is only displayed if OSPF is enabled.
Syntax
show ip ospf interface stats vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the ospf statistics for VLAN 15.
console>show ip ospf interface stats vlan15
OSPF Area ID........................................... 0.0.0.0
Area Border Router Count....................... 0
AS Border Router Count.......................... 0
Area LSA Count........................................ 1
IP Address..............................................2.2.2.2
OSPF Interface Events.............................. 1
Virtual Events............................................ 0
Neighbor Events..................................... 0
External LSA Count.................................. 0
show ip ospf neighbor
Use the show ip ospf neighbor command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information about
OSPF neighbors. The information below only displays if OSPF is enabled and the interface has a
neighbor.
710
OSPF Commands
Syntax
show ip ospf neighbor [interface vlan vlan-id] [ip-address]
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
•
ip-address—Valid IP address of the neighbor.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following examples display information about OSPF neighbors on the specified Ethernet
and IP interfaces.
console#show ipv6 ospf neighbor interface tunnel 1
Router ID
Priority
Intf
Interface
State
ID
-------------
4.1.0.0
--------
0
13
Dead
Time
-----
-----------
tunnel 1
----------------
Full/DR-OTHER
----
30
show ip ospf range
Use the show ip ospf range command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information about the
area ranges for the specified area-id.
Syntax
show ip ospf range area-id
OSPF Commands
711
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF area whose ranges are being displayed. (Range: IP address
or decimal from 0-4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about the area ranges for the specified area-id.
console#show ip ospf range 20
Area ID
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Lsdb Type
Advertisement
-------
----------
---------
---------
-------------
0.0.0.20 192.168.6.0 255.255.255.0 Summary Link Enabled
show ip ospf statistics
This command displays information about recent Shortest Path First (SPF) calculations. The SPF
is the OSPF routing table calculation. The output lists the number of times the SPF has run for
each OSPF area. A table follows this information. For each of the 15 most recent SPF runs, the
table lists how long ago the SPF ran, how long the SPF took, and the reasons why the SPF was
scheduled.
Syntax
show ip ospf statistics
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
712
OSPF Commands
Example
console>show ip ospf statistics
Area 0.0.0.0: SPF algorithm executed 0 times
Delta T
SPF Duration (msec)
Reason
--------
-------------------
---------------
26:01:45
0
23:15:05
0
R
23:14:22
0
R, N
23:14:12
0
R
23:10:04
0
show ip ospf stub table
Use the show ip ospf stub table command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the OSPF stub
table. The information below will only be displayed if OSPF is initialized on the switch.
Syntax
show ip ospf stub table
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the OSPF stub table.
console(config)#show ip ospf stub table
AreaId
TypeofService Metric Val
------------- -------------
0.0.0.1
Normal
Import SummaryLSA
---------- -----------------
1
Enable
OSPF Commands
713
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show ip ospf virtual-link
Use the show ip ospf virtual-link command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the OSPF Virtual
Interface information for a specific area and neighbor.
Syntax
show ip ospf virtual-link area-id neighbor-id
•
area-id—Identifies the OSPF area whose ranges are being displayed. (Range: IP address
or decimal from 0-4294967295)
•
neighbor-id—Identifies the neighbor’s router ID. (Range: Valid IP address)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the OSPF Virtual Interface information for area 10 and its
neighbor.
console#show ip ospf virtual-link 10 192.168.2.2
Area ID........................................ 10
Neighbor Router ID............................. 192.168.2.2
Hello Interval................................. 10
Dead Interval.................................. 655555
Iftransit Delay Interval....................... 1
Retransmit Interval............................ 5
State.......................................... down
Metric......................................... 0
Neighbor State................................. down
Authentication Type............................ MD5
Authentication Key............................. "test123"
Authentication Key ID.......................... 100
714
OSPF Commands
show ip ospf virtual-link brief
Use the show ip ospf virtual-link brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the OSPF
Virtual Interface information for all areas in the system.
Syntax
show ip ospf virtual-link brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the OSPF Virtual Interface information for all areas in the
system.
console#show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief
Hello
Dead
Retransmit
Transit
Area ID
Neighbor
Interval Interval Interval
Delay
-------
--------
-------- -------- ----------
--------
0.0.0.2
5.5.5.5
10
1
40
5
timers spf
Use the timers spf command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to configure the SPF delay and
hold time. Use the no form of the command to reset the numbers to the default value.
Syntax
timers spf delay-time hold-time
no timers spf
•
delay-time—SPF delay time. (Range: 0-65535 seconds)
•
hold-time—SPF hold time. (Range: 0-65535 seconds)
Default Configuration
5 is the delay-time default value. 10 is the hold-time default value.
OSPF Commands
715
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the SPF delay and hold time.
console(config-router)#timers spf 20 30
trapflags
Use the trapflags command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to enable OSPF traps. Use the
no form of the command to disable OSPF traps.
Syntax
trapflags
no trapflags
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables OSPF traps.
console(config-router)#trapflags
1583compatibility
Use the 1583compatibility command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to enable OSPF 1583
compatibility. Use the no form of the command to disable it.
Syntax
1583compatibility
no 1583compatibility
716
OSPF Commands
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPF Configuration mode
User Guidelines
If all OSPF routers in the routing domain are capable of operating according to RFC 2328,
OSPF 1583 compatibility mode should be disabled.
Example
The following example enables 1583 compatibility.
console(config-router)#1583compatibility
OSPF Commands
717
718
OSPF Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
OSPFv3 Commands
area default-cost
Use the area default-cost command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to configure the
monetary default cost for the stub area. The operator must specify the area id and an integer value
between 1-16777215. Use the no form of the command to return the cost to the default value.
Syntax
area areaid default-cost cost
no area areaid default-cost
•
areaid—Valid area identifier.
•
cost—Default cost. (Range: 1-16777215)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the monetary default cost at 100 for stub area 1.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 default-cost 100
area nssa
Use the area nssa command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to configure the specified
areaid to function as an NSSA.
OSPFv3 Commands
719
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
area areaid nssa
no area areaid nssa
•
areaid—Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures area 1 to function as an NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 nssa
area nssa default-info-originate
Use the area nssa default-info-originate command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to
configure the metric value and type for the default route advertised into the NSSA. The optional
metric parameter specifies the metric of the default route. The metric type can be comparable
(nssa-external 1) or noncomparable (nssa-external 2). Use the no form of the command to return
the metric value and type to the default value
Syntax
area areaid nssa default-info-originate [metric [comparable | non-comparable]]
no area areaid nssa default-info-originate
•
areaid—Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
•
metric—Metric value for default route. (Range: 1-16777215)
•
comparable—Metric Type (nssa-external 1). (Range: 1-16777214)
•
non-comparable—Metric Type (nssa-external 2). (Range: 1-16777214)
Default Configuration
If no metric is defined, 10 is the default configuration.
720
OSPFv3 Commands
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the default metric value for the default route advertised
into the NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 nssa default-info-originate
area nssa no-redistribute
Use the area nssa no-redistribute command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to configure
the NSSA ABR so that learned external routes will not be redistributed to the NSSA. Use the no
form of the command to remove the configuration.
Syntax
area areaid nssa no-redistribute
no area areaid nssa no-redistribute
•
areaid—Valid OSPF area identifier.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the area 1 NSSA ABR so that learned external routes will
not be redistributed to the NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 nssa no-redistribute
OSPFv3 Commands
721
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
area nssa no-summary
Use the area nssa no-summary command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to configure the
NSSA so that summary LSAs are not advertised into the NSSA. Use the no form of the command
to remove the configuration.
Syntax
area areaid nssa no-summary
no area area-id nssa no-summary
•
areaid—Valid OSPF area identifier.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the area 1 NSSA so that summary LSAs are not advertised
into the NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 nssa no-summary
area nssa translator-role
Use the area nssa translator-role command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to configure
the translator role of the NSSA. Use the no form of the command to remove the configuration.
Syntax
area areaid nssa translator-role {always | candidate}
no area areaid nssa translator-role
722
•
areaid—Valid OSPF area identifier.
•
always—Causes the router to assume the role of the translator the instant it becomes a
border router.
•
candidate—Causes the router to participate in the translator election process when it
attains border router status.
OSPFv3 Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the always translator role of the area 1 NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 nssa translator-role always
area nssa translator-stab-intv
Use the area nssa translator-stab-intv command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to
configure the translator stability interval of the NSSA. The stability interval is the period of time
that an elected translator continues to perform its duties after it determines that its translator
status has been deposed by another router.
Syntax
area areaid nssa translator-stab-intv seconds
no area areaid nssa translator-stab-intv
•
areaid—Valid OSPF area identifier.
•
seconds—Translator stability interval of the NSSA. (Range: 0-3600 seconds)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a translator stability interval of 100 seconds for the area 1
NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
OSPFv3 Commands
723
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
console(config-rtr)#area 1 nssa translator-stab-intv 100
area range
Use the area range command in Router OSPF Configuration mode to configure a summary prefix
for routes learned in a given area. There are two types of area ranges. An area range can be
configured to summarize intra-area routes. An ABR advertises the range rather than the specific
intra-area route as a type 3 summary LSA. Also, an area range can be configured at the edge of an
NSSA to summarize external routes reachable within the NSSA. The range is advertised as a type 5
external LSA. Use the no form of the command to remove the summary prefix configuration for
routes learned in the specified area.
Syntax
area areaid range ipv6-prefix/prefix-length {summarylink | nssaexternallink} [advertise | notadvertise]
no area areaid range ipv6-prefix/prefix-length {summarylink | nssaexternallink}
•
areaid—Valid OSPF area identifier.
•
ipv6-prefix/prefix-length—Valid route prefix.
•
summarylink—LSDB type
•
nssaexternallink—LSDB type.
•
advertise—Allows area range to be advertised.
•
not-advertise—Suppresses area range from being advertised.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
The LSDB type must be specified by either summarylink or nssaexternallink, and the
advertising of the area range can be allowed or suppressed.
Example
The following example creates an area range for the area 1 NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 range 2020:1::1/64 summarylink
724
OSPFv3 Commands
area stub
Use the area stub command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to create a stub area for the
specified area ID. A stub area is characterized by the fact that AS External LSAs are not propagated
into the area. Removing AS External LSAs and Summary LSAs can significantly reduce the link
state database of routers within the stub area.
Syntax
area areaid stub
no area areaid stub
•
areaid—Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example creates a stub area for area 1.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 stub
area stub no-summary
Use the area stub no-summary command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to disable the
import of Summary LSAs for the stub area identified by areaid.
Syntax
area areaid stub no-summary
no area areaid stub no-summary
•
areaid—Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
OSPFv3 Commands
725
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example prevents Summary LSAs from being advertised into the area 1 NSSA.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 stub no-summary
area virtual-link
Use the area virtual-link command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to create the OSPF
virtual interface for the specified areaid and neighbor. Use the no area virtual-link command to
delete an OSPF virtual interface in an area.
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighbor-id
no area areaid virtual-link neighbor-id
•
areaid—Valid OSPFv3 area identifier (or decimal value in the range of 0-4294967295).
•
neighbor-id—Identifies the Router ID or IP address of the neighbor.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example creates the OSPF virtual interface for area 1 and its neighbor router.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 virtual-link 2
726
OSPFv3 Commands
area virtual-link dead-interval
Use the area virtual-link dead-interval command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to
configure the dead interval for the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by
areaid and neighbor.
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighbor dead-interval seconds
no area areaid virtual-link neighbor dead-interval
•
areaid—Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
•
neighbor—Router ID of neighbor.
•
seconds—Dead interval. (Range: 1-65535)
Default Configuration
40 is the default value for seconds.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a 20-second dead interval for the OSPF virtual interface on
the virtual interface identified by area 1 and its neighbor.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 virtual-link 2 dead-interval 20
area virtual-link hello-interval
Use the area virtual-link hello-interval command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to
configure the hello interval for the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by
areaid and neighbor.
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighbor hello-interval seconds
no area areaid virtual-link neighbor hello-interval
•
areaid—Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
•
neighbor—Router ID of neighbor.
OSPFv3 Commands
727
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
seconds—Hello interval. (Range: 1-65535)
Default Configuration
10 is the default value for seconds.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a hello interval of 20 seconds for the OSPF virtual interface
on the virtual interface identified by area 1 and its neighbor.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 virtual-link 2 hello-interval 20
area virtual-link retransmit-interval
Use the area virtual-link retransmit-interval command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to
configure the retransmit interval for the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified
by areaid and neighbor.
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighbor retransmit-interval seconds
no area areaid virtual-link neighbor retransmit-interval
•
areaid—Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
•
neighbor—Router ID of neighbor.
•
seconds—Retransmit interval. (Range: 0-3600)
Default Configuration
5 is the default value for seconds.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
728
OSPFv3 Commands
Example
The following example configures the retransmit interval of 20 seconds for the OSPF virtual
interface on the virtual interface identified by area 1 and its neighbor.
(config)#ipv6 router ospf
(config-rtr)#area 1 virtual-link 2 retransmit-interval 20
area virtual-link transmit-delay
Use the area virtual-link transmit-delay command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to
configure the transmit delay for the OSPF virtual interface on the virtual interface identified by
areaid and neighbor.
Syntax
area areaid virtual-link neighbor transmit-delay seconds
no area areaid virtual-link neighbor transmit-delay
•
areaid—Valid OSPFv3 area identifier.
•
neighbor—Router ID of neighbor.
•
seconds—Transmit delay interval. (Range: 0-3600)
Default Configuration
1 is the default value for seconds.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a 20-second transmit delay for the OSPF virtual interface
on the virtual interface identified by area 1 and its neighbor.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#area 1 virtual-link 2 transmit-delay 20
default-information originate
Use the default-information originate command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to
control the advertisement of default routes. Use the no form of the command to return the default
route advertisement settings to the default value.
OSPFv3 Commands
729
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
default-information originate [always] [metric integer] [metric-type {1 | 2}]
no default-information originate [metric] [metric-type]
•
always — Always advertise default routes.
•
integer — The metric (or preference) value of the default route. (Range: 0-16777214)
•
1—External type-1 route.
•
2—External type-2 route.
•
metric — Specify the metric of the default route.
•
metric-type — Specify metric-type of the default route.
Default Configuration
2 is the default value for metric-type.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example controls the advertisement of default routes by defining a metric value
of 100 and metric type 2.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#default-information originate metric 100
metric-type 2
default-metric
Use the default-metric command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to set a default for the
metric of distributed routes.
Syntax
default-metric metric
no default-metric
•
metric—Metric value used for distribution (Range: 1-16777214)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
730
OSPFv3 Commands
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets a default of 100 for the metric of distributed routes.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#default-metric 100
distance ospf
Use the distance ospf command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to set the route
preference value of OSPF in the router. Lower route preference values are preferred when
determining the best route. The type of OSPF can be intra, inter, type-1, or type-2. The OSPF
specification (RFC 2328) requires that preferences must be given to the routes learned via OSPF in
the following order: intra < inter < type-1 < type-2.
Syntax
distance ospf {intra | inter | type1 | type2} preference
no distance ospf {intra | inter | type1 | type2}
•
preference—Route preference. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets a route preference value of 100 for intra OSPF in the router.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#distance ospf intra 100
OSPFv3 Commands
731
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
enable
Use the enable command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to enable administrative mode
of OSPF in the router (active).
Syntax
enable
no enable
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables administrative mode of OSPF in the router (active).
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#enable
exit-overflow-interval
Use the exit-overflow-interval command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to configure the
exit overflow interval for OSPF. It describes the number of seconds after entering Overflow state
that a router will wait before attempting to leave the Overflow State. This allows the router to
originate non-default AS-external-LSAs again. When set to 0, the router will not leave Overflow
State until restarted.
Syntax
exit-overflow-interval seconds
no exit-overflow-interval
•
seconds—Exit overflow interval for OSPF (Range: 0-2147483647)
Default Configuration
0 is the default value for seconds.
732
OSPFv3 Commands
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the exit overflow interval for OSPF at 100 seconds.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#exit-overflow-interval 100
external-lsdb-limit
Use the external-lsdb-limit command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to configure the
external LSDB limit for OSPF. If the value is -1, then there is no limit. When the number of nondefault AS-external-LSAs in a router's link-state database reaches the external LSDB limit, the
router enters overflow state. The router never holds more than the external LSDB limit non-default
ASexternal- LSAs in it database. The external LSDB limit MUST be set identically in all routers
attached to the OSPF backbone and/or any regular OSPF area.
Syntax
external-lsdb-limit limit
no external-lsdb-limit
•
limit—External LSDB limit for OSPF (Range: -1-2147483647)
Default Configuration
-1 is the default value for limit.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the external LSDB limit at 100 for OSPF.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#external-lsdb-limit 100
OSPFv3 Commands
733
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
ipv6 ospf
Use the ipv6 ospf command in Interface Configuration mode to enable OSPF on a router interface
or loopback interface.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf
no ipv6 ospf
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables OSPF on VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf
ipv6 ospf areaid
Use the ipv6 ospf areaid command in Interface Configuration mode to set the OSPF area to which
the specified router interface belongs.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf areaid areaid
no ipv6 ospf areaid areaid
•
areaid—Is a 32-bit integer, formatted as a 4-digit dotted-decimal number or a decimal
value. It uniquely identifies the area to which the interface connects. Assigning an area id
which does not exist on an interface causes the area to be created with default values.
(Range: 0-4294967295).
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
734
OSPFv3 Commands
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example defines the OSPF area to which VLAN 15 belongs.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf areaid 100
ipv6 ospf cost
Use the ipv6 ospf cost command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the cost on an
OSPF interface.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf cost cost
no ipv6 ospf cost
•
cost—Cost for OSPF interface. (Range: 1-65535)
Default Configuration
10 is the default value of cost.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a cost of 100.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf cost 100
ipv6 ospf dead-interval
Use the ipv6 ospf dead-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to set the OSPF dead
interval for the specified interface.
OSPFv3 Commands
735
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ipv6 ospf dead-interval seconds
no ipv6 ospf dead-interval
•
seconds—A valid positive integer, which represents the length of time in seconds that a
router's Hello packets have not been seen before its neighbor routers declare that the
router is down. The value for the length of time must be the same for all routers attached
to a common network. This value should be some multiple of the Hello Interval (i.e. 4).
(Range: 1-65535)
Default Configuration
40 seconds is the default value of seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF dead interval at 100 seconds.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf dead-interval 100
ipv6 ospf hello-interval
Use the ipv6 ospf hello-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to set the OSPF hello
interval for the specified interface.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf hello-interval seconds
no ipv6 ospf hello-interval
seconds—A valid positive integer which represents the length of time of the OSPF hello
interval. The value must be the same for all routers attached to a network. (Range: 1-65535
seconds)
Default Configuration
10 seconds is the default value of seconds.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
736
OSPFv3 Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF hello interval at 15 seconds.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf hello-interval 15
ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
Use the ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore command in Interface Configuration mode to disable OSPF
maximum transmission unit (MTU) mismatch detection. OSPF Database Description packets
specify the size of the largest IP packet that can be sent without fragmentation on the interface.
When a router receives a Database Description packet, it examines the MTU advertised by the
neighbor. By default, if the MTU is larger than the router can accept, the Database Description
packet is rejected and the OSPF adjacency is not established.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
no ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example disables OSPF maximum transmission unit (MTU) mismatch
detection.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf mtu-ignore
OSPFv3 Commands
737
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
ipv6 ospf network
Use the ipv6 ospf network command in Interface Configuration mode to change the default OSPF
network type for the interface. Normally, the network type is determined from the physical IP
network type. By default all Ethernet networks are OSPF-type broadcast. Similarly, tunnel
interfaces default to point-to-point. When an Ethernet port is used as a single large bandwidth IP
network between two routers, the network type can be point-to-point since there are only two
routers. Using point-to-point as the network type eliminates the overhead of the OSPF designated
router election. It is normally not useful to set a tunnel to OSPF network type broadcast.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf network { broadcast | point-to-point }
no ipv6 ospf network
•
broadcast—The network type is broadcast.
•
point-to-point—The network type is point-to-point.
Default Configuration
Broadcast is the default state.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example changes the default OSPF network type to point-to-point.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf network point-to-point
ipv6 ospf priority
Use the ipv6 ospf priority command in Interface Configuration mode to set the OSPF priority for
the specified router interface.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf priority priority
no ipv6 ospf priority
•
738
priority—OSPF priority for specified interface. (Range: 0-255. A value of 0 indicates that
the router is not eligible to become the designated router on this network)
OSPFv3 Commands
Default Configuration
1, the highest router priority, is the default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF priority at 50 for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf priority 50
ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval
Use the ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to set the OSPF
retransmit interval for the specified interface.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval seconds
no ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval
•
seconds—The number of seconds between link-state advertisement retransmissions for
adjacencies belonging to this router interface. This value is also used when retransmitting
database description and link-state request packets. (Range: 0 to 3600 seconds)
Default Configuration
5 seconds is the default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF retransmit interval at 100 seconds.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf retransmit-interval 100
OSPFv3 Commands
739
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
ipv6 ospf transmit-delay
Use the ipv6 ospf transmit-delay command in Interface Configuration mode to set the OSPF
Transmit Delay for the specified interface.
Syntax
ipv6 ospf transmit-delay seconds
no ipv6 ospf transmit-delay
•
seconds—OSPF transmit delay for the specified interface. In addition, it sets the
estimated number of seconds it takes to transmit a link state update packet over this
interface. (Range: 1 to 3600 seconds)
Default Configuration
No default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN, Tunnel, Loopback) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the OSPF Transmit Delay at 100 seconds for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ipv6 ospf transmit-delay 100
ipv6 router ospf
Use the ipv6 router ospf command in Global Configuration mode to enter Router OSPFv3
Configuration mode.
Syntax
ipv6 router ospf
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
740
OSPFv3 Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
Use the following command to enable OSPFv3.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
maximum-paths
Use the maximum-paths command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to set the number of
paths that OSPF can report for a given destination.
Syntax
maximum-paths maxpaths
no maximum-paths
•
maxpaths—Number of paths that can be reported. (Range: 1-2)
Default Configuration
2 is the default value for maxpaths.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the number of paths that OSPF can report for a given destination
to 1.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#maximum-paths 1
redistribute
Use the redistribute command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to configure the OSPFv3
protocol to allow redistribution of routes from the specified source protocol/routers.
OSPFv3 Commands
741
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
redistribute {static | connected} [metric metric] [metric-type {1 | 2}] [tag tag ]
no redistribute {static | connected} [metric] [metric-type] [tag]
•
metric—Metric value used for default routes. (Range: 0-16777214)
•
tag—Tag. (Range: 0-4294967295)
Default Configuration
2 is the default value for metric-type, 0 for tag.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the OSPFv3 protocol to allow redistribution of routes from
the specified source protocol/routers.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#redistribute connected
router-id
Use the router-id command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to set a 4-digit dotted-decimal
number uniquely identifying the Router OSPF ID.
Syntax
router-id router-id
•
router-id—Router OSPF identifier. (Range: 0-4294967295)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
742
OSPFv3 Commands
Example
The following example sets a 4-digit dotted-decimal number identifying the Router OSPF ID
as 2.3.4.5.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#router-id 2.3.4.5
show ipv6 ospf
Use the show ipv6 ospf command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information relevant to the
OSPF router.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables OSPF traps.
console#show ipv6 ospf
Router ID...................................... 0.0.0.2
OSPF Admin Mode................................ Enable
ASBR Mode...................................... Disable
ABR Status..................................... Disable
Exit Overflow Interval......................... 0
External LSA Count............................. 0
External LSA Checksum.......................... 0
New LSAs Originated............................ 0
LSAs Received.................................. 0
External LSDB Limit............................ No Limit
OSPFv3 Commands
743
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Metric................................. Not Configured
Maximum Paths.................................. 2
Default Route Advertise........................ Disabled
Always......................................... FALSE
Metric.........................................
Metric Type.................................... External Type 2
show ipv6 ospf abr
This command displays the internal OSPFv3 routes to reach Area Border Routers (ABR). This
command takes no options.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf abr
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console#show ipv6 ospf abr
Type
Router Id
Cost
Area ID
Next Hop
Next Hop
Intf
----
--------
----
--------
-----------------------
-----
INTRA
3.3.3.3
10
0.0.0.1
FE80::211:88FF:FE2A:3CB3
vlan11
INTRA
4.4.4.4
10
0.0.0.1
FE80::210:18FF:FE82:8E1
vlan12
show ipv6 ospf area
Use the show ipv6 ospf area command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information about the
area.
744
OSPFv3 Commands
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf area areaid
•
areaid—Identifier for the OSPF area being displayed.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about area 1.
console#show ipv6 ospf area 1
AreaID......................................... 0.0.0.1
External Routing............................... Import External
LSAs
Spf Runs....................................... 0
Area Border Router Count....................... 0
Area LSA Count................................. 0
Area LSA Checksum.............................. 0
Stub Mode...................................... Disable
Import Summary LSAs............................ Enable
show ipv6 ospf asbr
This command displays the internal OSPFv3 routes to reach Autonomous System Boundary
Routes (ASBR). This command takes no options.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf asbr
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
OSPFv3 Commands
745
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console#show ipv6 ospf asbr
Type
Router Id
Cost
Area ID
Next Hop
Next Hop
Intf
----
---------
----
--------
-----------------------
-------
INTRA
INTRA
1.1.1.1
4.4.4.4
10
10
0.0.0.1
0.0.0.1
FE80::213:C4FF:FEDB:6C41
FE80::210:18FF:FE82:8E1
vlan10
vlan12
show ipv6 ospf database
Use the show ipv6 ospf database command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information about
the link state database when OSPFv3 is enabled. If no parameters are entered, the command
displays the LSA headers. Optional parameters specify the type of link state advertisements to
display.
The information below is only displayed if OSPF is enabled.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf [areaid] database [{external | inter-area {prefix | router} | link | network |
nssa-external | prefix | router | unknown [area | as | link]}] [lsid] [adv-router [rtrid] | selforiginate]
746
•
areaid—Identifies a specific OSPF area for which link state database information will be
displayed.
•
external—Displays the external LSAs.
•
inter-area—Displays the inter-area LSAs.
•
link—Displays the link LSAs.
•
network—Displays the network LSAs.
•
nssa-external—Displays NSSA external LSAs.
•
prefix—Displays intra-area Prefix LSA.
•
router—Displays router LSAs.
OSPFv3 Commands
•
unknown—Displays unknown area, AS or link-scope LSAs.
•
lsid—Specifies a valid link state identifier (LSID).
•
adv-router—Shows the LSAs that are restricted by the advertising router.
•
rtrid—Specifies a valid router identifier.
•
self-originate—Displays the LSAs in that are self originated.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
OSPFv3 Commands
747
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays information about the link state database when OSPFv3 is
enabled.
console#show ipv6 ospf database
Router Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Adv Router
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
0
4
80000034 54BD V6E--R- ----B
2.2.2.2
0
2
80000044 95A5 V6E--R- ----B
Network Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Adv Router
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------2.2.2.2
636
636
80000001 8B0D V6E--R-
Inter Network States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Adv Router
-------------
748
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
--------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- -------
1.1.1.1
1
323
80000001 3970
2.2.2.2
1
322
80000001 1B8A
1.1.1.1
2
293
80000001 3529
2.2.2.2
2
375
80000001 FC5E
OSPFv3 Commands
Link States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Adv Router
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
634
700
80000008 2D89 V6E--R-
2.2.2.2
634
689
8000000A 6F82 V6E--R-
2.2.2.2
635
590
80000001 7782 V6E--R-
Intra Prefix
Adv Router
States (Area 0.0.0.0)
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
0
1
8000003C 9F31
2.2.2.2
0
2
8000004D 9126
Router Link States (Area 0.0.0.1)
Adv Router
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
0
1
8000002E 35AD V6E--R- --V-B
2.2.2.2
0
0
8000004A D2F3 V6E--R- ----B
Network Link States (Area 0.0.0.1)
Adv Router
-------------
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
--------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- -------
1.1.1.1
634
621
80000001 B9E2 V6E--R-
Inter Network States (Area 0.0.0.1)
Adv Router
-------------
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
--------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- -------
1.1.1.1
16
4
80000001 CA7C
2.2.2.2
18
3
80000001 B28D
OSPFv3 Commands
749
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Link States (Area 0.0.0.1)
Adv Router
Link Id
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
634
441
80000003 B877 V6E--R-
2.2.2.2
634
433
80000003 FE6E V6E--R-
Intra Prefix
Adv Router
Link Id
States (Area 0.0.0.1)
Age
Sequence Csum Options Rtr Opt
-------------- --------------- ----- -------- ---- ------- ------1.1.1.1
0
6
8000003A 37C4
2.2.2.2
0
1
8000004F 439A
1.1.1.1
10634
434
80000002 440A
show ipv6 ospf database database-summary
Use the show ipv6 ospf database database-summary command in Privileged EXEC mode to display
the number of each type of LSA in the database and the total number of LSAs in the database.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf database database-summary
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the number of each type of LSA in the database and the total
number of LSAs in the database.
console#show ipv6 ospf database database-summary
OSPF Router with ID (0.0.0.2)
750
OSPFv3 Commands
Router database summary
Router......................................... 0
Network........................................ 0
Inter-area Prefix.............................. 0
Inter-area Router.............................. 0
Type-7 Ext..................................... 0
Link........................................... 0
Intra-area Prefix.............................. 0
Link Unknown................................... 0
Area Unknown................................... 0
AS Unknown..................................... 0
Type-5 Ext..................................... 0
Self-Originated Type-5 Ext..................... 0
Total.......................................... 0
show ipv6 ospf interface
Use the show ipv6 ospf interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the information
for the IFO object or virtual interface tables.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf interface {vlan vlan-id| tunnel tunnel-id | loopback loopback-id}
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
•
tunnel-id—Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0-7)
•
loopback-id—Loopback identifier. (Range: 0-7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
OSPFv3 Commands
751
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays the information in VLAN 11’s virtual interface tables.
console#show ipv6 ospf interface vlan 11
IP Address..................................... Err
ifIndex........................................ 1
OSPF Admin Mode................................ Enable
OSPF Area ID................................... 0.0.0.0
Router Priority................................ 1
Retransmit Interval............................ 5
Hello Interval................................. 10
Dead Interval.................................. 40
LSA Ack Interval............................... 1
Iftransit Delay Interval....................... 1
Authentication Type............................ None
Metric Cost.................................... 10 (computed)
OSPF Mtu-ignore................................ Disable
OSPF cannot be initialized on this interface.
show ipv6 ospf interface brief
Use the show ipv6 ospf interface brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to display brief
information for the IFO object or virtual interface tables.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf interface brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
752
OSPFv3 Commands
Example
The following example displays brief ospf interface information.
console#show ipv6 ospf interface brief
Admin
Hello Dead
Retrax
Int.
Int.
Int.
Retrax Ack
Prior. Cost Val.
Val.
Val.
Delay
Router
Interface Mode
Area ID
--------- -------- --------
LSA
Intval
------ ----- ----- ----- ------ ------ ------
show ipv6 ospf interface stats
Use the show ipv6 ospf interface stats command in User EXEC mode to display the statistics for a
specific interface. The command only displays information if OSPF is enabled.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf interface stats vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the interface statistics for VLAN 5.
console>show
ipv6
ospf interface stats
vlan
5
OSPFv3 Area ID................................. 0.0.0.1
Spf Runs....................................... 265
Area Border Router Count....................... 1
AS Border Router Count......................... 0
Area LSA Count................................. 6
IPv6 Address...................................
FE80::202:BCFF:FE00:3146/1283FFE::2/64
OSPF Interface Events.......................... 53
OSPFv3 Commands
753
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Virtual Events................................. 13
Neighbor Events................................ 6
External LSA Count............................. 0
LSAs Received.................................. 660
Originate New LSAs............................. 853
Sent Packets................................... 1013
Received Packets............................... 893
Discards....................................... 48
Bad Version.................................... 0
Virtual Link Not Found......................... 9
Area Mismatch.................................. 39
Invalid Destination Address.................... 0
No Neighbor at Source Address.................. 0
Invalid OSPF Packet Type....................... 0
Packet Type
Sent
Received
--------------------
----------
----------
Hello
295
219
Database Description
10
14
LS Request
4
LS Update
521
398
LS Acknowledgement
209
282
4
show ipv6 ospf interface vlan
Use the show ipv6 ospf interface vlan command in Privileged EXEC mode to display OSPFv3
configuration and status information for a specific vlan.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf interface vlan {vlan-id| brief}
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID. Range is 1-4093.
•
brief—Displays a snapshot of configured interfaces.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
754
OSPFv3 Commands
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays ospf interface vlan information.
console#show ipv6 ospf interface vlan 10
IPv6 Address............................. FE80::2FC:E3FF:FE90:44
ifIndex.................................. 634
OSPF Admin Mode.......................... Enable
OSPF Area ID............................. 0.0.0.1
Router Priority.......................... 1
Retransmit Interval...................... 5
Hello Interval........................... 10
Dead Interval............................ 40
LSA Ack Interval......................... 1
Iftransit Delay Interval................. 1
Authentication Type...................... None
Metric Cost.............................. 10
(computed)
OSPF Mtu-ignore.......................... Disable
OSPF Interface Type...................... broadcast
State.................................... backup-designated-router
Designated Router........................ 1.1.1.1
Backup Designated Router................. 2.2.2.2
Number of Link Events.................... 46
OSPFv3 Commands
755
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
show ipv6 ospf neighbor
Use the show ipv6 ospf neighbor command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information about
OSPF neighbors. If a neighbor IP address is not specified, the output displays summary
information in a table. If an interface or tunnel is specified, only the information for that interface
or tunnel displays. The information below only displays if OSPF is enabled and the interface has a
neighbor.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf neighbor [interface {vlan vlan-id | tunnel tunnel-id} [ip-address]
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
•
tunnel-id—Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0-7)
•
ip-address—Is the valid IP address of the neighbor about which information is displayed.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples display information about OSPF neighbors, in the first case in a
summary table, and in the second in a table specific to tunnel 1.
console#show ipv6 ospf neighbor
Router ID Priority Intf Interface
State
ID
--------- -------- ---- -----------
Dead
Time
------------- ----
console#show ipv6 ospf neighbor interface tunnel 1
IP Address..................................... Err
ifIndex........................................ 619
OSPF Admin Mode................................ Enable
OSPF Area ID................................... 0.0.0.0
Router Priority................................ 1
756
OSPFv3 Commands
Retransmit Interval............................ 5
Hello Interval................................. 10
Dead Interval.................................. 40
LSA Ack Interval............................... 1
Iftransit Delay Interval....................... 1
Authentication Type............................ None
Metric Cost.................................... 1 (computed)
OSPF Mtu-ignore................................ Disable
OSPF cannot be initialized on this interface.
show ipv6 ospf range
Use the show ipv6 ospf range command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information about
the area ranges for the specified area identifier.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf range areaid
•
areaid—Identifies the OSPF area whose ranges are being displayed.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information about the area ranges for area 1.
console#show ipv6 ospf range 1
Area ID
IPv6 Prefix/Prefix Length
--------- -------------------------
Lsdb Type
Advertisement
--------------- -------------
show ipv6 ospf stub table
Use the show ipv6 ospf stub table command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the OSPF stub
table. The information below will only be displayed if OSPF is initialized on the switch.
OSPFv3 Commands
757
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf stub table
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the OSPF stub table.
console#show ipv6 ospf stub table
AreaId
TypeofService
Metric Val
Import SummaryLSA
------------ -------------
----------
-----------------
0.0.0.10
Normal
1
Enable
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link
Use the show ipv6 ospf virtual-link command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the OSPF
Virtual Interface information for a specific area and neighbor.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link areaid neighbor
•
areaid—Identifies the OSPF area whose virtual interface information is being displayed.
•
neighbor—Router ID of neighbor.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
758
OSPFv3 Commands
Example
The following example displays the OSPF Virtual Interface information for area 1 and its
neighbor.
console#show ipv6 ospf virtual-link 1 1.1.1.1
Area ID........................................ 1
Neighbor Router ID............................. 1.1.1.1
Hello Interval................................. 10
Dead Interval.................................. 40
Iftransit Delay Interval....................... 1
Retransmit Interval............................ 5
State.......................................... point-to-point
Metric......................................... 10
Neighbor State................................. Full
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief
Use the show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
OSPFV3 Virtual Interface information for all areas in the system.
Syntax
show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the OSPF stub table.
console(config)#show ipv6 ospf virtual-link brief
Area ID
Neighbor
Hello
Dead
Retransmit Transit
Interval
Interval
Interval
Delay
----------- ----------- ---------- ---------- ---------- -------OSPFv3 Commands
759
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
trapflags
Use the trapflags command in Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode to enable OSPF traps.
Syntax
trapflags
no trapflags
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Router OSPFv3 Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables OSPF traps.
console(config)#ipv6 router ospf
console(config-rtr)#trapflags
760
OSPFv3 Commands
PIM-DM Commands
ip pimdm
Use the ip pimdm command in Global Configuration mode to enable the administrative mode of
PIM-DM in the router.
Syntax
ip pimdm
no ip pimdm
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables PIM-DM in the router.
console(config)#ip pimdm
ip pimdm mode
Use the ip pimdm mode command in Interface Configuration mode to set administrative mode of
PIM-DM on an interface to enabled.
PIM-DM Commands
763
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip pimdm mode
no ip pimdm mode
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets administrative mode of PIM-DM to enabled for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip pimdm mode
ip pimdm query-interval
Use the ip pimdm query-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the
transmission frequency of hello messages between PIM enabled neighbors.
Syntax
ip pimdm query-interval seconds
no ip pimdm query-interval
•
seconds—Transmission frequency. (Range: 10-3600 seconds)
Default Configuration
30 seconds is the default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures the transmission frequency of hello messages at 50 seconds
for VLAN 15.
764
PIM-DM Commands
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip pimdm query-interval 50
show ip pimdm
Use the show ip pimdm command in Privileged EXEC mode to display system-wide information
for PIM-DM.
Syntax
show ip pimdm
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays system-wide information for PIM-DM.
console(config)#show ip pimdm
Admin Mode..................................... Disable
PIM-DM INTERFACE STATUS
Interface Interface Mode
Protocol State
--------- --------------- ---------------
show ip pimdm interface
Use the show ip pimdm interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display interface
information for PIM-DM on the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip pimdm interface vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id—A valid VLAN ID
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
PIM-DM Commands
765
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays interface information for VLAN 11 PIM-DM.
console(config)#show ip pimdm interface vlan 11
Interface Mode................................. Disable
Hello Interval (secs).......................... 30
show ip pimdm interface stats
Use the show ip pimdm interface stats command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the
statistical information for PIM-DM on the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip pimdm interface stats [vlan vlan-id | all]
•
vlan-id—A valid VLAN ID
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example display the statistical information for PIM-DM on all interfaces.
console(config)#show ip pimdm interface stats all
Hello
Interface
IP Address
Nbr Count Interval
Designated
Router
---------- --------------- --------- ---------- ---------------
766
PIM-DM Commands
show ip pimdm neighbor
Use the show ip pimdm neighbor command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the neighbor
information for PIM-DM on the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip pimdm neighbor [vlan vlan-id | all]
•
vlan-id—A valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example display the neighbor information for PIM-DM on all interfaces.
console(config)#show ip pimdm neighbor all
Neighbor Addr
Interface
Up Time
Expiry Time
hh:mm:ss
hh:mm:ss
--------------- ---------- --------- -----------
PIM-DM Commands
767
768
PIM-DM Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
PIM-SM Commands
ip pimsm
Use the ip pimsm command in Global Configuration mode to set administrative mode of PIM-SM
multicast routing across the router to enabled. IGMP must be enabled before PIM-SM can be
enabled.
Syntax
ip pimsm
no ip pimsm
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables PIM-SM on the router.
console(config)#ip pimsm
ip pimsm cbsrhashmasklength
Use the ip pimsm cbsrhashmasklength command in Interface Configuration mode to configure
the CBSR hash mask length to be advertised in bootstrap messages for a particular PIM-SM
interface. This hash mask length is used in the hash algorithm for selecting the RP for a particular
group.
PIM-SM Commands
769
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip pimsm cbsrhashmasklength masklength
no ip pimsm cbsrhashmasklength
•
masklength—CBSR hash mask length. (Range: 0-32)
Default Configuration
30 is the default value for CBSR hash mask length.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a CBSR hash mask length of 5 for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip pimsm cbsrhashmasklength 5
ip pimsm cbsrpreference
Use the ip pimsm cbsrpreference command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the
CBSR preference for a particular PIM-SM interface.
Syntax
ip pimsm cbsrpreference preference
no ip pimsm cbsrpreference
•
preference—CBSR preference. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
The default value for CBSR preference is 0.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
770
PIM-SM Commands
Example
The following example configures the CBSR preference of 5 for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip pimsm cbsrpreference 5
ip pimsm crppreference
Use the ip pimsm crppreference command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the
Candidate Rendezvous Point (CRP) for a particular PIM-SM interface. The active router interface,
with the highest IP Address and crppreference greater than -1, is chosen as the CRP for the router.
In the CRP advertisements sent to the bootstrap router (BSR), the router interface advertises itself
as the CRP for the group range 224.0.0.0 mask 240.0.0.0.
Syntax
ip pimsm crppreference preference
no ip pimsm crppreference
preference—CPR preference. (Range: The valid values are from -1 to 255. The value of -1 is
used to indicate that the local interface is not a Candidate RP interface.)
Default Configuration
0 is the default value for CPR preference.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a Candidate Rendezvous Point (CRP) of 5 for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip pimsm crppreference 5
ip pimsm message-interval
Use the ip pimsm message-interval command in Global Configuration mode to configure the
global join/prune interval for PIM-SM router.
PIM-SM Commands
771
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip pimsm message-interval interval
no ip pimsm message-interval
•
interval—Join/prune interval. (Range: 10-3600 seconds)
Default Configuration
60 is the default value for the join/prune interval.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a global join/prune interval for PIM-SM router of 100.
console(config)#ip pimsm message-interval 100
ip pimsm mode
Use the ip pimsm mode command in Interface Configuration mode to set to enabled the
administrative mode of PIM-SM multicast routing on a routing interface.
Syntax
ip pimsm mode
no ip pimsm mode
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables the administrative mode of PIM-SM multicast routing for
VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
772
PIM-SM Commands
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip pimsm mode
ip pimsm query-interval
Use the ip pimsm query-interval command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the
transmission frequency of hello messages in seconds between PIM enabled neighbors.
Syntax
ip pimsm query-interval seconds
no ip pimsm query-interval
•
seconds—Transmission frequency. (Range: 10-3600 seconds)
Default Configuration
30 seconds is the default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables the administrative mode of PIM-SM multicast routing for
VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip pimsm query-interval 50
ip pimsm register-rate-limit
Use the ip pimsm register-rate-limit command in Global Configuration mode to configure the
Register Threshold rate for the RP (Rendezvous Point) router to switch to the shortest path. The
rate is specified in Kilobits per second.
Syntax
ip pimsm register-rate-limit rate
•
rate—0-2000 kilobits per second
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
PIM-SM Commands
773
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Global Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
Use this command to control the number of register messages that the designated router
(DR) will allow for each (S, G) entry.
When the value is set to zero, the PIM RP router joins the shortest path tree immediately
after the first Register packet arrives from DR.
Example
console(config)#ip pimsm register-rate-limit 1000
ip pimsm spt-threshold
Use the ip pimsm spt-threshold command in Global Configuration mode to configure the Data
Threshold rate for the last-hop (or leaf) router to switch to the shortest path. The rate is specified
in kilobits per second.
Syntax
ip pimsm spt-threshold threshold
no ip pimsm spt-threshold
•
threshold—Threshold rate. (Range: 0-2000 kilobits/sec)
Default Configuration
50 kilobits/sec is the default rate.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example configures a threshold rate of 100 kilobits/sec.
console(config)#ip pimsm spt-threshold 100
ip pimsm staticrp
Use the ip pimsm staticrp command in Global Configuration mode to create RP IP address for the
PIM-SM router.
774
PIM-SM Commands
Syntax
ip pimsm staticrp ipaddr groupaddr groupmask
no ip pimsm staticrp ipaddr groupaddr groupmask
•
ipaddr—IP address of RP.
•
groupaddr—Group IP address supported by RP.
•
groupmask—Group subnet mask for group address.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example create RP IP address for the PIM-SM router.
console(config)#ip pimsm staticrp 10.1.1.1 224.5.5.5
255.255.255.255
ip pim-trapflags
Use the ip pim-trapflags command in Global Configuration mode to enable the PIM trap mode
for both Sparse Mode (SM) and Dense Mode (DM).
Syntax
ip pim-trapflags
no ip pim-trapflags
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default state.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
PIM-SM Commands
775
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example enables PIM trap mode.
console(config)#ip pim-trapflags
show ip pimsm
Use the show ip pimsm command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the system-wide
information for PIM-SM.
Syntax
show ip pimsm
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the system-wide information for PIM-SM.
console#show ip pimsm
Admin Mode..................................... Disable
Join/Prune Interval (secs)..................... 60
Data Threshold Rate (Kbps)..................... 50
Register Threshold Rate (Kbps)................. 50
PIM-SM INTERFACE STATUS
Interface
Interface Mode
Protocol State
---------
--------------
--------------
show ip pimsm componenttable
Use the show ip pimsm componenttable command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the table
containing objects specific to a PIM domain. One row exists for each domain to which the router is
connected.
776
PIM-SM Commands
Syntax
show ip pimsm componenttable
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays objects specific to a PIM domain.
console#show ip pimsm componenttable
COMPONENT TABLE
Component
Component
Component
Component
Index BSR
Address BSR
Expiry Time
CRP Hold Time
(hh:mm:ss)
(hh:mm:ss)
---------- --------------- --------------- -------------
show ip pimsm interface
Use the show ip pimsm interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display interface
information for PIM-SM on the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip pimsm interface vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
PIM-SM Commands
777
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Example
The following example displays interface information for VLAN 11 PIM-SM.
console#show ip pimsm interface vlan 11
Interface...................................... 11
IP Address..................................... 0.0.0.0
Subnet Mask.................................... 0.0.0.0
Mode........................................... Disable
Hello Interval (secs).......................... 30 secs
CBSR Preference................................ 0
CRP Preference................................. 0
CBSR Hash Mask Length.......................... 30
show ip pimsm interface stats
Use the show ip pimsm interface stats command in User EXEC mode to display the statistical
information for PIM-SM on the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip pimsm interface stats {vlan vlan-id|all}
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays statistical information for PIM-SM on all interfaces.
console> show ip pimsm interface stats all
Designated Neighbor
Interface
IP Address
Mask
Router
Count
---------- --------------- --------- ---------- --------------778
PIM-SM Commands
show ip pimsm neighbor
Use the show ip pimsm neighbor command in Privileged EXEC mode to display neighbor
information for PIM-SM on the specified interface.
Syntax
show ip pimsm neighbor [vlan vlan-id|all]
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays neighbor information for PIM-SM on all interfaces.
console#show ip pimsm neighbor all
NEIGHBOR TABLE
Interface IP Address
Up Time
Expiry Time
(hh:mm:ss) (hh:mm:ss)
--------- ---------------- ---------- ------------
show ip pimsm rp
Use the show ip pimsm rp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display PIM information for
candidate Rendezvous Points (RPs) for all IP multicast groups or for the specific group address or
group mask provided in the command. The information in the table is displayed for each IP
multicast group.
Syntax
show ip pimsm rp {groupaddr groupmask |candidate|all}
•
groupaddr — Valid IP address.
•
groupmask — Valid subnet mask.
•
all — Enter "all" for all group addresses.
PIM-SM Commands
779
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
•
candidate — Display PIM-SM candidate-RP table information.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays PIM information for candidate Rendezvous Points (RPs) for
all IP multicast groups.
console#show ip pimsm rp all
RP SET TABLE
Group Address
Group Mask
Address
Hold Time Expiry Time Component
(hh:mm:ss)(hh:mm:ss)
-------------
----------
-------
--------- ----------- --------
show ip pimsm rphash
Use the show ip pimsm rphash command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the RP router being
selected from the set of active RP routers. The RP router for the group is selected by using a hash
algorithm.
Syntax
show ip pimsm rphash groupaddr
•
groupaddr—Valid group IP address.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
780
PIM-SM Commands
Example
The following example displays the RP router being selected from the set of active RP routers.
console#show ip pimsm rphash 224.5.5.5
There are no static RPs for that group on the router.
show ip pimsm staticrp
Use the show ip pimsm staticrp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the static RP
information for the PIM-SM router.
Syntax
show ip pimsm staticrp
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays the static RP information for the PIM-SM router.
console#show ip pimsm staticrp
STATIC RP TABLE
Address
Group Address
Group Mask
-------------
---------------
---------------
10.1.1.1
224.5.5.5
255.255.255.255
PIM-SM Commands
781
782
PIM-SM Commands
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
ip irdp
Use the ip irdp command in Interface Configuration mode to enable Router Discovery on an
interface. Use the no form of the command to disable Router Discovery.
Syntax
ip irdp
no ip irdp
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables router discovery on the selected interface.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip irdp
ip irdp address
Use the ip irdp address command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the address that
the interface uses to send the router discovery advertisements. Use the no form of the command to
return the address to the default.
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
783
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip irdp address ip-address
no ip irdp address
•
ip-address—IP address for router discovery advertisements. (Range: 224.0.0.1 [all-hosts IP
multicast address] or 255.255.255.255 [limited broadcast address])
Default Configuration
IP address 224.0.0.1 is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the limited broadcast address as the IP address for router
discovery advertisements.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip irdp address 255.255.255.255
ip irdp holdtime
Use the ip irdp holdtime command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the value, in
seconds, of the holdtime field of the router advertisement sent from this interface. Use the no form
of the command to set the time to the default value.
Syntax
ip irdp holdtime integer
no ip irdp holdtime
•
integer—Integer value in seconds of the the holdtime field of the router advertisement
sent from this interface. (Range: 600-9000 seconds)
Default Configuration
1800 seconds is the default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
784
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets hold time at 2000 seconds for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip irdp holdtime 2000
ip irdp maxadvertinterval
Use the ip irdp maxadvertinterval command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the
maximum time, in seconds, allowed between sending router advertisements from the interface.
Use the no form of the command to set the time to the default value.
Syntax
ip irdp maxadvertinterval integer
no ip irdp maxadvertinterval
•
integer—Maximum time in seconds allowed between sending router advertisements from
the interface. (Range: 4 or the minimum advertisement interval, whichever is greater, and
1800 seconds)
Default Configuration
600 seconds is the default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets maximum advertisement interval at 600 seconds for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip irdp maxadvertinterval 600
ip irdp minadvertinterval
Use the ip irdp minadvertinterval command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the
minimum time, in seconds, allowed between sending router advertisements from the interface.
Use the no form of the command to set the time to the default value.
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
785
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
ip irdp minadvertinterval integer
no ip irdp minadvertinterval
•
integer—Minimum time in seconds allowed between sending router advertisements from
the interface. (Range: 3 to value of maximum advertisement interval in seconds)
Default Configuration
The minimum interval value is 450.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets minimum advertisement interval at 100 seconds for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip irdp minadvertinterval 100
ip irdp preference
Use the ip irdp preference command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the preference
of the address as a default router address relative to other router addresses on the same subnet. Use
the no form of the command to set the preference to the default value.
Syntax
ip irdp preference integer
no ip irdp preference
•
integer—Preference of the address as a default router address, relative to other router
addresses on the same subnet. (Range: -2147483648 to 2147483647)
Default Configuration
0 is the default value.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
786
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the ip irdp preference to 1000 for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip irdp preference 1000
show ip irdp
Use the show ip irdp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the router discovery
information for all interfaces, or for a specified interface.
Syntax
show ip irdp {vlan vlan-id |all}
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID
•
all—Shows information for all interfaces.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example shows router discovery information for VLAN 15.
console#show ip irdp vlan 15
Interface
Ad Mode
Advertise Address Max Int Min Int Hold Time Preference
---------- ------- ----------------- ------- ------- -------- ---------vlan15
Enable
224.0.0.1
600
450
1800
0
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
787
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
788
Router Discovery Protocol Commands
Routing Information Protocol (RIP)
Commands
auto-summary
Use the auto-summary command in Router RIP Configuration mode to enable the RIP autosummarization mode. Use the no form of the command to disable auto-summarization mode.
Syntax
auto-summary
no auto-summary
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-router)#auto-summary
default-information originate
Use the default-information originate command in Router RIP Configuration mode to control the
advertisement of default routes.
Syntax
default-information originate
no default-information originate
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands
789
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-router)#default-information originate
default-metric
Use the default-metric command in Router RIP Configuration mode to set a default for the metric
of distributed routes. Use the no form of the command to return the metric to the default value.
Syntax
default-metric integer
no default-metric
•
integer—Metric for the distributed routes. (Range: 1-15)
Default Configuration
Default metric is not configured by default.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets a default of 12 for the metric of distributed routes.
console(config-router)#default-metric 12
distance rip
Use the distance rip command in Router RIP Configuration mode to set the route preference value
of RIP in the router. Lower route preference values are preferred when determining the best route.
Use the no form of the command to return the preference to the default value.
790
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands
Syntax
distance rip integer
no distance rip
•
integer—RIP route preference. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
15 is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the route preference value of RIP in the router at 100.
console(config-router)#distance rip 100
distribute-list out
Use the distribute-list out command in Router RIP Configuration mode to specify the access list
to filter routes received from the source protocol. Use the no form of the command to remove the
access list from the specified source protocol.
Syntax
distribute-list accesslistname out {ospf | static | connected}
no distribute-list accesslistname out {ospf | static | connected}
•
accesslistname—The name used to identify the existing ACL. The range is 1-31
characters.
•
ospf—Apply the specific access list when OSPF is the source protocol.
•
static—Apply the specified access list when packets come through a static route.
•
connected—Apply the specified access list when packets come from a directly connected
route.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands
791
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example elects access list ACL40 to filter routes received from the source
protocol.
console(config-router)#distribute-list ACL40 out static
enable
Use the enable command in Router RIP Configuration mode to reset the default administrative
mode of RIP in the router (active). Use the no form of the command to disable the administrative
mode for RIP.
Syntax
enable
no enable
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-router)#enable
hostroutesaccept
Use the hostroutesaccept command in Router RIP Configuration mode to enable the RIP
hostroutesaccept mode. Use the no form of the command to disable the RIP
hostroutesaccept mode.
Syntax
hostroutesaccept
no hostroutesaccept
792
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-router)#hostroutesaccept
ip rip
Use the ip rip command in Interface Configuration mode to enable RIP on a router interface. Use
the no form of the command to disable RIP on the interface.
Syntax
ip rip
no ip rip
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-if-vlan2)#ip rip
console(config-if-vlan2)#no ip rip
ip rip authentication
Use the ip rip authentication command in Interface Configuration Mode to set the RIP Version 2
Authentication Type and Key for the specified interface. Use the no form of the command to
return the authentication to the default value.
Syntax
ip rip authentication {none | {simple key} | {encrypt key key-id}}
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands
793
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
no ip rip authentication
•
key—Authentication key for the specified interface. (Range: 16 bytes or less)
•
encrypt—Specifies the Ethernet unit/port of the interface to view information.
•
key-id—Authentication key identifier for authentication type encrypt. (Range: 0-255)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example sets the RIP Version 2 Authentication Type and Key for VLAN 11.
console(config-if-vlan11)#ip rip authentication encrypt pass123 35
ip rip receive version
Use the ip rip receive version command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the interface
to allow RIP control packets of the specified version(s) to be received. Use the no form of the
command to return the version to the default value.
Syntax
ip rip receive version {rip1 | rip2 | both | none}
no ip rip receive version
•
rip1—Receive only RIP version 1 formatted packets.
•
rip2—Receive only RIP version 2 formatted packets.
•
both—Receive packets from either format.
•
none—Do not allow any RIP control packets to be received.
Default Configuration
Both is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
794
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example allows no RIP control packets to be received by VLAN 11.
console(config-if-vlan11)#ip rip receive version none
ip rip send version
Use the ip rip sent version command in Interface Configuration mode to configure the interface to
allow RIP control packets of the specified version to be sent. Use the no form of the command to
return the version to the default value.
Syntax
ip rip send version {rip1 | rip1c | rip2 | none}
no ip rip send version
•
rip1—Send RIP version 1 formatted packets.
•
rip1c—Send RIP version 1 compatibility mode, which sends RIP version 2 formatted
packets via broadcast.
•
rip2—Send RIP version 2 using multicast.
•
none—Do not allow any RIP control packets to be sent.
Default Configuration
RIP2 is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example allows no RIP control packets to be sent by VLAN 11.
console(config-if-vlan11)#ip rip send version none
redistribute
This command configures RIP protocol to redistribute routes from the specified source
protocol/routers. If the source protocol is OSPF, there are five possible match options.
Syntax
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands
795
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
redistribute ospf [metric integer] [match [internal] [external 1] [external 2]
[nssa-external 1] [nssa-external 2]]
no redistribute ospf
redistribute { static | connected} [metric integer]
no redistribute
•
metric integer—Specifies the metric to use when redistributing the route. Range: 0-15.
•
match internal—Adds internal matches to any match types presently being redistributed.
•
match external 1—Adds routes imported into OSPF as Type-1 external routes into any
match types presently being redistributed.
•
match external 2—Adds routes imported into OSPF as Type-2 external routes into any
match types presently being redistributed.
•
match nssa-external 1—Adds routes imported into OSPF as NSSA Type-1 external
routes into any match types presently being redistributed.
•
match nssa-external 2—Adds routes imported into OSPF as NSSA Type-2 external
routes into any match types presently being redistributed.
•
static—Redistributes static routes.
•
connected— Redistributes directly-connected routes.
Default Configuration
metric integer—not configured
match—internal
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
console(config-router)#redistribute ospf metric 10 match nssaexternal 1
console(config-router)#redistribute connected metric 1
router rip
Use the router rip command in Global Configuration mode to enter Router RIP mode.
Syntax
router rip
796
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enters Router RIP mode.
console(config)#router rip
console(config-router)#
show ip rip
Use the show ip rip command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information relevant to the RIP
router.
Syntax
show ip rip
Default Configuration
The command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information relevant to the RIP router.
console#show ip rip
RIP Admin Mode................................. Enable
Split Horizon Mode............................. Simple
Auto Summary Mode.............................. Enable
Host Routes Accept Mode........................ Enable
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands
797
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Global route changes........................... 0
Global queries................................. 0
Default Metric................................. 12
Default Route Advertise........................ 0
Redistributing.................................
Source......................................... Connected
Metric......................................... 2
Distribute List................................ Not configured
Redistributing.................................
Source......................................... ospf
Metric......................................... 10
Match Value.................................... 'nssa-external 1'
Distribute List................................ Not configured
show ip rip interface
Use the show ip rip interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information related to
a particular RIP interface.
Syntax
show ip rip interface vlan vlan-id
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays information related to the VLAN 15 RIP interface.
console#show ip rip interface vlan 15
798
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands
Interface...................................... 15
IP Address..................................... ----Send version................................... RIP-2
Receive version................................ Both
RIP Admin Mode................................. Disable
Link State..................................... ----Authentication Type............................ MD5
Authentication Key............................. "pass123"
Authentication Key ID.......................... 35
Bad Packets Received........................... ----Bad Routes Received............................ ----Updates Sent................................... -----
show ip rip interface brief
Use the show ip rip interface brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to display general
information for each RIP interface. For this command to display successful results routing must be
enabled per interface (i.e. ip rip).
Syntax
show ip rip interface brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays general information for each RIP interface.
console#show ip rip interface brief
Interface
IP Address
Send
Receive
RIP
Link
Version
Version
Mode
State
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands
799
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
---------- ----------
-------- ----------- --------- ----------
vlan1
0.0.0.0
RIP-2
Both
Disable
Down
vlan2
0.0.0.0
RIP-2
Both
Disable
Down
split-horizon
Use the split-horizon command in Router RIP Configuration mode to set the RIP split horizon
mode. Use the no form of the command to return the mode to the default value.
Syntax
split-horizon {none | simple | poison}
no split-horizon
•
none—RIP does not use split horizon to avoid routing loops.
•
simple—RIP uses split horizon to avoid routing loops.
•
poison—RIP uses split horizon with poison reverse (increases routing packet update
size).
Default Configuration
Simple is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Router RIP Configuration mode.
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example does not use split horizon.
console(config-router)#split-horizon none
800
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Commands
Tunnel Interface Commands
interface tunnel
Use the interface tunnel command in Global Configuration mode to enter the interface
configuration mode for a tunnel.
Syntax
interface tunnel tunnel-id
no interface tunnel tunnel-id
•
tunnel-id—Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0-7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example enables the interface configuration mode for tunne1 1.
console(config)#interface tunnel 1
console(config-if-tunnel1)#
show interfaces tunnel
Use the show interfaces tunnel command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the parameters
related to tunnel such as tunnel mode, tunnel source address and tunnel destination address.
Tunnel Interface Commands
803
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Syntax
show interfaces tunnel [tunnel-id ]
•
tunnel-id—Tunnel identifier. (Range: 0-7)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Examples
The following examples show the parameters related to an individual tunnel and to all tunnel
interfaces.
console#show interfaces tunnel 1
Interface Link Status.......................... down
MTU size....................................... 1480 bytes
console#show interfaces tunnel
TunnelId
Interface
TunnelMode
SourceAddress
DestinationAddress
--------
---------
----------
-------------
----------------
1
tunnel 1
IPv6OVER4
10.254.25.14
10.254.25.10
2
tunnel 2
IPv6OVER4
10.254.20.10
tunnel destination
Use the tunnel destination command in Interface Configuration mode to specify the destination
transport address of the tunnel.
Syntax
tunnel destination ipv4addr
no tunnel destination
•
804
ipv4addr—Valid ipv4 address.
Tunnel Interface Commands
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Tunnel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies the destination transport address of tunnel 1.
console(config)#interface tunnel 1
console(config-if-tunnel1)#tunnel destination 10.1.1.1
tunnel mode ipv6ip
Use the tunnel mode ipv6ip command in Interface Configuration mode to specify the mode of the
tunnel.
Syntax
tunnel mode ipv6ip
no tunnel mode ipv6ip
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Tunnel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies ipv6ip mode for tunnel 1.
console(config)#interface tunnel 1
console(config-if-tunnel1)#tunnel mode ipv6ip
Tunnel Interface Commands
805
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
tunnel source
Use the tunnel source command in Interface Configuration mode to specify the source transport
address of the tunnel, either explicitly or by reference to an interface.
Syntax
tunnel source {ipv4addr | vlan vlan-id}
no tunnel source
•
ipv4addr—Valid ipv4 address.
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (Tunnel) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example specifies VLAN 11 as the source transport address of the tunnel.
console(config)#interface tunnel 1
console(config-if-tunnel1)#tunnel source vlan 11
806
Tunnel Interface Commands
Virtual LAN Routing Commands
show ip vlan
Use the show ip vlan command in Privileged EXEC mode to display the VLAN routing
information for all VLANs with routing enabled.
Syntax
show ip vlan
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example displays VLAN routing information.
console#show ip vlan
MAC Address used by Routing VLANs: 00:00:00:01:00:02
VLAN ID IP Address
Subnet Mask
------- --------------- --------------10
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
20
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Virtual LAN Routing Commands
809
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
vlan routing
Use the vlan routing command in VLAN Database mode to create routing on a VLAN. Use the no
form of the command to remove routing on the specified VLAN.
Syntax
vlan routing vlan-id
no vlan routing vlan-id
•
vlan-id—VLAN identifier. (Range: 1-4093)
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
VLAN Database mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example creates routing on VLAN 10.
console#vlan database
console(config-vlan)#vlan routing 10
810
Virtual LAN Routing Commands
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol
Commands
ip vrrp
Use the ip vrrp command in Global Configuration mode to enable the administrative mode of
VRRP for the router. In Interface Config mode, this command enables the VRRP protocol on an
interface. Use the no form of the command to disable the administrative mode of VRRP for the
router.
Syntax (Global Config Mode)
ip vrrp
no ip vrrp
Syntax (Interface Config Mode)
ip vrrp vr-id
no ip vrrp vr-id
•
vr-id—Virtual router identification. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Global Configuration or Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example in Global Configuration mode enables VRRP protocol on the router.
console(config)#ip vrrp
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Commands
813
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
The following example in Interface Configuration mode enables VRRP protocol on VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip vrrp 5
ip vrrp authentication
Use the ip vrrp authentication command in Interface Configuration mode to set the authorization
details value for the virtual router configured on a specified interface. Use the no form of the
command to return the priority to the default value.
Syntax
ip vrrp vr-id authentication {none | simple key}
no ip vrrp vr-id authentication
•
vr-id—The virtual router identifier. (Range: 1-255)
•
none—Indicates authentication type is none.
•
simple—Authentication type is a simple text password.
•
key—The key for simple authentication. (Range: String values)
Default Configuration
None is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example in Interface Configuration mode sets the authorization details value
for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip vrrp 5 authentication simple test123
ip vrrp ip
Use the ip vrrp ip command in Interface Configuration mode to set the virtual router IP address
value for an interface. Use the no form of the command to remove the secondary IP address.
Syntax
814
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Commands
ip vrrp vr-id ip ip-address [secondary]
no ip vrrp vr-id ip ip-address secondary
•
vr-id—The virtual router identifier. (Range: 1-255)
•
ip-address—The IP address of the virtual router.
•
secondary—Designates the virtual router IP address as a secondary IP address on an
interface.
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
The primary IP address can be modified, but not deleted. The no form of the command is
only valid for the secondary IP address.
Example
The following example in Interface Configuration mode sets the virtual router IP address for
VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip vrrp 5 ip 192.168.5.25
ip vrrp mode
Use the ip vrrp mode command in Interface Configuration mode to enable the virtual router
configured on an interface. Enabling the status field starts a virtual router. Use the no form of the
command to disable the virtual router.
Syntax
ip vrrp vr-id mode
no ip vrrp vr-id mode
•
vr-id—The virtual router identifier. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
Disabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Commands
815
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example in Interface Configuration mode enables the virtual router for VLAN
15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip vrrp 5 mode
ip vrrp preempt
Use the ip vrrp preempt command in Interface Configuration mode to set the preemption mode
value for the virtual router configured on a specified interface. Use the no form of the command to
disable preemption mode.
Syntax
ip vrrp vr-id preempt
no ip vrrp vr-id preempt
•
vr-id—The virtual router identifier. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
Enabled is the default configuration.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example in Interface Configuration mode sets the preemption mode value for
the virtual router for VLAN 15.
console(config)#interface vlan 15
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip vrrp 5 preempt
ip vrrp priority
Use the ip vrrp priority command in Interface Configuration mode to set the priority value for the
virtual router configured on a specified interface. Use the no form of the command to return the
priority to the default value.
816
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Commands
Syntax
ip vrrp vr-id priority priority
no ip vrrp vr-id priority
•
vr-id—The virtual router identifier. (Range: 1-255)
•
priority—Priority value for the interface. (Range: 1-254)
Default Configuration
priority has a default value of 100.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example in Interface Configuration mode sets the priority value for the virtual
router for VLAN 15.
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip vrrp 5 priority 20
ip vrrp timers advertise
Use the ip vrrp timers advertise command in Interface Configuration mode to set the frequency, in
seconds, that an interface on the specified virtual router sends a virtual router advertisement. Use
the no form of the command to return the advertisement frequency to the default value.
Syntax
ip vrrp vr-id timers advertise seconds
no ip vrrp vr-id priority
•
vr-id—The virtual router identifier. (Range: 1-255)
•
seconds—The frequency at which an interface on the specified virtual router sends a
virtual router advertisement. (Range: 1-255 seconds)
Default Configuration
seconds has a default value of 1.
Command Mode
Interface Configuration (VLAN) mode
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Commands
817
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example in Interface Configuration mode sets the frequency at which the
VLAN 15 virtual router sends a virtual router advertisement.
console(config-if-vlan15)#ip vrrp 5 timers advertise 10
show ip vrrp
Use the show ip vrrp command in Privileged EXEC mode to display whether VRRP functionality is
enabled or disabled on the switch. The command also displays some global parameters which are
required for monitoring.
Syntax
show ip vrrp
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example in Interface Configuration displays VRRP’s enabled status.
console#show ip vrrp
Admin Mode..................................... Enable
Router Checksum Errors......................... 0
Router Version Errors.......................... 0
Router VRID Errors............................. 0
show ip vrrp interface
Use the show ip vrrp interface command in Privileged EXEC mode to display all configuration
information and VRRP router statistics of a virtual router configured on a specific interface.
Syntax
818
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Commands
show ip vrrp interface vlan vlan-id vr-id
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
•
vr-id—The virtual router identifier. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example in Interface Configuration mode displays all configuration
information about the VLAN 15 virtual router.
console#show ip vrrp interface vlan 15 5
Primary IP Address............................. 192.168.5.55
VMAC Address................................... 00:00:5e:00:01:05
Authentication Type............................ Simple
Priority....................................... 20
Advertisement Interval (secs).................. 10
Pre-empt Mode.................................. Enable
Administrative Mode............................ Enable
State.......................................... Initialized
show ip vrrp interface brief
Use the show ip vrrp interface brief command in Privileged EXEC mode to display information
about each virtual router configured on the switch. It displays information about each virtual
router.
Syntax
show ip vrrp interface brief
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Commands
819
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
Command Mode
Privileged EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example in Interface Configuration mode displays all configuration
information about the virtual router on the selected interface.
console#show ip vrrp interface brief
Interface VRID IP Address
Mode
--------- ---- -------------- ------
State
------------
vlan1
2
0.0.0.0
Disable Initialize
vlan2
5
192.168.5.55
Enable
Initialize
show ip vrrp interface stats
Use the show ip vrrp interface stats command in User EXEC mode to display the statistical
information about each virtual router configured on the switch.
Syntax
show ip vrrp interface stats vlan vlan-id vr-id
•
vlan-id—Valid VLAN ID.
•
vr-id—The virtual router identifier. (Range: 1-255)
Default Configuration
This command has no default configuration.
Command Mode
User EXEC mode
User Guidelines
This command has no user guidelines.
Example
The following example in Interface Configuration mode displays all statistical information
about the VLAN 15 virtual router.
console>show ip vrrp interface stats vlan 15 5
UpTime............................ 0 days 0 hrs 0 mins 0 secs
820
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Commands
Protocol....................................... IP
State Transitioned to Master................... 0
Advertisement Received......................... 0
Advertisement Interval Errors.................. 0
Authentication Failure......................... 0
IP TTL Errors.................................. 0
Zero Priority Packets Received................. 0
Zero Priority Packets Sent..................... 0
Invalid Type Packets Received.................. 0
Address List Errors ........................... 0
Invalid Authentication Type.................... 0
Authentication Type Mismatch................... 0
Packet Length Errors........................... 0
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Commands
821
www.dell.com | support.dell.com
822
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol Commands
.